ConveyingSolutions PDF

BA S T I A N CO N V E Y I N G S O LU T I O N S
catalog 404
N O RT H A M E R I C A N S YS T E M LO C AT I O N S
LEGEND
Office Locations
System Locations
Typical Systems and Applications
Conveyor for Robotic Cells Pick Module Transport Conveyor Pallet Conveyor for Robotic Cells Pick Module Trash Conveyor
Our Mission
BASTIAN Material Handling is dedicated to helping customers compete in their markets

by providing the best material handling system solutions and technology.
To meet this goal, we want a company that our people are proud of and committed to,
where all employees have an opportunity to contribute, learn, grow, and advance based
on merit. We want our people to feel respected, treated fairly, listened to, and involved.
Above all, we want satisfaction from accomplishments and friendships, blended personal
and professional lives, and to have fun as we compete in the market place.
BASTIAN is one of the most reputable material handling system integrators in the
country. Over 80% of our business is made up of repeat customers. This is a testimony to
the value we place on each and every one of our client partnerships.
Engineering tomorrow’s solutions today...
Partial Client List

ALLISON TRANSMISSION COORS INTERNATIONAL PAPER ROLLS-ROYCE
AMTRAK CVS/PHARMACY JACK OF ALL GAMES S. ABRAHAM and SONS
ANHEUSER-BUSCH ELI LILLY and CO. KERR PLASTICS SHAKLEE
ANN TAYLOR ELECTRONIC ARTS KROGER STARBUCKS
AT&T EPSON LAWSON PRODUCTS THOMAS and BETTS
BLUE RHINO FASTENAL COMPANY MARY KAY THOMSON LEARNING
BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB FORD MELALEUCA THOR-LO
CABELA’S FOREST PHARMACEUTICALS MERCK TIMBERLAND
CARRIER GAGE MARKETING MSC INDUSTRIAL SUPPLIES UPS LOGISTICS
CENTRAL LIGHT ALLOY GANDER MOUNTAIN MOTOROLA USPS
CLAYTON MARCUS GENERAL ELECTRIC PRIME WHEEL VISTEON
COVANCE GENERAL MOTORS ROCHE DIAGNOSTICS ZIMMER
Broad Industry Experience

With thousands of customers worldwide, BASTIAN has a wide breadth of system experience across many industries. Through our experience, we bring the best
technologies to light for your operational success. Our goal is to help you achieve the “world-class” performance required in today’s business environment.
Industries Served: Operations:

• Retail • Catalog and e-commerce • Distribution • Packaging
• Food, bakery and grocery • Computer electronics • Manufacturing • Warehousing
• Beverage • Pharmaceutical • 3rd party logistics • Fulfillment
• Automotive • Parcel delivery • Kit assembly/value • Returns processing
• Transportation added service • Cross docking
• Entertainment
Bastian Office Locations
INDIANA MISSOURI KENTUCKY OHIO

INDIANAPOLIS ST. LOUIS LOUISVILLE CINCINNATI
888.575.9992 800.569.6762 800.627.2194 888.398.0382
MICHIGAN LEXINGTON FLORIDA
FORT WAYNE
DETROIT 859.271.3120 BOCA RATON
260.489.0226
800.399.6974 561.392.4550
CALIFORNIA
EVANSVILLE INDIA
GRAND RAPIDS LOS ANGELES
812.858.7206 BANGALORE
616.235.3775 800.524.3173
0091.80.51152300
1
C O N V E Y I N G S O L U T I O N S
Industry Experience Conveyors (cont.)
Case Studies 5-10 Accumulation 50-64
Retail ....................................................................................... 6 Minimum Pressure ................................................................. 51
Food, Bakery, Grocery ........................................................ 6 Zero Pressure ......................................................................... 54
Beverage ................................................................................ 7 Motorized Drive Roller ........................................................ 63
Automotive ........................................................................... 7
Transportation ..................................................................... 8 Chain Driven Live Roller 65-70
3rd Party Logistics .............................................................. 8
Catalog and E-Commerce ................................................. 9 Pallet Handling 71-73
Computer Electronics ........................................................ 9
Pharmaceutical .................................................................... 10 Overhead 74-77
Integrated Systems
Entertainment ..................................................................... 10
Automated Electrified Monorail ......................................... 74
Overhead Chain ..................................................................... 75
Applications ............................................................................. 77
Low Profile 78-81

System Integration Process 11-16
Benefits and Advantages .................................................. 12 Modular Plastic Belt 82-87
Material Handling Solutions ............................................ 13
MHCS/WCS ....................................................................... 13 Specialty 88-99
Engineering Studies ........................................................... 14
Cleated ..................................................................................... 88
Integrated System Simulation ......................................... 15
Slip Torque ............................................................................... 92
Integrated System Process .............................................. 16
Conveyors
Non-Synchronous ................................................................. 93
Slat ........................................................................................... 94
Blue Steel Conveyor ............................................................. 95
Automotive Conveyors ........................................................ 96
Conveyor Information 17-24 Custom Fabrication 100-102

Conveyor Descriptions .................................................... 18
Pricing Thumb Rules ......................................................... 21 Sortation 103-118
Industry Reference Guide ............................................... 22
Request For Quote Form ............................................... 23 Shoe Sorter ........................................................................... 103
Installation and After Sales Support .............................. 24 Horizontal Belt ..................................................................... 106
Angled Roller ........................................................................ 107
Belt 25-31 Cross Belt Sorter ................................................................. 108
Flat Tray Sorter ..................................................................... 109
Standard Duty Slider Bed ................................................ 25
Split Belt Sorter ................................................................... 110
Heavy Duty Slider Bed .................................................... 28
Cleated Belt Pusher ............................................................ 111
Belt Curve .......................................................................... 29
Tilt Tray Sorter ..................................................................... 112
Trash Belt ............................................................................ 31
Gapping .................................................................................. 113
Belt Over Roller 32-34 Combiners and Merges ...................................................... 114
Singulators ............................................................................. 115
Vertical 35-44 Scanners ................................................................................ 116
In-Line Scales ........................................................................ 117
Spiral Lifts ............................................................................ 35
Exacta®Sort™ Software .................................................. 118
Spiral Chutes ...................................................................... 38
Vertical Case Lift ............................................................... 40
Continuous ......................................................................... 41 Gravity 119-126
Roller 45-49 Skatewheel ............................................................................. 119
Gravity .................................................................................... 120
Flat-Belt Driven ................................................................. 45
V-Belt Driven Curve ........................................................ 46
V-Belt Driven Spur ........................................................... 47 Flexible/Expandable 127-130
Lineshaft Driven ................................................................ 48
2 Lineshaft Driven Curve ................................................... 49
Conveyor Accessories
and Special Equipment
Industry Experience
Belting 132-136
Metal ....................................................................................... 132
Plastic ...................................................................................... 133
General Purpose ................................................................... 134
Rollers 137-138 Integrated Systems

Motorized ............................................................................. 137
Precision Bearing ................................................................. 138
Metal ....................................................................................... 138
Roller Coverings 139
Diverters, Pushers, and Transfers 140

Casters 143
Ceiling Hangers 143
Conveyors
Conveyor Rails 143
Electrical Accessories 143-144
Gates and Guard Rails 145
Package Stops 146
Supports and Stands 147
Safety Equipment 148
Conveyor Accessories
ControlSystems
and Special Equipment
Control Solutions 149-154

Benefits and Advantages .................................................... 150
Full Service Controls ......................................................... 151
Interface Experience .......................................................... 151
Control System Capabilities ............................................ 152 Control Systems
Controls Design ................................................................. 153
WCS/MHCS Process Flow .............................................. 154
ProductGuide
Product Guide 155-160
Appendix
Order Placement 162
Product Guide
Terms and Conditions 162

Glossary 164
Index 173
Appendix
Represented Manufacturers 176
RFID Test Center for Your Products
Hytrol Conveyor Company Inc, along with 17 other major suppliers, is working with
the University of Arkansas to help create a multidisciplinary “supply chain in a box”
RFID Research Center. Through Bastian Material Handling’s relationship with Hytrol,
we have access to the RFID Research Center through Hytrol’s membership as a
strategic sponsor. The center will be devoted to examining the technology as used
in retail settings, wireless and sensing contexts and beyond.
Being located in the “epicenter” of RFID activity, this will be a clearinghouse for
RFID information. It will also serve as a conduit for participating companies to
share information. The Research Center, located at the Sam Walton College of
Business at the University will examine not only technical issues, but also questions
of public policy. This non-profit center will provide testing and research services to a
nationally arrayed group of sponsoring members and will use the testing environment
to further research RFID applications as well as to train students at the baccalaureate
and graduate levels.
RFID Tag Integration

An RFID tag is made up of a microchip attached to an antenna about
the size of a typical barcode label. An RFID reader emits radio signals
causing all of the RFID tags within range to transmit their Electronic
Product Code (EPC) or unique IDs in rapid sequence. The EPC
number is passed on to the EPC network to further identify the
product manufacturer, product type (SKU), and update tracking
information. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags allow the tracking
of cartons, containers, and pallets within the distribution center without
direct line of sight scanning. An RFID reader only needs to be within
20 to 25 ft. and all RFID tags are read and updated with current status
information. This technology enables real time inventory management,
less shrinkage from theft, faster inventory turns, reduced labor, and higher
material flow through your distribution center. Within seconds a pallet full
Quick Set-Up Compliance Systems of product can be identified at the receiving docks, packing stations, or
shipping docks. Cycle counting of inventory can be done in hours instead
of days.
Advantages
• EPC standards used to meet compliance with major retailers and the
Department of Defense.
• Faster receiving, pack-out, and shipping operations.
• Extremely accurate inventory levels 99.5%+.
• Immediate confirmation at shipping to pass ASN information.
• Complete quality control of each carton and its contents without
having to open the carton.
• Enhanced security to reduce shrink.
• Audit trail written to each RFID tag for complete historical tracking.
RFID Scanner
4
pages 5-10
I N D U S T RY E X P E R I E N C E
Retail 6
Food, Baker y, Grocer y 6
Beverage 7
Automotive 7
Transpor tation 8
3rd Party Logistics 8
Catalog and E-Commerce 9
Computer Electronics 9
Pharmaceutical 10
Entertainment 10
Industry Experience
Retail
• Cross docking • RFID

• Returns • Replenishment
C • Order fulfillment • High speed sortation
A
S
E
S
T
U
D
I
E
S
Food, Bakery, Grocery
• Cooling tunnels • Robotics

• AS/RS • Palletization
• Freezer buffers • Order sequencing
6 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Industry Experience
Beverage
• Case handling • Case packers

• Mixed pallet build • Merge tables
• Inspection • Palletizers and robots
C
• Bottle handling • Integrated package lines A
S
E
S
T
U
D
I
E
S
Automotive
• Work in progress buffers • Tire handling

• Tier 1 sequencing • Robotics
• Seat handling • Overhead systems
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 7
Industry Experience
Transportation
• Trains, buses, airlines • Parts distribution

• Parts kit building • Automated picking
C • Maintenance • Universal STET
A
S
E
S
T
U
D
I
E
S
3rd Party Logistics
• Order sequencing • Transaction based ASP model

• Co-packing • Replenishment
• Order fulfillment • Value added services
8 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Industry Experience
Catalog and E-Commerce
• Order fulfillment • High speed automated picking

• Returns • Manifesting and rate shopping
• Kit building • Slap-n-go RFID C
A
S
E
S
T
U
D
I
E
S
Computer Electronics
• Kit building • Progressive assembly

• Repairs • Work-in-progress buffers
• Burn in pallets • Value added services
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 9
Industry Experience
Pharmaceutical
• FDA and 21 CFR validation • Lot and serial number tracking

• Clean room • Cooler/freezer/ambient
C • RFID tracking • Packaging
A
S
E
S
T
U
D
I
E
S
Entertainment
• High speed sortation • In-line weight verification

• Automated picking • Timed releases
• Palletizing • Deep catalog/popular pick
10 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
CO N V E YO R S
pages 17-116
Conveyor Information 18
Pricing Thumbrules 21
Industry Reference Guide 22
Request For Quote Form 23
Installation and After Sales Support 24
Belt 25
Belt Over Roller 32
Ver tical 35
Roller 45
Accumulation 50
Chain Driven Live Roller 65
Pallet Handling 71
Overhead 74
Low Profile 78
Modular Plastic Belt 82
Specialty 88
Custom Fabrication 100
Sortation 103
Gravity 119
Flexible/Expandable 127
Powered Transportation Conveyor
A powered conveyor is recommended to maintain a positive flow of products that are not the same size, weight, or shape. The standard belt speed for most
conveyors is 65 feet per minute. Other speeds, from less than 1 to over 200 feet per minute are available.
Belt Conveyor
Belt conveyors are typically used for the following: inclines and declines; product that cannot be conveyed over rollers;
sorters that utilize pushers; gapping belts to separate product; and general transport to maintain product separation. Three
general things are considered: characteristics of product handled, environmental conditions, and the operations to be
performed. Boxes should not exceed the overall width of the belt conveyor.
Slider Bed Belt Conveyor

The solid steel bed construction is cost effective, simple, quiet, and easy to install. It is frequently used for assembly
operations and general transportation. Live load capacity and conveyor length is limited due to the friction between the bed
and the belt. Heavier loads should use a roller bed belt conveyor.
Roller Bed Belt Conveyor

Load capacity is increased because the belt travels over rollers which have a low coefficient of friction. This conveyor would
be applied in ways similar to the slider bed, but for heavier loads. Roller bed belt conveyor is often used for long runs of
conveyor in a pick module with a single drive.
Live Roller Conveyor

Live roller conveyors are used primarily for applications where diverging or converging of boxes is necessary. They are
preferred over a belt conveyor when belt tracking problems can be caused by pushing boxes across a belt. Live roller
conveyors can be driven by belt or chain. It is possible to stop or hold a box momentarily; however, no more than one or
two boxes can be accumulated due to excessive back pressure. Because products slide laterally over metal rollers, live roller
conveyors are best when a diverter is used. A diverter can be activated by using a reflective photo eye, proximity switch,
or barcode reader. Box width should be two inches narrower than the rollers. Rollers may be placed in a frame at various
centers depending on the size of the product being conveyed. There should always be at least three complete rollers under
a box to ensure conveyance.
C
O Powered Accumulation Conveyor
N
V The accumulation conveyor is very similar to a live roller conveyor except the drive pressure on the product can be adjusted to a minimum or even
E eliminated. Many times, it is necessary to be able to accumulate a long line of boxes without back pressure so they are ready to be fed into loading, sorting,
Y strapping, palletizing, or many other operations.
O
R
Minimum - Pressure Accumulating Conveyor (product lightly touches)
Enough drive power is removed from the tread roller to stop a moving package, but not too much back pressure to cause
I
package damage. The amount of back pressure on this type of conveyor is usually 2% of the total live load on the conveyor
N
and is adjustable.
F
O
R Zero - Pressure Accumulating Conveyor (product does not touch)
M Drive pressure is removed by placing sensors at regular intervals. When activated, the sensors remove pressure from
A the preceding zone. Applications for this conveyor must be reviewed carefully because many factors affect proper
T operation. Conveyor speeds may vary from 30 to 250 feet per minute. At higher speeds, product will need to be tested for
I accumulation and slip characteristics.
O
N
Gravity Conveyor
Gravity conveyors move products without motor power by using a slope to convey product. Wheels or rollers are placed in steel or aluminum channel
frames. Gravity conveyor is less expensive than powered conveyor, and it can provide minimum pressure accumulation (product lightly touches). The use
of free running gravity conveyors for boxes over 200 pounds is not recommended. Always test the angle of decline with your full range of products to
ensure proper flow. Typical angles of decline fall between 3 and 6 degrees.
Skatewheel Gravity Conveyor

Skatewheel conveyors are good for any item with a smooth, flat bottom. These items can be wider than the conveyor. Extra
wide items can be moved if centered correctly. Because there is less mass in a skatewheel to get rolling than a full roller,
items usually flow easier on a skatewheel than a roller conveyor. A minimum of ten wheels are recommended under a
product at all times.
Roller Gravity Conveyor

Rollers are good for uneven, open, or rimmed bottom packages. Rollers have spring-loaded axles for easy removal
or replacement. The conveyed items should never be wider than the roller length. A minimum of three rollers are
recommended under a product at one time.
12 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Powered Incline Conveyor
For most applications, the maximum angle you should incline a conveyor is 18º. Beyond this incline a square box with a central center of gravity will
begin to tumble. Most catalog calculations are based on 15º. Declines greater than 22º may cause boxes to slip or tumble down the conveyor, or the drive
capacity may be exceeded. Consult the chart below concerning your specific incline conveyor needs.
(Fig. A) (Fig. B)
Power Feeders
Power feeders are often used when transferring packages from a horizontal conveyor to an incline
conveyor. When boxes move from gravity or roller conveyor to inclined belt conveyor, the trailing
bottom edge of the box could hang up between rollers (Fig. A). With a power feeder, the transfer of a box is
positively fed up the incline (Fig. B). A power feeder should be as long as the longest package and twice as
long as the belt width. Power feeders are usually attached by a slave drive to the main incline conveyor.
Noseovers
The noseover allows a smooth transition from the incline to the horizontal and prevents product tumbling.
A single noseover provides a 0º to 15º transition. A double noseover is used for a transition greater than
15º. Noseovers are normally used when the angle exceeds 10º. Noseovers are optional on incline and
decline conveyors.
Double Single
C
O
N
V
E
Y
O
Conveyor Spurs R
Straight or curved spurs are used to converge or diverge product on or off the main conveyor. Connections may be made from a live roller conveyor to a I
belt conveyor or vice versa, from roller conveyor to roller conveyor, or from belt conveyor to belt conveyor. N
F
O
The following conditions should be taken into consideration:
R
• Small packages may hang up or tumble at the gap between conveyors.
M
• Small boxes may hang up on non-powered system couplings or pop-out rollers.
A
• Live roller conveyors usually provide the best transition.
T
• Both conveyors must be at the same level to assure a smooth transfer.
I
• Curves should be preceded by a straight section of conveyor as long as the longest box to
O
keep the packages from overshooting the curve.
N
Spurs are available in 30º and 45º angles for converging and diverging applications. A corner turning wheel
may be necessary to help boxes negotiate converging spurs. A plow or pivot divert is necessary when
diverging to a spur from the main conveyor.
Conveyor Curves
Curves are used on a conveyor system when a 30º, 45º, 60º, 90º, or even 180º turn is necessary. Boxes
traveling around curves with straight rollers will not stay oriented, nor will they exit the curve in the same
orientation as they entered because the outside of the box must travel a greater distance. Using tapered
roller curves will maintain product orientation through the curve. Skatewheel curves and split roller curves
also allow boxes to stay oriented. A 2 in. clearance is recommended between the package corners and
the outside radius on all curves; this may necessitate curves being wider than straight sections in order to
accommodate turning packages. Curves should have a guard rail mounted on the outside radius to prevent
boxes from falling off. When ordering curves, specify right-hand or left-hand curves according to the flow
diagrams shown.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 13
Zero-Pressure Accumulation Conveyor
Loading the Conveyor

1. A carton is placed on the conveyor AND continues forward until it reaches the last zone.
2. When carton #1 activates sensor “A”, the air bags in zone #1 are inflated causing the zone to
stop driving. This zone will always stop driving when sensor “A” is actuated. At the same time,
Figure A: Loading
a signal is sent to zone #2 indicating that zone #1 is occupied.
3. When carton #2 activates sensor “B”, the above sequence is repeated.
4. The above sequences are repeated until the conveyor is loaded.
Unloading the Conveyor

1. Releasing carton #1 is accomplished by discharging the air pressure from the air bags
through the solenoid air valve in zone #1. This releases the pneumatic brake and restores
power to the tread rollers. carton #1 will then move forward causing a gap between itself and
carton #2.
2. If in a singulation mode, when carton #1 clears sensor “A”, carton #2 will then move
forward, creating a gap between itself and carton #3.
3. This sequence will continue as long as the preceding carton continues to move forward.
Product Weight Figure B: Unloading

Maximum and minimum load requirements vary depending on conveyor model.
Product Length
Minimum
Minimum product length on zero-pressure package handling conveyors should be three times the
roller spacing. Based on the standard roller spacing of 3 in., this would be 9 in.
Minimum product length on zero-pressure pallet handling conveyors should be four times the
roller spacing.
Maximum
C Maximum product length on zero-pressure package handling conveyors should be 3 in. less than the
O accumulation zone length to allow for product slipping as it stops. There will be no gaps between
N products if the product length equals the accumulation zone length. Maximum product length on zero-
V pressure pallet handling conveyors should be 6 in. less than the accumulation zone length.
E
Y Product Width
O Product should not be wider than the between rail width of the conveyor on zero-pressure package handling conveyor. (NOTE: Product clearance must be
R checked if zero-pressure curves are used in application.)
D
E Product Height
S Verify if box flaps will be in the up position or if long products will be sticking up and out of the carton.
C
R Condition of the Product Bottom
I A firm flat bottom is generally required on a product. A soft or irregular bottom may cause
P hang-up. If the load exceeds 50 lbs. per foot, product should have a rigid bottom. Pallet type
T products must have a conveyable surface with runners in the direction of travel. The pallet
I runners cannot be concave or convex or the pallet may hang up.
O
N
S Product Shape
Containers with handles, product overhang, or of v-shaped design may leave gaps at an
accumulation sensor (see illustration to the right). If the sensor is not depressed or blocked, in the
case of photo electric sensors, a back pressure build up may occur.
Product Flow
All of the zero-pressure conveyors featured in this catalog are designed for one direction conveying only. Please specify if accumulation is required in both
the forward and reverse direction.
Conveying Speed
Speeds other than the standard speed listed in the specifications for each conveyor may affect the accumulation feature of the conveyor due to product slippage.
Bed Lengths
Bed lengths are supplied in multiples of zone length. Because of special design equipment, standard bed lengths must be used to make up overall
conveyor length. Adjoining conveyors should be altered to fit layout requirements. Typical bed lengths are 10 ft. long.
14 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Conveyor Precaution Areas
• POWER TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - includes • AREAS UNDER COUNTERWEIGHTS - enclosures or

drives, gears, shafts, couplings. other means to keep people away from such areas.
• NIP POINTS - where an object moving in a line or rotating • TRANSFER MECHANISM - device that transfers materials
meets another similarly moving object (belt and pulley, meshing onto or off a conveyor, or from one conveyor to another.
of gears, takeoff point on a belt conveyor). • PASSAGE AREAS UNDER CONVEYOR - special
• SHEAR POINTS - where a moving part conveyor meets or attention is needed for drive, take-up, and service areas
passes close to a stationary point (i.e. a building wall). involving overhead conveyors.
• PINCH POINTS - area where pinching can occur as • EXPOSED EDGES OF CONVEYOR - certain circumstances
reciprocating, oscillating, or vibrating conveyors come close may require continous guarding, as where sprockets are present.
to fixed a machinary or objects. • SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES - all exposed moving parts
• SPILL POINTS - requires guarding where material could of a conveyor that present a hazard to employees at their work
spill from a conveyor. Side rails used on an overhead stations should be mechanically and electrically guarded, or
conveyor moving cartons. guarded by location or position to prevent accessibility.
Decibel Levels
Practical decibel levels for conveyor systems are DECIBELS EQUIVALENT
60-70 decibels. Noise protection is required by
law for levels over 85 decibels. 30 Whisper
50 Rainfall
60 Normal conversation
80 Ringing telephone
85 Threshold of hearing damage
90 Lawn mower
100 Train horn
110 Rock concert
115 Hearing damage (2-3 minutes)
120 Jet takeoff
130 Jack hammer
C
180 Rocket launch
O
N
V
E
Y
Pricing Thumb Rules O
R
I
Conveyor (Per Linear Foot) Equipment Only Fully Installed* Induction/Output (For Above Sorters) N
Powered roller $115 $240 Induction points for F
Zero pressure accumulation $195 $300 cross-belt or tilt-tray (each) $40,000 O
Belt $110 (Minimum of one (1) induction point per system) $15,000
$215 R
Trash $125 $250 Sort chutes (per destination)
M
Gravity-roller/skate $35 $50
Gravity-flexible/extendable $70 A
$100
Chain driven live roller $125 $270 Accumulator, Metering Belt, Induction Belt, And Scanners T
Accumulation chain $450 (Needed for all types of sortation systems) I
$700
HD pneumatic corner escapement $1,200 $1800 O
Low complexity $50,000
Medium complexity $60,000 N
Chain Transfers (Per Unit) High complexity $75,000
Chain transfer (2 strand conv. to conv. style) $6,000 $8,000
Chain transfer (2 strand BF style) $4,500 $6,500 Sortation Control Systems
(Needed for all types of sortation systems)
*includes mechanical and electrical installation
Crowders (includes electrical and mechanical installation) Low complexity $50,000

Medium complexity $80,000
Pneumatic corner crowder $300 per foot + $5,000 $100,000
per divert High complexity
Sorters - Cartons (includes electrical and mechanical installation) Conveyor Systems Project Cost Breakdown
(Estimates for complex systems integration projects)
Pop-up wheel sorter $300 per foot + $4,500
per divert Controls engineering 8%
Pusher sorter $2,000 per foot + $5,000 Design engineering 6%
per divert Project management 4%
Shoe sorter $2,000 per foot + $5,000 Electrical installation 15%
per divert Controls hardware 10%
Mechanical installation 17%
Sorters - Unit (includes electrical and mechanical installation) Mechanical hardware 40%
Cross-Belt Sorter $4,500
(per linear foot) TOTAL 100%
Tilt-tray sorter $4,800 ** Pricing may differ depending on specific customer requirements,
(Per linear foot)
suppliers used, labor force requirements, etc.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 15
I N D U S T R Y R E F E R E N C E G U I D E
PAGE CONVEYOR AUTOMOTIVE FOOD and E-COMMERCE RETAIL ENTERTAINMENT
NUMBER TYPE BEVERAGE
25 BELT X X X X X X
32 BELT OVER ROLLER X X X X X X
35 SPIRAL LIFT X X X X X X
38 SPIRAL CHUTE X X X X X X
40 CONTINUOUS LIFT X X X X X X
C
O 45 ROLLER X X X X X X
N 50 MINIMUM PRESSURE X X X X X X
V ACCUMULATION
E
Y 54 ZERO PRESSURE X X X X X X
O ACCUMULATION
R 63 MOTORIZED DRIVE X X X X X X
ROLLER
D 65 CHAIN DRIVEN LIVE X X
E ROLLER
S
C 71 PALLET HANDLING X X X X X X
R 72 DRAG CHAIN X X X X X X
I
P 74 OVERHEAD X X
T 78 LOW PROFILE X X X X X
I
82 MODULAR PLASTIC BELT X X X
O
N 88 MAGNETIC X
S 88 DRAG FLIGHT X
89 HINGED STEEL BELT X
90 CLEATED X X
92 SLIP TORQUE X
93 NON-SYNCHRONOUS X
94 SLAT X
95 BLUE STEEL X
103 SHOE SORTER X X X X
106 HORIZONTAL BELT X X X X
SORTATION
108 CROSS BELT SORTATION X X X
112 TILT TRAY SORTER X X X
119 GRAVITY X X X X X X
127 FLEXIBLE/EXPANDABLE X X X X X X
130 EXTENDABLE X X X
16 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
www.bmhcorp.com/quote
Fax: (317) 575-8596
BASTIAN Conveying Solutions Request for Quote

When calling Bastian Material Handling for information on a conveyor, be prepared to provide
the following information...
DATE CUSTOMER/ACCOUNT
CONTACT NAME ADDRESS
PHONE NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Length Type of Conveyor Belt Width Overall Width/Roller Type of Floor Supports Speed Motor
Centers (Phase, Voltage, Hz)
8 TYPE OF PRODUCT HANDLED 16 WILL CONVEYORS BE REVERSIBLE? Yes No

Cartons Drums If so, how many times per minute?
Wood boxes Rolls of paper
Tote pans Rolls of cloth
Crates Bags
Baskets Bundles 17 PAINT FINISH
Pallets Other State color desired if other than standard green paint
C
O
N
9 GIVE SIZE, WEIGHT OF PACKAGES TO BE HANDLED V
Size of Packages E
Length Width Height Weight 18 SPECIAL MOTORS OR DRIVES Y
Min. Brand Voltage O
Avg. R
Phase Cycles
Max.
Standard open I
Totally enclosed N
Explosion proof F
10 WILL THERE BE SHOCK LOADING? Yes No O
If so, from what height will product be dropped? ft.
19 CONDITIONS SURROUNDING CONVEYORS R
M
Excessive or abrasive dust A
11 MAXIMUM RATE OF PRODUCT PER MIN. Moisture or humidity T
Corrosive fumes I
Heat (degree ) O
12 TOTAL WEIGHT OF PRODUCT ON THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF Oil N
THE CONVEYOR lbs. Other
13 WILL CONVEYOR BE STOPPED

20 IF AN INCLINE OR DECLINE CONVEYOR, WHAT ARE
AND STARTED UNDER FULL LOAD? Yes No
THE FEED AND DISCHARGE ELEVATIONS?
Feed Height In. Discharge Height In.
14 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF STARTS PER MIN.
21 IS GUARD RAIL NEEDED FOR THE APPLICATION?

15 NUMBER OF HOURS Yes No
CONVEYOR WILL BE USED DAILY
GENERAL CONVEYOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
* PLEASE PROVIDE A SKETCH OR CAD FILE
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 17
Installation and After Sales Support
Maintenance and Service Contracts

Frequency:
Partial List of Services Performed
• Inspect all hardware. • Monthly contracts.
• Inspect and grease all bearings. • Quarterly contracts.
• Clean debris from moving parts. • Bi-Annual contracts.
• Inspect all safety guarding. • Annual contracts.
• Adjust and tighten necessary parts.
• Inspect all electrical connections.
• Provide written service report and recommendations.
• Verify controls operability. Please Call BASTIAN for More
Detailed Information
Installation Services
• Automated Guided Vehicles (AGVs). • Mezzanines.
• Automated Storage and Retrieval Systems (AS/RS). • Modular enclosures.
• Carousels. • Overhead conveyors.
• Controls. • Pallet rack.
• Conveyor. • Pick-to-Light systems.
• Custom fabrication. • RF directed picking.
• Dock equipment. • Robotics.
• High speed conveyor sortation. • Sensors.
• Information systems. • Shelving.
• Manipulators.
I
N
S Installation Cost Estimates (for a typical system)
T
A
L Electrical (costs include material, labor, and installation)
L • $1,500 per motor (motor provided on conveyor).
A • $1,300 per photo eye.
T • $700 per E-stop pull cord.
I • $300 per proximity switch.
O • $300 per solenoid.
N • $400 per foot pedal.
• $700 per hole push button station.
A • $400 per alarm warning light.
N • $550 per E-stop push button.
D • $18,000 per control panel (includes one AB SLC500, 10 motor starters with over loads,
NEMA 12 enclosure, flange mounted disconnect, control transformer, relays, terminals,
S conduit, wire and accessories).
U • $65 per hour for electrical technician.
P • $85 per hour for electrical controls.
P • Prices do not include tax, travel, lodging or controls programming/engineering.
O
R Mechanical
T • $10 per foot - gravity conveyor.
• $25 per foot - powered roller conveyor.
• $28 per foot - powered zero pressure conveyor.
• $25 per foot - powered belt conveyor.
• $85 per foot - added for ceiling hung (includes header steel).
• $0.08 per pound - rack.
• $0.15 per pound - structural rack. BASTIAN Service
• $1.25 per deck - wire deck.
• Mezzanine - $2.50 per square foot. Technicians are
• 100 feet of conveyor per day - ceiling hung (2-4 man crew).
• 200 feet of conveyor per day - floor supported (2-4 man crew). available for
•
•
$1,300 per day - on site (2 man crew).
$50 per hour for millwright.
on-site
• Prices do not include tax, travel, or lodging. emergency
** Pricing may differ depending on specific customer requirements, suppliers used, labor force service!
requirements, etc. Firm pricing can be established upon request.
18 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
I N T E G R AT E D S YS T E M S
pages 11-16
Benefits and Advantages 12
Material Handling Solutions 13
MHCS/WCS 13
Engineering Studies 14
Integrated System Simulation 15
Integrated System Process 16
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Systems Integrator
Key Benefits of BASTIAN Integrated Systems
Cut Your Operational Costs

Through advanced automation technologies and supply chain execution software, reduce
operating costs to generate higher profits.
Guaranteed Operational Success

Through a combination of experienced engineers and proven cutting-edge technologies,
operational success within your material handling system is guaranteed.
Speed to Market
Dedicated engineering and project resources get your system from concept to
completion fast.
Cost Effective Scalable Solutions Operational Costs

Maximize your capital investment while planning for future growth with modular
B scalable solutions.
E
N
E
Best of Breed Solutions
Our broad industry experience brings the best possible technology to your
F
business processes.
I
T
S Simplicity and Accountability
One point of contact for the all of your material handling integration needs.
A
N Total Life Cycle Support
D Exceptional customer support and service through the entire project life cycle.
A Real Estate/Building Construction Integration

D We partner with the leading real estate and general construction firms to integrate the
V building design with the material handling systems.
A Investment Justification (ROI)
N
T
A
G
BASTIAN’S Competitive Advantage
E
S BASTIAN knows the importance of making smart capital investments and the advantages associated with aggressive and timely project execution
schedules. Our system solutions are designed not only to meet your immediate needs but also your long-term business objectives. Some of the
characteristics of our company that help you meet your goals include:
• Independent systems integrator with access to the best of • Leasing/Financing options available for software, hardware,
breed equipment suppliers. and equipment.
• Customized solutions that meet your unique system’s needs. • Strategic supplier partnerships that increase purchasing power
• Modular system designs to easily incorporate future resulting in very competitive price structures.
growth opportunities. • Turnkey installation to minimize your operational impact and
• Open, non-proprietary equipment and control architectures. reduce risks.
• Smart systems that improve operator productivity and • National networks in commercial real estate for your
reduce errors. specific location.
• Cost justification and ROI analysis for capital appropriation. • Integrated real estate, architecture, building construction and
• Integration with your existing equipment to reduce initial financing available.
investment and increase your return on assets. • Experienced project management for cost/scope control,
budget/schedule maintenance, and operational coordination.
12 1-800-264-9610
www.bmhcorp.com
Systems Integrator
Complete Material Handling Solutions from a Single Source
Today’s systems involve a wide variety of technologies to meet your business objectives. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to
achieve maximum productivity. BASTIAN specializes in integrating the entire system from material handling equipment to supply chain execution software and
controls (MHCS). Take advantage of our technology experience to tackle the challenges of integrating your next system project.
Storage Systems • Pick-to-Display.

• Pick modules. • Robotics.
• Rack and shelving systems. • Carousels.
• Mezzanines. • A-frame dispensing systems.
• Deep lane storage. • Bowl feeders.
• Fork truck integration. • Tilt tray/cross belt systems.
• Rack supported buildings. • Packaging equipment.
• Fluid loading/unloading.
Automation • Pick-to-Light.
• Conveyor and sortation systems. • Manifest systems.
• Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS). • Automated Guided Vehicles (AGVs).
• Small item sorter. • Pick-to-Voice. M
• Palletizers. • Pallet flow rail. A
• RFID. T
E
R
Material Handling and Warehouse Control Systems (MHCS/WCS) I
A
L
MHCS is the bridge that synchronizes material flow, consolidates orders, and allows for islands of automation. Our MHCS engineering team designs advanced
control system solutions which coordinate material handling hardware, software, communication networks, and Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs). H
A
N
D
L
MHCS Capabilities I
• Connect WMS and ERP to automation N
• Conventional and networked controls G
• PLC and PC based controls
• “Real Time” connection with supply C
chain execution software O
(WMS, OMS, TMS, YMS) N
• Smart conveyor routing (AOR) T
• Seamless integration with R
Exacta® SortTM (sortation software) O
• Cross docking L
S
Y
S
Application Integration Supply Chain Execution Software T
• Laser scanners, RFID, camera systems. • Warehouse Management Software (WMS). E
• Weighing and cubing systems. • Order Management System (OMS). M
• Manifesting. • Transportation Management System (TMS). S
• Printers and applicators. • Yard Management System (YMS).
• RF systems.
On-Going Support Value
Engineering Expertise • Extensive training program.
• Complete CAD services. • On-site operational support.
• 3-D system renderings. • Web-based video monitoring.
• Simulations. • Event-based notification.
• Slotting and profiling. • Planned maintenance software.
• Facility layout. • Mechanical and controls annual support.
• Engineered productivity standards. • 24/7 support service.
• Return on investment analysis. • Critical spare parts.
• Manning requirement analysis. • Remote web or dial-in access.
• Ergonomic workstation design.
• Energy management.
• Equipment maintenance program.
• Custom equipment design/build.
• Specification / RFQ development.
1-800-264-9610
www.bmhcorp.com 13
Engineering Studies
E
N
G
I BASTIAN has several years of practical experience working with clients to specify the
N optimum system to meet their strategic business goals. We leverage a proven five stage Project
E methodology ensuring we help you meet world class standards in overall operations. At Initialization
E BASTIAN, we stand behind our recommendations in the form of system guarantees on
R performance metrics and return on investment.
I
N
G
Stage 1 : Project Initialization
S • Management design goals.
T • 3 to 5 year volume projections.
U • Project team selection.
D • Critical success factors. Current System
I • Data requirements. Assessment
E
S Stage 2 : Current System Assessment
• Current system layout and material flow diagram.
• Information flow diagram.
• Interview operators, supervisors, and key stake holders.
• Known areas of improvement.
• Current operational procedures and constraints.
Stage 3 : Concepting Concepting

• Confirm design parameters and assumptions.
• Prepare conceptual layouts and alternatives for levels of automation.
• Review capital requirements for alternatives.
• Manning requirements.
• System throughput constraints and scalability.
Stage 4 : Recommended System Model

• Simulation to verify material flow and manning levels.
• Slotting and profile analysis to select the appropriate automation equipment.
• Recommended information system architecture.
• Description of operations. Recommended
System Model
Stage 5 : Final Report
• 3D CAD layout (floor space and storage requirements).
• Capital requirements.
• General description of all equipment (bill of materials).
• Return on investment analysis.
• Implementation plan.
• System rendering with panoramic views.
• Optional Request for Quote (RFQ) for vendor bidding.
Final
Report
14 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Integrated System Simulation
I
BASTIAN strongly recommends a simulation study to verify system performance where complex or highly variable material flows and manning N
requirements are involved. With today’s advanced simulation tools, it makes sense to confirm your system model before spending thousands or millions of T
dollars in capital. BASTIAN has several highly trained simulation engineers to work with your team and confirm various operational methodologies. E
BASTIAN uses AutoMod as a simulation tool which is unsurpassed for the design, analysis, and emulation of complex systems. AutoMod combines Virtual G
Reality (VR) graphics with a flexible, powerful, discrete and continuous simulation environment. R
A
Simulation Process T
E
D
Project Team Data Assumptions Base Model
Initiation Selection Collection Document Development S
Y
S
T
E
M
Optimization
Final Model Model Base Model
of the S
Report Review Testing Validation I
Design
M
U
L
A
T
I
O
Simulation Benefits N
S
• Ensures that the system will meet strategic
business goals.
• Validates the recommended system design.
• Uses your actual order data to verify system
throughput.
• Provides an in-depth understanding of your
business operations. Tests various operational methodologies Ensures system will meet strategic business goals
• Allows optimal equipment configuration.
• Presents informed decisions of how much
equipment to purchase.
• Identifies system bottlenecks.
• Tests various operational methodologies.
• Ability to ask what if? questions to enhance
system performance.
• Allows the evaluation of system design
changes against a baseline.
• Verifies system manning requirements.
Allows the evaluation of system design Allows optimal equipment configuration
1-800-264-9610
www.bmhcorp.com 15
Systems Integrator
Engineering
System Integration Process Studies
BASTIAN is dedicated to creating advanced material handling systems for the

automation of supply chain logistics. The innovative products developed help
companies throughout the world better compete in their individual markets 3D Facilities
and implement their strategic business goals. BASTIAN enjoys using advanced Layouts
technologies in the industrial environment to help businesses execute their
strategic goals. Success through the control of material flow, information
flow, and operational procedures can yield huge competitive advantages. Our
integrated material handling systems reduce the total cost of order fulfillment
and the cycle time for the end user to receive their product. Simulation
��
I
N
��
Equipment
T Specifications
E
G
R ��
A
T
E
Controls
D �� Systems
S
Y ��
S
T Profiling
E Analysis
M
P
R
O
C Project
E Management
S
S
Installation
Training
��
��
��
Acceptance
��
��
Testing
��
��
After Sale and

Operational
Support
16 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Slider Bed
Standard Duty Slider Bed

TA Applications
The model TA is used in most industries and is ideal for general transportation of totes, cartons, parts, and
odd shaped items. Good for progressive assembly; sorting and packing; inspection; inclines and declines. Not
recommended with bulk materials (i.e. powders). Maintains product spacing and orientation.
Standard Specifications (electrical controls not included)

• BELT - Ultimate 140 BOS–Nitrile, impregnated belt with one side brushed. • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• BED - 4 in. deep x 12 ga. formed steel slider bed, powder painted. • TAKE-UP - Take-ups at tail pulley. Provides 4 in. of belt take-up.
Standard 5 ft. and 10 ft. long sections bolt together with splice plates. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
• END DRIVE - Located on discharge end of conveyor, chain guard drive and tail pulleys.
on left hand side. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or 8 in. No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned and • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
fully lagged. • BELT SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. standard: 65 FPM.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 75 lbs.
• SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. for 4 in. pulley, 2-½ in. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts.
dia. for 8 in. pulley. Pre-lubricated ball bearings. Guards included. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BED BELT WIDTH 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24” 30”
LENGTH LENGTH BED WIDTH 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 18” 22” 24” 28” 34”
6’ 5’ $1185 $1215 $1246 $1276 $1307 $1337 $1368 $1398 $1459 $1551
11’ 10’ $1279 $1326 $1372 $1419 $1466 $1513 $1560 $1607 $1700 $1840
16’ 15’ $1373 $1436 $1500 $1563 $1626 $1688 $1751 $1814 $1941 $2129
21’ 20’ 4” Diameter $1469 $1547 $1626 $1705 $1784 $1864 $1943 $2022 $2180 $2418
26’ 25’ Drive Pulley $1563 $1658 $1753 $1849 $1944 $2040 $2135 $2231 $2421 $2708 B
31’ 30’ $1657 $1769 $1881 $1992 $2103 $2216 $2327 $2438 $2662 $2996 E
36’ 35’ $1752 $1880 $2007 $2136 $2263 $2391 $2518 $2647 $2902 $3285 L
41’ 40’ $1846 $1990 $2135 $2278 $2422 $2567 $2710 $2854 $3143 $3575 T
51’ 50’ $2036 $2212 $2389 $2565 $2741 $2918 $3094 $3271 $3623 $4152
61’-11” 60’ $2473 $2681 $2890 $3144 $3353 $3562 $3805 $4014 $4432 $5100
71’-11” 70’ 8” Diameter $2661 $2903 $3144 $3431 $3672 $3913 $4189 $4430 $4913 $5679
81’-11” 80’ Drive Pulley $2850 $3124 $3398 $3717 $3991 $4265 $4573 $4846 $5393 $6257
91’-11” 90’ $3040 $3345 $3652 $4003 $4309 $4616 $4957 $5262 $5875 $6835
Several other lengths and widths are available.
shipment available for the green highlighted models. Quantity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
LOAD CAPACITY @ 65 FPM W/ STANDARD BELT

HP BELT LENGTHS UP TO
WIDTHS 4” DIA. DRIVE PULLEY 8” DIA. DRIVE PULLEY
TO 8” Dia. Drive Pulley
11’ 21’ 31’ 41’ 51’ 77’ 102’
21” 31” 41” 51” 77”
DISTRIBUTED LOAD (LBS.)
½ 6”- 16” 335 320 310 300 285 260 230
18”- 30” 320 300 285 270 255 210 170
1 6”- 16” 650 635 625 615 605 625 595
18”- 30” 635 620 600 585 570 580 540
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 25
Slider Bed
System Slider Bed

SB Applications
The model SB is used for assembly line operations, inspections, testing, sorting and packing. This conveyor
is ideally used in material handling systems where connecting conveyors is important. The SB has a higher
capacity than the standard slider bed. Can also be used to create product gap before sortation systems.

• BELT - Ultimate 140 BOS - Nitrile, impregnated belt with one side brushed. • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated
• BED - 12 ga. galvanized slider pan mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder ball bearings.
painted formed steel channel frame bolted together with splice plates. • TAKE-UP - Take-ups at tail pulley. Provides 4 in. of belt take-up.
• CENTER DRIVE - Provides 16 in. of belt take-up. Minimum elevation– • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
19-½ in. Specify location. Minimum OAL without modification- drive and tail pulleys.
120 in. Chain guard located on left hand side. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
machine crowned and fully lagged. • MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or 6 in. • BELT SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 75 lbs.
• SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart below.
Guards included. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BED BELT WIDTH 10” 12” 16” 18” 22” 24” 30” 34” 42” 48”
LENGTH LENGTH BED WIDTH 13” 18” 22” 24” 28” 30” 36” 40” 48” 54”
12’ 10’ $2,028 $2,078 $2,175 $2,224 $2,322 $2,513 $2,660 $2,759 $2,953 $3,100
17’ 15’ $2,194 $2,254 $2,372 $2,432 $2,551 $2,752 $2,931 $3,051 $3,288 $3,466
22’ 20’ $2,358 $2,429 $2,569 $2,639 $2,779 $2,991 $3,202 $3,343 $3,622 $3,833
27’ 25’ $2,523 $2,605 $2,766 $2,847 $3,007 $3,230 $3,473 $3,636 $3,957 $4,199
32’ 30’ $2,688 $2,780 $2,962 $3,054 $3,236 $3,469 $3,743 $3,928 $4,291 $4,565
B 37’ 35’ $2,852 $2,956 $3,159 $3,262 $3,464 $3,708 $4,013 $4,220 $4,626 $4,932
E 42’ 40’ $3,018 $3,131 $3,356 $3,469 $3,694 $3,947 $4,285 $4,513 $4,960 $5,298
L 47’ 45’ $3,183 $3,307 $3,552 $3,676 $3,922 $4,186 $4,555 $4,805 $5,294 $5,665
T 52’ 50’ $3,347 $3,482 $3,749 $3,884 $4,150 $4,425 $4,826 $5,097 $5,629 $6,031
62’ 60’ $3,676 $3,834 $4,142 $4,300 $4,607 $4,902 $5,368 $5,682 $6,298 $6,764
72” 70” $4,007 $4,186 $4,536 $4,715 $5,065 $5,380 $5,909 $6,267 $6,968 $7,497
82” 80” $4,336 $4,537 $4,929 $5,130 $5,522 $5,858 $6,451 $6,851 $7,637 $8,230
92” 90” $4,665 $4,888 $5,322 $5,545 $5,979 $6,336 $6,992 $7,436 $8,306 $8,962
8”
8” DRIVE
DRIVE PULLEY
PULLEY LIVE
LIVE LOAD
LOAD CAPACITY
CAPACITY @
@ 65
65 FPM
FPM
HP BELT
BELT LENGTHS
LENGTHS UP
UP TO
TO
WIDTHS 52’ 102’
102’
TO DISTRIBUTED LOAD (LBS.)
1 14” 920 870
36” 820 720
2 14” 1920 1870
36” 1820 1730
26 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Slider Bed
Slider Bed Incline

SBI Applications
The Model SBI is a floor-to-floor incline conveyor and is used to change levels to a mezzanine or another
floor in most industries. The SBI acts as a brake belt and is often used in descending load applications.
It is equipped with an adjustable double nose-over at the discharge end to ensure smooth transfer from
the incline to horizontal plane. Inclines are easily adjusted up to 30º. This conveyor can also be used as a
booster conveyor in gravity flow systems and has standard brake motors.

• BELT - Black Trackmate 447 Roughtop with PVC cover. Clipper • TAKE-UP PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or
unibar lacing. 6 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned.
• BED -12 ga. galvanized slider pan mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. • TAKE-UP - Take-ups in center drive provides 16 in. of belt take-up.
powder painted, formed steel channel frame. Standard 4 ft., 6 ft., 8 • SNUB IDLER/NOSE-OVER ROLLERS - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in.
ft., and 10 ft. long sections bolt together with splice plates. dia. or 2-½ in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings. Snub guards included.
• DOUBLE NOSE-OVER - A 26 in. long horizontal and a 12 in. • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia., pre-lubricated ball bearings.
long nose-over section provides a two-step transition of product • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
from incline to horizontal. Provides up to 30º incline adjustment. drive, tail and take-up pulley.
• LOWER POWERED FEEDER - Chain type driven from tail • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
pulley of inclined conveyor. Supports not included in base price. No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
• CENTER DRIVE - Located on the incline section. Chain guard • MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face
located on left hand side. brake motor.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • BELT SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
machine crowned and fully lagged. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 100 lbs.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or 6 in. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts.
dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BED BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 15” 21” OVERALL 27” 31” 37”
LENGTH LENGTH BELT WIDTH 10” 12” 18” LENGTH 24” 28” 36”
4” DIA. PULLEY 6” DIA. PULLEY B
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 24” 30” 34” 42” E
13’-10” 10’ $3,458 $3,540 $3,787 14’ $4,176 $4,341 $4,669 L
15’-10” 12’ $3,533 $3,621 $3,888 16’ $4,296 $4,474 $4,828 T
17’-10” 14’ $3,608 $3,703 $3,989 18’ $4,417 $4,607 $4,988
19’-10” 16’ $3,683 $3,785 $4,090 20’ $4,537 $4,740 $5,147
21’-10” 18’ $3,758 $3,866 $4,190 22’ $4,657 $4,873 $5,306
23’-10” 20’ $3,834 $3,948 $4,291 24’ $4,777 $5,006 $5,465
25’-10” 22’ $3,908 $4,030 $4,392 22’ $4,898 $5,139 $5,624
27’-10” 24’ $3,983 $4,110 $4,493 28’ $5,017 $5,273 $5,783
31’-10” 28’ $4,133 $4,273 $4,696 30’ $5,257 $5,539 $6,101
35’-10” 32’ $4,283 $4,437 $4,898 32’ $5,498 $5,805 $6,419
39’-10” 36’ $4,433 $4,600 $5,099 40’ $5,739 $6,071 $6,737
43’-10” 40’ $4,583 $4,762 $5,301 44’ $5,979 $6,338 $7,056
LOAD CAPACITY CHART

25º INCLINE @ 65 FPM W/ ROUGHTOP BELT
WIDTHS 14’ 44’
TO
1 22” 390 375
30” 380 355
36” 375 340
2 22” 810 790
30” 800 770
36” 790 755
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 27
Slider Bed
Heavy Duty Slider Bed

TL Applications
The model TL is useful for conveying very wide, long, and/or heavy products. The TL has a rugged, heavy-
duty construction and is used in most industries. Can be used for long assembly line operations, testing, sorting,
and packing.
Standard Specifications (electrical controls not included) • SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. for tail end, 2-½ in. dia.
for drive end. Pre-lubricated ball bearings. Guards included.
• BELT - Ultimate 140 BOS–Nitrile, impregnated belt with one • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated
side brushed. ball bearings.
• BED - 6-5⁄8 in. deep x 12 ga. formed steel slider bed powder • TAKE-UP - Take-ups at tail pulley. Provides 4 in. of belt take-up.
painted. Reinforced with ¾ in. pipe which forms sockets for guard • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
rails. Standard 5 ft. and 10 ft. long sections bolt together with splice drive and tail pulleys.
plates. 48 in. and 51 in. bed widths are available in 5 ft. lengths only. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer
• END DRIVE - Located on discharge end of conveyor, chain guard No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
on left hand side. • MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • BELT SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• TAIL PULLEY - 6 in. dia. with1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts.
machine crowned. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BED BELT WIDTH 24” 30” 36” 42” 48”

LENGTH LENGTH BED WIDTH 30” 36” 42” 48” 54”
7’-1” 5’ $1,957 N/A N/A N/A N/A
12’-1” 10’ $2,238 $2,572 $2,723 $2,972 $3,148
17’-1” 15’ $2,520 $2,901 $3,101 $3,470 $3,739
B 22’-1” 20’ $2,802 $3,230 $3,479 $3,968 $4,329
E 27’-1” 25’ $3,084 $3,559 $3,857 $4,465 $4,920
L 32’-1” 30’ $3,364 $3,889 $4,235 $4,963 $5,510
T 37’-1” 35’ $3,646 $4,218 $4,614 $5,460 $6,101
42’-1” 40’ $3,928 $4,546 $4,992 $5,958 $6,692
52’-1” 50’ $4,491 $5,205 $5,748 $6,953 $7,874
62’-1” 60’ $5,054 $5,863 $6,505 $7,949 $9,055
72’-1” 70’ $5,617 $6,521 $7,262 $8,944 $10,236
82’-1” 80’ $6,180 $7,180 $8,018 $9,940 $11,417
92’-1” 90’ $6,743 $7,837 $8,775 $10,935 $12,598
8” DRIVE PULLEY LIVE LOAD CAPACITY @ 65 FPM

WIDTHS 52’ 102’
TO
1 24” - 30” 610 530
36” - 42” 550 430
48” 490 330
2 24” - 30” 1340 1260
36” - 42” 1290 1160
48” 1230 1070
28 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Belt Curve
Belt Curve
TS 1500/140 Applications
The model TS 1500/140 is used to maintain gaps and orientation of products when guided around
curves. It is a high speed conveyor and has an endless splice belt. Almost any individual curve
design is possible. 15º and 30º curves are also available. The Model TS 1500/100 is also available in
16-½ in. - 24-½ in. widths.

• BELT - Black monofilament, PVC top with urethane guide strip. • MOTOR - ¾ HP shaft mounted right angle gearmotor 230/460
• FRAME - 9-½ in. inside, 11-½ in. outside. All - 3 Ph. 60 Hz (specify exact voltage).
aluminum construction. • BELT SPEED - Standard: 65 FPM at center line of conveying surface.
• PULLEYS - Tapered with 1-7⁄16 in. dia. shaft through bearings. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot (measured at center
Adjustable to control belt tension. line of conveying surface) 40 lbs.
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
drive and tail pulley. Re-lube type. See chart below for available elevations.
OVERALL CONVEYING BELT INSIDE CURVE OUTSIDE 45º 60º 90º 180º
FRAME SURFACE WIDTH RADIUS RADIUS RADIUS
WIDTH WIDTH “IR” “CL” “OR”
26-½” 21” 20” 36” 46-½” 57” $4,670 $5,042 $5,169 $7,821
28-½” 23” 22” 34” 45-½” 57” $4,670 $5,042 $5,169 $7,821
30-½” 25” 24” 32” 44-½” 57” $4,670 $5,042 $5,169 $7,821
32-½” 27” 26” 54” 67-½” 81” $6,436 $6,452 $6,722 $10,074
34-½” 29” 28” 52” 66-½” 81” $5,864 $6,452 $6,722 $10,074
36-½” 31” 30” 50” 65-½” 81” $5,864 $6,452 $6,722 $10,074
38-½” 33” 32” 48” 64 ½” 81” $5,864 $6,452 $6,722 $10,074
40-½” 35” 34” 46” 63 ½” 81” $5,943 $6,481 $6,804 $10,221
42-½” 37” 36” 44” 62-½” 81” $5,943 $6,481 $6,804 $10,221
44-½” 39” 38” 66” 85-½” 105” $7,577 $8,394 $8,795 $13,458 B
46-½” 41” 40” 64” 84 ½” 105” $7,577 $8,394 $8,795 $13,458 E
48-½” 43” 42” 62” 83 ½” 105” $7,577 $8,394 $8,795 $13,458 L
50-½” 45” 44” 60” 82-½” 105” $7,577 $8,394 $8,795 $13,458 T
52-½” 47” 46” 58” 81-½” 105” $7,577 $8,394 $8,795 $13,458
54-½” 49” 48” 56” 80 ½” 105” $7,577 $8,394 $8,795 $13,458
FSK SUPPORT
MODEL OAW ADJUSTMENT TO
NO. TOP OF BELT
FSK-1 9-½” - 24”
FSK-2 26-½” 24” - 32”
FSK-3 to 33” - 41”
FSK-4 30-½” 42” - 60”
FSK-5 61” - 90”
FSK-6 91” - 120”
FSK-1 9-½” - 24”
FSK-2 32-½” 24” - 32”
FSK-3 to 33” - 41”
FSK-4 42-½” 42” - 60”
FSK-5 61” - 90”
FSK-6 91” - 120”
FSK-1 9-½” - 24”
FSK-2 44-½” 24” - 32”
FSK-3 to 33” - 41”
FSK-4 54-½” 42” - 60”
FSK-5 61” - 90”
FSK-6 91” - 120” 90º CURVES 60º CURVES 45º CURVES
TYPE A TYPE B TYPE C TYPE D

Left Hand Curve Right Hand Curve Left Hand Curve Right Hand Curve
180º CURVES
Outside Drive Outside Drive Inside Drive Inside Drive
STANDARD STANDARD OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 29
Belt Curve
Taco Curve
4096/4096R Applications
180º curve tables are used wherever the path of conveyed goods must be reversed in a defined pattern within
a very small space. Due to the small curve table radius, commissioning conveyors can be installed directly
parallel to one another when space is limited. High volume flow rates are achieved thanks to continuous
transport of boxed goods. The system is driven by a proportionally working friction (cam action) wheel drive
positioned below the return belt and powered by a 3-phase gear motor. The belt is held on track by spring mounted
pressure elements along the outside radius. Belt turnaround is accomplished by cylindrical idler rollers. This
makes it possible to achieve close connection to conveyors on either side.
Curve Technology
With the help of the 180º Taco Curve Type 4096, a return or cross conveyor can be eliminated. Everywhere,
the 180º Taco Curve can connect parallel lines when placed at the end for a continuous flow. Up to a
diameter of 55”, with a usable width of 20”, the construction has the advantage of no inner radius guide.
Larger diameter of up to 13 feet, would have an inner radius of 8”. At maximum speed, there is no skew of the
transported article.
Belt Tracking
The outer edge of the belt is here shown with a specially developed polyurethane (PU) tracking profile. With the help of this profile, the natural inward
radial forces are counteracted where the belt is tracked in a definite position. The counteracting forces are applied to the outside radius of the curve via the
tracking profile by ball bearing rollers. These rollers are spring loaded to counteract even extreme radial forces for extra safety and a longer belt life. With
this advanced, patented design of the spring loaded tracking rollers, an easier and faster belt change is possible, even when access is only available from
the top surface of the curve.
Drive System
B The drive of the belt curve acts upon the bottom of the belt with a unique friction pinch drive. The significant benefit for this drive system is the
E proportional pinching force delivered by the cam action design. This allows for the transportation of large and heavy loads even when the belt is
L started from a stand still. In addition, the patented cam drive is fully functional in both directions, thus giving the advantages of on line reverse
T direction switching, which is often advantageous in line jam situations.
Cylindrical Return Rollers

The cylindrical design of the return end rollers with a diameter of 3 in. is superior to conical rollers due to the shorter transition between the roller axes,
thus providing a smoother and more controlled transportation throughout the curve. The varying tip speed of the belt at the end return rollers (higher rpm
at the outer radius) is compensated by independent ball bearing rollers.
Top View Type 4096
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
MAX. CURVE LOAD 40 lb/ft
CONVEYOR CURVE ANGLE 180º
INNER RADIUS Type 4096 = 0”

Type 4096 R = 7.8”
NOMINAL DIAMETER, 4096 31.5” to 55” in increments of approx 4”
NOMINAL DIAMETER, 4096R 51” to 157” in increments of approx. 4”

Top View Type 4096R
MIN. CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT 20”
END ROLLERS Cylindrical, 3” diameter
SPEEDS up to 400 fpm
BUDGETARY PRICING
$8,000 - $9,000
** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
30 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Trash Belt
Trash Belt
TH Applications
The model TH is designed to handle empty cardboard boxes and paper trash.
It is also useful in airline and hotel baggage handling, returns, receiving,
pick modules, and baler applications. Constructed with integral side guards
and an underside bed cover spanning the entire length of the conveyor.

• BELT - Horizontal units: Ultimate 140 BOS - Nitrile, impregnated
belt with one side brushed. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, cast-iron ball
• BED - 14 ga. formed steel slider bed bolted between two 7-½ in. bearings on drive and tail pulleys.
deep x 12 ga. formed steel side channels with 6 in. high guards. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed
Standard 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 ft. long sections. reducer. No. 50, 60 or 80 roller chain to drive pulley depending on
• CENTER DRIVE - Minimum elevation - 18-¼ in. Can be placed speed and length.
on any section of conveyor length. Minimum OAL without • MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
modification 12 ft. 0 in. Chain guard located on left hand side. • BELT SPEED - Standard: 65 FPM.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 10 lbs.
machine crowned and fully lagged. • DUST PANS - Solid 16 ga. underside dust covers held in place by
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine ¼ turn screws for easy removal.
crowned 13 in., 19 in., and 25 in. BR up to 150 ft. long. 6 in. dia. with • MANUAL UNDERSIDE TAKE-UP - Provides 16 in. of belt
1-³⁄16 in. dia.shaft at bearings, machine crowned all other applications. take-up up to 150 ft..
• SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. with HD pre-lubricated • PNEUMATIC UNDERSIDE TAKE-UP - Provides 60 in. of belt
ball bearings. take-up for conveyors over 151 ft.
• RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated bearings. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BELT WIDTH 11-½” 17-½” 23-½” 29-½” 35-½” 41-½” 47-½” 53-½”
LENGTH BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 19” 25” 31” 37” 43” 49” 55”
B
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 22” 28” 34” 40” 46” 52” 58” E
12’-0” OAL $2,446 $2,706 $2,965 $3,225 $3,485 $3,746 $4,005 $4,265 L
T
Per Foot Price $29 $39 $49 $58 $68 $78 $88 $97
Several other lengths and widths are available. Quantity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
LOAD CAPACITY CHART * For longer lengths add extra per foot to base
@ 65 FPM W/ STANDARD BELT price. No deduct for less than 12’-0”.
HP OVERALL TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) * For in-between widths, use next width plus
FRAME OVERALL LENGTH 10%.
WIDTH TO 50’ 75’ 100’ 150’
1 28” 550 470 395 240
40” 460 345 230 -
52” 370 215 - -
2 28” 1275 1200 1125 970
40” 1190 1075 960 730
52” 1100 945 795 490
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 31
Belt Over Roller
Roller Bed - Horizontal Conveyor

RB Applications
The model RB is a very versatile conveyor that is designed to move heavier unit loads and may be used
as troughing. The roller bed design reduces belt friction and provides greater capacity. Can be used with
pushers, sorters, and plows. Maintains product orientation and separation. Excellent for long runs, such as
case picking on a single drive.
• BELT - Ultimate 140 BOS–Nitrile, impregnated belt with one side brushed. • SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• BED - 12 ga. galvanized slider pan mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder Guards included.
painted formed steel channel frame bolted together with splice plates. • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to • TAKE-UP - Take-ups at tail pulley. Provides 4 in. of belt take-up.
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section, 30 ft. drive and tail pulleys.
bed lengths and over. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
• CENTER DRIVE - Provides 16 in. of belt take-up. Minimum elevation– No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
19-½ in. Specify location. Minimum OAL without modification- • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
120 in. Chain guard located on left hand side. • BELT SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
machine crowned and fully lagged. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or 6 in. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned.
LENGTH LENGTH BELT WIDTH 10” 12” 18” LENGTH 24” 34” 48”
4” DIA. PULLEY 6” DIA. PULLEY
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 24” 12’ 30” 40” 54”
17’ 15’ $2,194 $2,254 $2,432 17’ $2,752 $3,051 $3,466
22’ 20’ $2,358 $2,429 $2,639 22’ $2,991 $3,343 $3,833
B 27’ 25’ $2,523 $2,605 $2,847 27’ $3,230 $3,636 $4,199
E 32’ 30’ $2,688 $2,780 $3,054 32’ $3,469 $3,928 $4,565
L 37’ 35’ $2,852 $2,956 $3,262 37’ $3,708 $4,220 $4,932
T 42’ 40’ $3,018 $3,131 $3,469 42’ $3,947 $4,513 $5,298
47’ 45’ $3,183 $3,307 $3,676 47’ $4,186 $4,805 $5,665
O 52’ 50’ $3,347 $3,482 $3,884 52’ $4,425 $5,097 $6,031
V 62’ 60’ $3,676 $3,834 $4,300 62’ $4,902 $5,682 $6,764
E 72’ 70’ $4,007 $4,186 $4,715 72’ $5,380 $6,267 $7,497
R 82’ 80’ $4,336 $4,537 $5,130 82’ $5,858 $6,851 $8,230
92’ 90’ $4,665 $4,888 $5,545 92’ $6,336 $7,436 $8,962
R
O shipment available for the green highlighted models. Quantity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
L
L
E 8” DRIVE PULLEY LIVE LOAD CAPACITY @ 65 FPM
R
WIDTHS 52’ 102’
TO
½ 14” 2490 2150
24” 2280 1800
36” 1860 1170
48” 1520 620
¾ 14” 3990 3650
24” 3790 3300
36” 3370 2670
48” 3030 2120
1 14” 5500 5160
24” 5290 4810
36” 4870 4180
48” 4530 3630
1-½ 14” 8510 8170
24” 8300 7820
36” 7880 7190
48” 7540 6640
2 14” 11520 11170
24” 11320 10830
36” 10890 10200
48” 10550 9650
32 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Belt Over Roller
Roller Bed Incline - Horizontal Conveyor

RBI Applications
The model RBI is a floor to floor incline conveyor that is used to change levels to a mezzanine or another
floor. It is equipped with an adjustable double nose over at the discharge end to ensure smooth transfer
from the incline to horizontal plane. It is typically chosen over other conveyors because it requires less
horsepower and has a high capacity. Inclines are easily adjusted up to 30º. This conveyor can also be used
as a booster conveyor in gravity flow systems.

• BELT - Black Trackmate 447 Roughtop with PVC cover. Clipper • TAKE-UP PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or
unibar lacing. 6 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned.
• BED - 12 ga. galvanized slider pan mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. • TAKE-UP - Take-ups in center drive provides 16 in. of belt take-up.
powder painted, formed steel channel frame. Standard 4 ft., 6 ft., • SNUB IDLER/NOSE-OVER ROLLERS - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in.
8 ft., and 10 ft. long sections bolt together with splice plates. dia. or 2-½ in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings. Snub guards included.
• DOUBLE NOSE-OVER - A 26 in. long horizontal and a 12 in. • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia., pre-lubricated ball bearings.
long nose-over section provides a two-step transition of product • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, selfaligning, ball bearings on
from incline to horizontal. Provides up to 30º incline adjustment. drive, tail and take-up pulley.
• LOWER POWERED FEEDER - Chain type driven from tail • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
pulley of inclined conveyor. Supports not included in base price. No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
• CENTER DRIVE - Located on the incline section. Chain guard • MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face
located on left hand side. with brake kit.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • BELT SPEED - Standard: 65 FPM.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings or 6 in. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts.
dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, machine crowned. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH
BELT WIDTH 10” 12” 18” 24” 28” 36” B
4” DIA. PULLEY 6” DIA. PULLEY
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 24” 30” 34” 42” E
L
13’-10” 10’ $3,458 $3,540 $3,787 14’ $4,176 $4,341 $4,669
T
15’-10” 12’ $3,533 $3,621 $3,888 16’ $4,296 $4,474 $4,828
17’-10” 14’ $3,608 $3,703 $3,989 18’ $4,417 $4,607 $4,988
O
19’-10” 16’ $3,683 $3,785 $4,090 20’ $4,537 $4,740 $5,147
V
21’-10” 18’ $3,758 $3,866 $4,190 22’ $4,657 $4,873 $5,306
E
23’-10” 20’ $3,834 $3,948 $4,291 24’ $4,777 $5,006 $5,465
R
25’-10” 22’ $3,908 $4,030 $4,392 26’ $4,898 $5,139 $5,624
27’-10” 24’ $3,983 $4,110 $4,493 28’ $5,017 $5,273 $5,783
R
31’-10” 28’ $4,133 $4,273 $4,696 30’ $5,257 $5,539 $6,101
O
35’-10” 32’ $4,283 $4,437 $4,898 32’ $5,498 $5,805 $6,419
L
39’-10” 36’ $4,433 $4,600 $5,099 40’ $5,739 $6,071 $6,737
L
43’-10” 40’ $4,583 $4,762 $5,301 44’ $5,979 $6,338 $7,056
E
Several other lengths and widths are available. R
LOAD CAPACITY CHART

25º INCLINE @ 65 FPM W/ ROUGHTOP BELT
WIDTHS 14’ 44’
TO
1 22” 605 585
30” 595 565
36” 585 545
2 22” 1245 1225
30” 1235 1205
36” 1225 1185
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 33
Belt Over Roller
Horizontal Wire Mesh Belt Conveyor
TW Applications
The model TW is a horizontal wire mesh belt conveyor that can carry hot or cold parts from ovens or
freezers. Maximum product temperature is 350ºF. It can also be used in drying operations. Various carbon
steel and stainless belt types are available. Roller bed design reduces friction and provides for an open
underside area for fanning or cooling of conveyed parts. Conveyor can also be utilized in pallet handling
applications where the pallet runners are inconsistent.

• BELT - ½ in. x 1 in. flat galvanized wire mesh belt. Maximum • SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
product temperature 350˚F. • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube • TAKE-UP - Take-ups at tail pulley. Provides 4 in. of belt take-up.
spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 6-5⁄8 in. x 12 ga. powder painted • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning ball bearings on
formed steel channel frame bolted together with splice plates. drive and tail shafts. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in tread rollers.
• END DRIVE - Located on discharge end of conveyor, chain guard • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
on left hand side. No. 50 roller chain to drive sprocket.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
underside of bed to provide alignment of bed rollers to ensure • BELT SPEED - Constant 65 FPM.
correct belt tracking. Required on every other section 30 ft. bed • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 75 lbs. NOT
lengths and over. TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
• DRIVE SPROCKETS - 6 in. pitch dia. multiple cast iron sprockets • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft 6 in. centers.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings. Sprocket
at each end.
LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 65 FPM
OVERALL BED BELT WIDTH 12” 18” 24” BELT WIDTHS - 16” TO 28”
B LENGTH LENGTH HP TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
E BED WIDTH 16” 22” 28”
L 6’-1” 5’ $2,045 $2,230 $2,415 UP TO 50’ UP TO 100’
T 11’-1” 10’ $2,287 $2,523 $2,761
½ 850 350
16’-1” 15’ $2,528 $2,816 $3,105
O 21’-1” 20’ $2,770 $3,108 $3,450 1 1950 1500
V 26’-1” 25’ $3,011 $3,401 $3,795
E 31’-1” 30’ $3,253 $3,695 $4,140
R 36’-1” 35’ $3,495 $3,988 $4,485
41’-1” 40’ $3,736 $4,280 $4,829
R 46’-1” 45’ $3,977 $4,573 $5,174
O 51’-1” 50’ $4,219 $4,866 $5,519
L 56’-1” 55’ $4,461 $5,159 $5,864
L 61’-1” 60’ $4,702 $5,451 $6,208
E 66’-1” 65’ $4,943 $5,745 $6,553
R 71’-1” 70’ $5,185 $6,038 $6,898
76’-1” 75’ $5,427 $6,331 $7,243
81’-1” 80’ $5,668 $6,623 $7,587
86’-1” 85’ $5,910 $6,916 $7,932
91’-1” 90’ $6,151 $7,209 $8,277
96’-1” 95’ $6,393 $7,502 $8,622
101’-1” 100’ $6,634 $7,795 $8,966
34 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Spiral Lift
Wide Belt Spiral Lift
Spiral Lift Applications

The spiral lift is designed to continuously convey both large and small products vertically without jamming,
sliding, or tumbling. Cartons, bags, and many other types of unpackaged products can easily be conveyed without the
problems associated with other vertical lifting systems. The spiral lift has a high drive capacity and a tight radius.

• BELTING - 6 in. to 48 in. wide black rough top with steel clipper lacing.
• FRAME - Varies with size. Deep box construction in 14, 12 or MODEL CONSTANT A B F K* H
heavier ga. steel. End rolls - 14 ga. steel, tapered and sprocket NUMBERS DIMENSIONS MAXIMUM
driven by single strand #50 sidebow roller chain with special ELEVATION
attachments to the belt. Support structure customized to application. PER 360º
• SIDEGUARDS - Available up to 24 in. heights in 14 ga. steel rolled
to contour with 1” flange top, angled out.
• DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS - Motor and reducer provided and 18LT9 SP C-27” 18 22.5” 9” 2.92” 48”
customized per application. Controls supplied separately. 16LT11 SP D-30.5” 16 21.5” 11” 2.81” 48”
• SPEED- Should be the same as the infeed conveyor and is usually 14LT13 SP E-3.5” 14 20.5” 13” 2.69” 48”
measured at the center line radius of the belt. Certain instances 12LT15 SP G-7” 12 19.5” 15” 2.58” 48”
require measuring at the inside radius of the belt to avoid parcel 28LN9 SP 28 32.5” 9” 3.13” 60”
contact on turn. This condition should be noted. 26LN11 SP C-37” 26 31.5” 11” 3.04” 60”
• APPLICATION SPECIALS - Can be built to meet special 24LN13 SP D-40.5” 24 30.5” 13” 2.96” 60”
application requirements. 22LN15 SP E-3.5” 22 29.5” 15” 2.87” 60”
• COLOR - Standard is machinery beige, air dry enamel. Other 20LN17 SP G-7” 20 28.5” 17” 2.78” 60”
colors available as an option. 32A15 SP 32 39.5” 15” 4.63” 104”
30A17 SP C-47” 30 38.5” 17” 4.52” 104”
28A19 SP D-50.5” 28 37 .5” 19” 4.41” 80” V
26A21 SP E-3.5” 26 36.5” 21” 4.30” 80” E
24A23 SP G-.5” 24 35.5” 23” 4.20” 80” R
22A25 SP 22 34.5” 25” 4.09” 80” T
36B23 SP 36 47.5” 23” 4.49” 104” I
34B25 SP 34 46.5” 25” 4.41” 104” C
32B27 SP C59” 32 45.5” 27” 4.32” 104” A
30B29 SP D-62.5” 30 44.5” 29” 4.23” 80” L
28B31 SP E-3.5” 28 43.5” 31” 4.14” 80”
26B33 SP G-8.5” 26 42.5” 33” 4.06” 80”
24B35 SP 24 41.5” 35” 3.97” 80”
22B37 SP 22 40.5” 37” 3.88” 80”
68C19 SP 68 77.5” 19” 5.00” 200”
66C21 SP 66 76.5” 21” 4.94” 200”
Clockwise 64C23 SP 64 75.5” 23” 4.88” 200”
Entry/Exit Orientation 62C25 SP C-87” 62 74.5” 25” 4.81” 184”
60C27 SP D-90.5” 60 73.5” 27” 4.75” 184”
58C29 SP E-3.5” 58 72.5” 29” 4.69” 184”
C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-P C-T C-PS 56C31 SP G-8.5” 56 71.5” 31” 4.63” 184”
54C33 SP 54 70.5” 33” 4.57” 184”
Incline 52C35 SP 52 69,5” 35” 4.51” 164”
50C37 SP 50 68.5” 37” 4.45” 164”
48C39 SP 48 67.5” 39” 4.39” 164”
46HC41 SP C-87” 46 66.5” 41” 6.26” 144”
Decline 44HC43 SP D-90.5” 44 65.5” 43” 6.17” 144”
42HC45 SP E-3.5” 42 64.5” 45” 6.08” 144”
C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-P C-T C-PS 40HC47 SP G-12” 40 83.5” 47” 5.99” 144”
38HC49 SP 38 62.5” 49” 5.90” 144”
OVERALL TOTAL ARC 180º 270º 360º 420º 450º 540º 630º 720º
RADIUS
49” $8,386 $12,309 $16,267 $16,989 $20,396 $24,469 $28,594 $32,344
59” $10,686 $17,340 $21,195 $20,667 $26,093 $30,930 $36,052 $41,042
87” $17,575 $26,976 $35,152 $33,898 $43,268 $51,193 $59,543 $71,325
** Pricing includes: support structure for 30” TOB at lower end and maximum elevation differential for model size and arc, 6” top of belt sideguards with plastic edging, full length plastic mesh
underguarding for safety, dodge tigear/reliance motor drive combination for approximately 90 fpm at centerline. (Actual speed dependent on model size and reducer ratio available.) Direct to metal quick dry
enamel paint, and standard sbr-roughtop belt.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 35
Spiral Lift
Plastic Slat Belt Spiral Lift

Spiralveyor® SV Applications
The Spiralveyor® SV offers continuous elevation/lowering solutions in order to save valuable floor space. In
addition, only one drive is required for this conveyor. The SV is often used for packaged or cased goods such as
totes or cased beverages. The belt is based on a low maintenance roller chain with snap on slats and a patented
roller guide. Paired with a simple and robust design, the space saving configuration provides an effective solution
to the traditional issues associated with height differences.
The lateral roller system is simple and reliable, and it renders controls and sensors superfluous. The continuous
motion represents a solution for situations involved with unstable products and high production speeds.
Standard Specifications
• MATERIAL CONFIGURATIONS - • LOAD CAPACITY - of up to 75 lbs/ft.
Mild steel, coated / stainless steel • BELT - speeds of up to 90 m/min
pharmaceutical/stainless steel wash down (136 m/min for the printing industry).
(100% stainless, no aluminum used). • ANGLE OF INCLINE - 2.5º - 10º.
• ELEVATION - Up or down (or reversible) • CE certified and 100% intrinsic safety.
up to 20 feet per drive.
Industries Served
Bottling and Canning (SVM)
Filling and packaging lines in breweries, beverages, dairy, high energy drinks, distilled drinks and even chemicals
are high demanding applications. Elevating the individual bottle or the pack is a challenge. These are unstable
(bottles, shrinked bottle packs) and throughput is high (60.000 /hr or 200 packs per minute). This requires high
performing spiral lifts. This model series for the individual bottle and for the pack meet such requirements.
V Logistics (SV)
E Distribution centers for postal, retail and express mail require innovative solutions to save space and eliminate
R bottlenecks. This conveyor is flexible and high performing. Compact elevator to sorter inductions as well as
T controlled chutes from the sorter. Flexibility in picking lines and connecting AS/RS systems to the shipping area.
I Applied as accumulators to optimize the flow or as elevator to utilize available space efficiently. This model
C offers solutions for small odd shaped to large totes and cartons.
A
L Print Finishing (SV)
In printing, quality and efficiency are elementary for bookbinders and newspaper printers. In bookbinderies the
choice of the glue dictates the drying time between binder and trimmer. To ensure the quality and lifetime of the
three knife trimmer a cooling time of 1.5 to 4 minutes is required. Used as a cooling tower, this model is the most
compact solution with proven reliability even on lines running over 15,000 per hour.
Food Processing (SH)

Handling the unpacked product in processing, packaging or cooling lines need efficient handling. This conveyor is
used on many freeze applications to de-elevate from and to high level freezers. The Spiralveyor’s low angle of incline
is used to avoid sliding or tumbling while conserving valuable floor space. The hygienic design and wash down
stainless components are suited for the food environment.
Packaging (SV)
Secondary packaging machines need to have efficient in and out feed conveying to perform optimally and to
reduce down time. High capacity (dynamic) accumulation, conveying lines, and elevators are all in the specialty
conveyor portfolio. Spiral conveyors are a proven solution in lines feeding palletizer systems. High throughput
and low maintenance handling of boxes, bottle packs, crates, bags, and totes.
MODEL NUMBER BELT WIDTH FOOT PRINT

SV-100-1800 4” 6’- 4” BUDGETARY PRICING
SV-200-1000 8” 4’- 1” $23,000 - $27,000
SV-400-1300 16” 5’- 9”
SV-400-1800 16” 7’- 4” ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
SV-600-1800 24” 8’- 0”
SV-600-1600 24” 7’- 4”
36 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Spiral Lift
Spiral Lift and Stack
Spiral Lift and Stack Applications

By virtue of its design features, the spiral lift and stack is suitable for almost all internal applications. It can
convey unit loads horizontally or on an inclined track (e.g. such as a helix curve). Variable radii, widths,
angles, heights, speeds, and suitable fabrics enable it to adapt to most problems encountered in individual
material flow systems. Products are transported up or down on this space saving spiral design. The curve is
used for turning unit loads within a continuous system or transport flow. Small curve radii results in excellent
space utilization. The smooth passage through the curve protects the material handled.
Advantages
• Positive tracking using patented belt guidance system.
• Steel frame construction for heavy duty applications.
• Quiet operations at high speeds.
• High quality belt with vulcanized splice standard.
• Clipper lacing splice installed to simplify belt change if required.
• Maintenance access stairway at inside radius is optional.
• Spiral stack is fully assembled and tested prior to shipping.
• Free standing, heavy duty support structure.
• Efficient space saving design.
• Maintains product orientation without jamming or tumbling.
• Continuous vertical conveying either up or down.
V
• Proven design which is reliable with low maintenance requirements. E
• Same quality as flat belt power turns. R
• Built to your exact requirements to maximize product flow. T
I
C
A
Technical Specifications L
• Height - Per customer requirements.

• Usable Belt Width - Per customer requirements.
• Maximum Load - 40 lbs/LF.
• Speed - Highest available in the industry.
• Typical Footprint - 8 to 12 ft.
Available Accessories
• Drive Package - Special options available per customer requirements.
• Paint Color - Special options available per customer requirements.
• Options Available - Variable sideguards height.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$23,000 - $27,000
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 37
Spiral Chutes
Tote Slide
STS Applications
The STS is an economical way of lowering plastic tote boxes. Each spiral slide is specifically designed to
accommodate the size and sliding characteristics of a particular plastic tote box.
The STS is a perfect solution for applications with a continuous flow of a standardized plastic tote. The
spiral design saves floor space and ensures a controlled descent.
The conveying width of the spiral tote slide can vary to match the size of any tote used to customize your
design needs in a certain application.
Features
• All-steel frame and rail construction.
• Low friction UHMW or lube-filled UHMW sliding surfaces.
• Modular design with 90 and 180 degree sections.
• Optional +/- 2 in. height adjustment 36 in. exit swoop ensures a smooth transition to the adjoining
takeaway conveyor.
• 51 in. outside conveying diameter.
• 9.25 in. (234.95 mm) elevation change per 90 degree section.
• Custom entry and exit straight slides to match the elevations of the adjoining conveyors.
• Custom side rail for the best shape and height location for a particular tote box.
V
E
R Right Decline (clockwise)
T
I
C
A
L
C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4
Left Decline (counter-clockwise)
CC-1 CC-2 CC-3 CC-4
BUDGETARY PRICING FOR A STANDARD 360º UNIT

RC 650 RC 940
$3,609 $3,853
38 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Spiral Chutes
Fiber Glass Spiral Chute

CM Applications
The spiral chute provides a safe, secure means of lowering your products. Specially designed fiberglass module
profiles help control the descending speed of your products. The self starting characteristics of the gel coated
fiberglass assists products to flow freely, gently, and safely.
Applications Include:
• Distribution centers • Manufacturing
• Mail order • Airport baggage handling
• Newspaper printing • Postal carriers
• Parcel handling • Food processing
Efficient and Effective Design

The spiral chute is constructed of standardized 90º modules. These components are made of durable fiberglass
and have a special gel coating to provide long wearing low-friction service. The modules are attached to a center
pole which is the sole support for the unit.
Key advantages of the spiral chute are its efficient space utilization and economical cost. The spiral chute provides at least three times the floor savings over
conventional decline conveyors. Greater savings can be realized by multi-floor applications of the CM. Also, the size of the chute allows it to be utilized in
tight situations such as elevator shafts and other small spaces.
The spiral chute provides a safe, secure means of lowering your products. Specially designed fiberglass
profile modules help control the descending speed of your products. In high humidity situations the self
starting characteristic of the gel coated fiberglass assists products to flow freely, gently and safely. In
contrast, the product normally sticks and hangs up in common steel chutes when humid conditions pre-
V
Entry/Exit Configurations E
R
A spiral chute is normally composed of fiberglass 90º profiles with an exit scoop. Additionally, a custom T
entry slide, a custom exit slide, and/or a sort table can be provided. I
C
To meet the specific need of entering a CM-35 or CM-51 chute at multiple levels, a fiberglass multi-entry A
90º transition can be utilized in place of a standard profile. Therefore, entry into a single chute from dif- L
ferent floor levels can be achieved.
Right Decline (clockwise)
C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4

ELEVATION DIMENSIONS
Left Decline (counter-clockwise) CM-25 CM-35 CM-51
A 22.63” 29.63” 45.63”
B 5.56” 10.75” 10.75”
C 23.38” 35” 51”
D 54.75” 74” 106”
Elevation per 360º 45” 63” 75”
CC-1 CC-2 CC-3 CC-4

MODEL TOTAL ARC 180º 270º 360º 450º 540º 630º 720º
NUMBER OUTSIDE RADIUS 39-½” 50-¾” 62” 73-¼” 84-¼” 95-¾” 107”
CM 25 $3,210 $4,191 $4,670 $5,149 $5,628 $6,107 $6,586
CM 35 $5,763 $6,690 $7,525 $8,361 $9,288 $10,123 $10,958
CM 51 $6,659 $7,671 $8,774 $9,786 $10,889 $11,993 $13,004
** Pricing includes: center support pole and base for 30” exit and elevation differential, special straight entry transition for smooth product flow, 90º profiles, special 90º exit transition and exit scoop, support
pole painted with direct to metal quick dry enamel paint.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 39
Vertical Case Lift
Vertical Case Lift
Vertical Case Lift Applications

The BASTIAN vertical case lift raises or lowers cases, cartons, or other packages while occupying a minimum
amount of floor space – much smaller than a spiral type lift. It is simpler than a continuous lift and generally faster
than a reciprocating style lift. In addition it can be fabricated from stainless steel for wash down applications. Due
to the flight design, this type of lift works best for cases that are reasonably consistent in size. BASTIAN vertical
case lifts are preferred equipment at several leading food processing plants.
* All patterns are reversible

How It Works
The package enters the lift on a table top conveyor (supplied
C-Pattern as standard). Dual flights increment vertically on either side
Z-Pattern of the package to lift it to the discharge elevation, where it
is pushed off with a pneumatic cylinder in either a “C” or
90º-Pattern a “Z” configuration. The machine can be equipped with an
optional bi-directional flight sweep to discharge packages in
either or both directions.
Capacities
Although each machine is custom built, as a rough guideline, packages should be 12 in. wide or greater and the
machine is capable of conveying 40 lb packages up to 20 per minute. Wider and lighter packages can be handled
V at greater weights and speeds.
E
R Packages should be relatively consistent (packaging applications). However, the machine does provide for
T width changeover via hand rotated lead screws, and the flights can be easily relocated on the carrying chain to
I accommodate taller packages.
C
A
L
Detailed Specifications
• Painted carbon steel construction (standard color metallic grey).
• Infeed table top conveyor 30 in. elevation (nominal 6’ length).
• Single discharge at 120 in. elevation (“C” or “Z” configuration).
• Nema-12 single door enclosure with illuminated start/stop, manual index, bypass switch, and over
travel reset buttons, rockwell micrologix 1000 plc, iec motor starters, control transformer, and flange
mounted disconnect.
• All devices pre-wired with rigid conduit.
• SEW Eurodrive gearmotors 480v/60hz/3 ph.
• SMC air cylinder, control valves, and filter-regulator. Poly tubing with brass fittings.
• Includes additional photoeye for installation on downstream conveyor.
Detailed Specifications
• All SS construction, NEMA-4X control panel .................... $10,000
• Additional height (standard 120”) ....................................... $500 per foot
• Multiple discharge heights ................................................... $5,000 each
• Allen-Bradley SLC 504 PLC (in lieu of Micrologix) .......... $7,000 upgrade
• Allen-Bradley panel view 600 .............................................. $5,000
• Alarm stack light .................................................................. $400
• Infeed conveyor guard – manually removable .................... $600
BUDGETARY PRICING
$33,000
40 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Vertical Continuous Lift
Continuous Vertical Conveyor
CVC Applications
The model CVC high speed continuous lift allows efficient vertical accumulation. The
model CVC utilizes steel reinforced urethane belting in place of roller chain. The CVC
urethane belting is extremely resistant to oil, grease and gasoline; chemically resistant
to ozone and sunlight; hydrolysis resistant; acid and alkali resistant; and requires no
lubrication. Parallel steel cables integrally molded in the urethane provide excellent
tensile strength and high resistance to elongation. CVC belts also incorporate a patented
connection that performs to 100% of the belt’s breaking strength (6,000 lbs.) Some other
advantages are:
• No lubrication required.
• High speeds.
• Extremely quiet (less than 60 decibels).
• Low maintenance.
• Minimal belt stretch.
• High abrasion resistance.
• Lower profile design.
Specifications
• GENERAL - Each CVC is custom built to accommodate load size and
delivery rate required. Delivery rate or throughput (loads per minute) is based
on platform (carrier) spacing and belt speed. Minimum platform spacing is a
function of the load length and load height.
Generally a lower belt speed will enhance operation and equipment life. When V
possible, add platforms to achieve required throughput instead of increasing E
belt speed. R
T
• PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS I
Payload capacity: up to 200 lbs./platform. C
Belt speed: 60 ft./min. Standard, up to 120 ft/min. maximum. A
Throughput: up to 30 loads per minute. Load pattern: “z”. L
Platform size: up to 24 in. wd x 36 in. lg (size based on load size).
Elevation change: up to 80 ft. Lower level tor: 12 in. minimum
• SAFETY DEVICES - Full height safety enclosures. Torque limiter (slip clutch).
Photocell to detect misfed or dropped load tunnel or scoop guard over
infeed conveyor.
• POWER UNIT
Standard drive: 1 HP eurodrive worm gear motor.
Supply power: 230/460 vac, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 3.70/1.8 amp.
Duty rating: Continuous duty. Recommended service: 15 amp.
• STANDARD CONTROLS PACKAGE - Single direction operation (up

or down) including control of infeed conveyor section. Control panel is NEMA
12 and pre-mounted to lift structure. Panel includes Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC) and step down transformer for 120VAC control voltage.
All logic is PLC based. Control buttons on panel include power on with
light, E-stop, and manual/auto mode, lift forward/reverse, conveyor forward/
reverse selector switches. Inputs from customer controls include: lift enable/
E-stop, run and discharge full. Outputs to customer controls include: safeties
ok, lift paused (discharge full) and ok to infeed load. The cvcs ship
assembled, wired and tested. Units with vertical height greater than 20 ft. ship
in stackable sections after being fully assembled and tested. Options include:
reversible operation, soft start/variable speed, epoxy paint, and plexiglas enclosures.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$20,000 - $30,000
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 41
Package Handling Lift

DB Applications
The DB vertical lift moves materials between two or more levels. The model DB lift provides
fast, safe lifting of small loads and packages. Features counterweighted lifting mechanism for
smooth, quiet operation. The DB is ideal for high speed applications that require light duty
lifting of boxes, cartons, packages, totes, containers or cases. Some of the advantages are:
• Provides throughput of four loads per minute (based on 100 lb. load, 10 ft. vertical rise,
90 to 120 fpm horizontal conveying speed).
• Counter-weighted lifting mechanism requires minimal maintenance. Lifting belt never
needs lubricating.
• Perfect for use in an automated system.
• Saves space and handles loads that are often transported on an inclined conveyor.
• Completely self contained, self supporting and economical. Moves loads to mezzanines,
between floors or between conveyor levels.
• Lifts up to 100 lb. live loads with carriage sizes up to 3 ft. x 4ft. Vertical rise to 50 ft. Travel
speeds from 60 fpm to 400 fpm.
• Counterweighted design minimizes horsepower requirements, saves energy costs.
• Optional variable frequency drive package ensures smooth acceleration and
deceleration control in high speed, automated systems.
• Allows loading and unloading from three sides.
• Durable, high quality construction ensures safe, reliable, long term performance.
Standard full height safety enclosure protects workers and materials.
• Meets ANSI/ASME B20.1 code.
Specifications
V • GENERAL - The series DB vertical lifts move materials between two or more
E levels. Principal components are guide columns, carriage and mechanical actuating
R mechanism. All components are pre-assembled for ease of installation.
T • APPLICATION DATA - The series DB vertical lifts are available with: live load
I lifting capacities to 100 lbs. Carriage sizes to 3 ft. x 4 ft.. Vertical rise to 50 ft. Standard
C travel speed is 60 fpm. Travel speeds up to 400 fpm are available with variable frequency
A drive package.
L • STRUCTURE - Frame is designed to be self supporting and constructed of
structural tube and steel. Carriage is typically supplied with powered roller conveyor
deck. Carriage is cantilever style and may be loaded from any one of three operating
sides depending on application.
• OPERATION - Carriage is lifted and lowered by timing belt attached to an electric
motor reducer assembly mounted on the frame. Power unit employs a ½ HP TEFC
brake motor mounted to the top of lift frame.
• ELECTRICAL - Standard power requirements are 230V/460V, 3-phase. Single
phase is available upon request. Control voltage is 110V. Control panel and push button
station are NEMA 12. Control panel is designed to be mounted to the back of the frame,
and all control devices are pre-wired at the factory. A variety of control options are
available from basic interface to PLC automated controls.
• SAFETY FEATURES - Upward and downward travel of the carriage is controlled by
a limit switch. When the switch is tripped, the motor shuts off and the brake is engaged.
Overload and carriage overtravel protection is provided.
• CARRIAGE and SAFETY ENCLOSURES - Standard units include full height
enclosures on all sides made of ½ in. expanded metal. Optional expanded metal and
sheet metal side guards are available for carriage.
Loading/Unloading Patterns:
* All patterns are reversible
C-Pattern
BUDGETARY PRICING
Z-Pattern
$20 ,000 - $25,000
90º-Pattern ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
42 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Rubber Chain Continuous Vertical Lifts

Continuous Vertical Lift Applications
The design of this vertical conveyor for horizontal/vertical transport can be
adapted to suit most items. Several arrangements of conveyor configurations
are available to raise and lower vertically. Shrink wrapped packages, cardboard
boxes, containers, part manufactured components, and unwrapped products are
moved quietly, quickly and safely. Some other advantages include:
• No lubrication.
• Very quiet and smooth operation.
S-Configuration
• No tumble of packages.
• Robust rubber chain.
• Space saving design compared to spirals or inclines.
• High throughput up to 50 units/min.
• Speeds up to 120 ft/min.
• Loads up to 3300 Lbs.
• High quality parts used in lift or long life expectancy.
The continuously running conveyor which uses rubber block chains as the driving members ensures gentle, silent
running high performance throughputs. Depending on the size and form of the products, up to 3,000 items per hour can
be transported. The system generally can accept items of different shapes and sizes without individual selection. Available
in S and C configurations. (See chart to the left.)
** Note: These prices are configured for following sample:
BUDGETARY PRICING • Infeed height - 20”
C-Configuration
• Lifting height - 8”
S-CONFIGURATION C-CONFIGURATION • Packages - 24” x 24” x 16”
• Weight up to 20 lbs.
$24,000 $30,000 • Switched installed with feed conveyor
** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details. • No software included V
E
R
Indexing Accumulation Lift Applications T
This intermittent motion vertical elevator allows unit loads to be conveyed between any number of infeed and discharge I
points. Pneumatically operated pushers load products on (and off) the elevator and because of the close pitch between C
platforms the units can provide a degree of vertical storage. Some advantages include: A
L
• Throughout up to 750 units/min. BUDGETARY PRICING
• Loads up to 100 lbs. per package.
• Heights up to 65 ft. $30,000 - $37,000
Circulating Lift Applications

The circulating vertical conveyor is designed for the continuous vertical handling of unit loads with loading and
unloading at each levels. The continuously circulating system uses rubber block chains from which platforms
are suspended. The load is fed on the way up and discharged on the way down.
There are two distinct types of circulating vertical conveyors:

1. Circulating vertical conveyors where the unit loads are of identical size.
2. Circulating vertical conveyors for loads of varying dimensions.
The type of conveyor determines the design of the loading stations and thus the maximum throughput. For
example for loads of identical dimension it is possible to achieve throughputs of up to 1200 units per hour.
** Call BASTIAN for pricing details
Rubber Block Chain Driving and Carrying System

The highly resilient rubber block chain forms the central element of the driving and carrying system of these
conveying lines. The high quality system is free from joints and produce very low running noise. It is mainte-
nance free and is highly resistant to wear and corrosion.
It is the use of the rubber block chains in particular which gives rise to the very low running noise of the
circulating vertical conveyor. People working in the vicinity are not disturbed by noise when the conveyor
is in operation.
The rubber block chains require no lubrication, regular adjustment or retentioning, which leads to minimum
maintenance and low operating costs. The type of rubber used for the chains is determined by each application.
Either SBR for abrasion, resistance, or neoprene where the chains could come into contact with oil. Steel cables
are vulcanized through the center of the rubber thus providing the rubber block chains with high tensile strength.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 43
Rubber Chain Continuous Vertical Lift Applications
AIRPORT BAGGAGE HANDLING TOTE AND BOX HANDLING
V
E
R
T
I
C
A
L
INDEXING LIFT FOR VARIABLE INFEED HEIGHT POSTAL SERVICES

FOOD INDUSTRY
PALLET LOADING AND PACKAGE FLOW MANUFACTURING

UNLOADING S-CONVEYOR
44 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Flat-Belt Driven
Flat-Belt Driven Live Roller Conveyor

190-LR Applications
The 190-LR is ideal for merging where positive product flow is required. Can be used for transferring
or deflecting boxes onto or off a conveyor line and often used as a connection to merge tables. Not ideal
for items with soft or irregular bottoms (i.e. bags). Has pop-up tread rollers for safety. Wider widths are
also available.

• BELT - Ultimate 140 SD–Nitrile impregnated, thin polyurethane top. • TAKE-UP PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft crowned.
• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube • SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
spaced every 3 in. and 1.9 in. dia. pressure roller x 16 ga. galvanized • RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
tube spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted • TAKE-UP - Take-ups in center drive provide 16 in. of belt take-up.
formed steel channel frame bolted together with butt couplings. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to on drive, tail, and take-up pulleys. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and tread and pressure rollers.
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section, • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed
30 ft. lengths and over. reducer. No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
• CENTER DRIVE - Can be placed in any section of conveyor • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
length. The infeed bed is the best location. • BELT SPEED - 17 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
machine crowned and fully lagged. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
machine crowned.
OVERALL BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 15” 17” 19” 21” 23” 25” 27” 31” 33” 37”
LENGTH BELT WIDTH 6” 6” 8” 8” 8” 12” 12” 12” 16” 16” 16”
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 20” 22” 24” 26” 28” 30” 34” 36” 40”
10’ $2,002 $2,049 $2,098 $2,146 $2,195 $2,241 $2,290 $2,338 $2,435 $2,483 $2,579 R
15’ $2,274 $2,334 $2,396 $2,459 $2,521 $2,582 $2,645 $2,707 $2,832 $2,892 $3,018 O
20’ $2,545 $2,619 $2,695 $2,771 $2,848 $2,923 $2,999 $3,076 $3,228 $3,302 $3,456 L
25’ $2,816 $2,904 $2,994 $3,085 $3,175 $3,263 $3,354 $3,444 $3,625 $3,713 $3,894 L
30’ $3,087 $3,188 $3,293 $3,398 $3,502 $3,603 $3,708 $3,813 $4,022 $4,123 $4,332 E
40’ $3,630 $3,758 $3,891 $4,023 $4,156 $4,285 $4,417 $4,550 $4,815 $4,943 $5,209 R
50’ $4,172 $4,327 $4,488 $4,649 $4,810 $4,965 $5,126 $5,287 $5,608 $5,764 $6,085
60’ $4,715 $4,897 $5,086 $5,274 $5,464 $5,647 $5,835 $6,023 $6,401 $6,584 $6,962
70’ $5,257 $5,467 $5,684 $5,901 $6,118 $6,327 $6,544 $6,761 $7,195 $7,404 $7,838
80’ $5,800 $6,036 $6,281 $6,526 $6,771 $7,008 $7,253 $7,498 $7,988 $8,225 $8,715
90’ $6,342 $6,606 $6,879 $7,152 $7,425 $7,689 $7,962 $8,235 $8,782 $9,045 $9,591
100’ $6,885 $7,175 $7,477 $7,777 $8,079 $8,369 $8,671 $8,972 $9,574 $9,866 $10,468
LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 65 FPM W/ STANDARD BELT

HP OVERALL FRAME WIDTH OVERALL FRAME WIDTH OVERALL FRAME WIDTH
16” TO 22” 24” TO 30” 34” TO 42”
TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
UP TO 50’ UP TO 100’ UP TO 50’ UP TO 100’ UP TO 50’ UP TO 100’
½ 1100 200 600 - - -
1 3300 2400 2800 1600 2200 -
2 7000 6000 6400 5200 5800 3300
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 45
V-Belt Driven
Live Roller Curve Conveyor

190-LRC Applications
The 190-LRC is a very versatile conveyor and is used when changing directions. The 190-LRC is a
medium duty live roller curve that provides a positive drive for negotiating 90º, 60º, 45º, or 30º turns. It
may be self-powered or can be slave driven. Also available in a lighter duty model with 1-³⁄8 in. diameter
rollers (138-LRC).
Standard Specifications (electrical controls not included) • BEARINGS - Tread rollers have pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. tapered to 1-11⁄16 in. dia. x 16 ga. Flange and pillow block bearings are sealed, pre-lubricated with
galvanized and 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube. Mounted in eccentric lock collar.
6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted formed steel channel frame. • BUTT COUPLINGS - Standard for connecting 190-ACC, 190-
• END DRIVE - Mounted underneath bed section. LRS, 190-LRSS, 190-ACZ, or 190-LR conveyors.
• DRIVING BELT - Endless B-section V-belt, industrial grade. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear speed reducer driven
• PRESSURE SHEAVES - 2-½ in. dia. with ³⁄8 in. bore. by V-belt. No. 50 roller chain to drive sheave.
• IDLER SHEAVE - 4 in. dia. x 5⁄8 in. bore V type and/or 5-½ in. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 30/460V - 3 PH. 60 Hz. Totally enclosed.
dia. x 5⁄8 in. bore flat type. • CONVEYING SPEED - 25 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• TAKE-UP - Take-ups provided to maintain proper V-belt tension. • CAPACITY - 500 lbs. total distributed live load.
Includes 4 ³⁄8 in. dia. x 5⁄8 in. bore V type take-up sheave. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
BETWEEN OVERALL “R” TOTAL NUMBER OF ROLLERS PRICE

RAIL FRAME 90º 60º 45º 30º 90º 60º 45º 30º
WIDTH WIDTH
13” 16” 24” 16T/4S 10T/12S 8T/12S 5T/12S $1,513 $1,437 $1,360 $1,261
15” 18” 24” 16T/4S 10T/12S 8T/12S 5T/12S $1,701 $1,617 $1,458 $1,348
17” 20” 24” 16T/4S 10T/12S 8T/12S 5T/12S $1,746 $1,655 $1,487 $1,370
19” 22” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1,793 $1,692 $1,516 $1,392
R 21” 24” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1,839 $1,730 $1,545 $1,414
O 23” 26” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1,884 $1,768 $1,574 $1,437
L 25” 28” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1,930 $1,806 $1,603 $1,459
L 27” 30” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1,976 $1,843 $1,632 $1,482
E 31” 34” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $2,557 $2,302 $1,880 $1,665
R 33” 36” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $2,623 $2,355 $1,916 $1,693
37” 40” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $2,754 $2,458 $1,990 $1,752
39” 42” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $2,820 $2,511 $2,026 $1,781
*T = TAPERED S = STRAIGHT
46 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
V-Belt Driven
Live Roller Spur Conveyor

190-LRS/190-LRSS Applications
The 190-LRS and the 190-LRSS live roller spur is used to diverge or converge cartons,
boxes, and totes on and off main conveyor lines. These conveyors come standard with
a drive or they can be slave driven. Also available in a lighter duty model with 1-3⁄8 in.
diameter rollers (138-LRS).

• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia tapered to 1-11⁄16 in. dia.
roller x 16 ga. galvanized and 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanize
tube. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted formed steel
channel frame.
• END DRIVE - Mounted underneath bed section.
• DRIVING BELT - Endless B-section V-belt, industrial grade.
• PRESSURE SHEAVES - 2-½ in. dia. with 3⁄8 in. bore.
• IDLER SHEAVE - 4 in. dia. x 5⁄8 in. bore V type or 5-½ in. dia. • MOUNTING BRACKET - Bracket is supplied to attach spur to
x 5⁄8 in. bore flat type. side channels of 190-ACC, 190-ACZ, or 190-LR conveyors.
• SNUB RETURN SHEAVE - 190 LRSS: 3-¼ in. dia. x ½ in. bore • BUTT COUPLINGS - Standard for connecting 190-ACC, 190-
flat idler has seven position adjustments. LRC, 190-ACZ, or 190-LR conveyors.
• TAKE-UP - Take-ups provided to maintain proper V-belt tension. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear reducer driven by
190 LRS: includes 4-3⁄8 in. dia. x 5⁄8 in. V type take-up sheave. V-belt. No. 50 roller chain to drive sheave.
190 LRSS: includes 4 in. dia. x 5⁄8 in. bore V type take-up sheave. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 PH. 60 Hz. Totally enclosed.
• BEARINGS - Tread rollers have pre-lubricated ball bearings. • CONVEYING SPEED - 25 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
Flange and pillow block bearings are sealed, pre-lubricated with • CAPACITY - 500 lbs. total distributed live load.
eccentric lock collar. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
190-LRS
R
OVERALL “R” NUMBER OF PRICE O
FRAME ROLLERS L
WIDTH 45º 30º 45º 30º L
E
R
13” 16” 24” 13S/8T 12S/10T $1,719 $1,808
15” 18” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $1,760 $1,872
17” 20” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $1,801 $1,935
19” 22” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $1,842 $1,999
21” 24” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $1,883 $2,062
23” 26” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $1,924 $2,126
25” 28” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $1,965 $2,189
27” 30” 32-½” 18S/10T 20S/14T $2,006 $2,253
31” 34” 48” 22S/14T 27S/22T $2,089 $2,379
33” 36” 48” 22S/14T 27S/22T $2,130 $2,443
37” 40” 48” 22S/14T 27S/22T $2,212 $2,571
39” 42” 48” 22S/14T 27S/22T $2,254 $2,633
Quantity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
190 LRSS
BETWEEN OVERALL PRICE
RAIL FRAME 45º 30º
WIDTH WIDTH
13” 16” $1,444 $1,604
15” 18” $1,468 $1,631
17” 20” $1,490 $1,660
19” 22” $1,514 $1,687
21” 24” $1,537 $1,715
23” 26” $1,561 $1,744
25” 28” $1,584 $1,771
27” 30” $1,607 $1,799
31” 34” $1,654 $1,855
33” 36” $1,678 $1,883
37” 40” $1,725 $1,938
39” 42” $1,747 $1,966
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 47
Lineshaft Driven
Lineshaft Driven Live Roller

190-NSP Applications
The 190-NSP is very economical and is easily modified in the field. Excellent
transport conveyor used with pop-up diverts, curves, spurs, and transfers with
no additional drives or motors. Can be used to slave drive curves and spurs. Not
recommended for use in oily or dusty environments that could cause the drive
belt to slip or low elevation applications. Also available in a lighter duty model
with 1-3⁄8 in. diameter rollers (138-NSP).
Standard Specifications (electrical controls not included) • DRIVE GUARD - Underside of drive shaft with spools and drive
• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube o-rings guarded full length of conveyor.
spaced every 3 in. Mounted in 9-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted • DRIVE O-RING - 3⁄16 in. dia. polyurethane o-ring from drive
formed steel channel frame bolted together with splice plates. spool to tread rollers.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and with eccentric lock collar on drive shaft. Pre-lubricated ball bearings
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section in tread rollers.
30 ft. bed lengths and over. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath, placed near center of conveyor. No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
NOTE: On conveyors less than 24 in. OAW motor extends • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz totally enclosed C-face.
beyond frame. Chain guard located on left hand side. • CONVEYING SPEED - 30 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• DRIVE SHAFT - 1 in. dia. steel shaft extends full length of conveyor. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per powered roller - 15 lbs. NOTE:
Chain coupling at bed joints. Located on left hand side. Maximum load capacity will be less for products with soft or
• DRIVE SPOOL - 2 in. dia. Delrin spool held in place on drive irregular bottoms. Total load NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
shaft with spool spacers. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 15” 17” 21” 23” 27” 31” 37” 39”
LENGTH OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 20” 24” 26” 30” 34” 40” 42”
10’ $1388 $1425 $1462 $1537 $1575 $1649 $1725 $1837 $1875
R
15’ $1704 $1753 $1802 $1900 $1950 $2049 $2148 $2296 $2346
O
20’ $2020 $2080 $2141 $2263 $2326 $2448 $2572 $2754 $2817
L
25’ $2336 $2409 $2481 $2627 $2702 $2848 $2995 $3214 $3289
L
30’ $2651 $2736 $2821 $2990 $3078 $3246 $3419 $3673 $3760
E
40’ $3283 $3392 $3500 $3716 $3829 $4046 $4266 $4591 $4703
R
50’ $3915 $4048 $4179 $4444 $4581 $4844 $5113 $5509 $5646
60’ $4547 $4703 $4859 $5170 $5332 $5643 $5961 $6427 $6589
70’ $5179 $5359 $5538 $5897 $6083 $6441 $6808 $7345 $7532
80’ $5811 $6015 $6218 $6623 $6834 $7241 $7655 $8263 $8474
90’ $6443 $6671 $6897 $7350 $7586 $8039 $8502 $9181 $9417
100’ $7076 $7325 $7576 $8076 $8337 $8838 $9349 $10100 $10360

16” TO 22” 24” TO 30” 34” TO 42”
UP TO 60’ UP TO 90’ UP TO 120’ UP TO 60’ UP TO 90’ UP TO 120’ UP TO 60’ UP TO 90’ UP TO 120’
½ 1550 580 - 1340 250 - 1020 - -
1 *3600 4090 3110 *3600 3770 2680 *3600 3280 2040
2 - - *7200 - - *7200 - - *7200
*Limited to 15 lbs. Per driven roller
Capacity in chart based on 3 in roller centers with all rollers powered
48 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Lineshaft Driven
Lineshaft Driven Live Roller Curve
190-NSPC Applications
The 190-NSPC is a very versatile curve and is used when changing directions. Model 190 NSPC
can be slave driven form the 190 NSP. Also available in a lighter duty model with 1-3⁄8 in. diameter
rollers (138-NSPC).

• DRIVE GUARD - Underside of drive shaft with spools and drive
• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube o-rings guarded full length of conveyor.
spaced every 3 in. Mounted in 9-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted • DRIVE O-RING - 3⁄16 in. dia. polyurethane o-ring from drive
formed steel channel frame bolted together with splice plates. spool to tread rollers.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and with eccentric lock collar on drive shaft. Pre-lubricated ball bearings
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section in tread rollers.
30 ft. bed lengths and over. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath, placed near center of conveyor. No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
NOTE: On conveyors less than 24 in. OAW motor extends • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz totally enclosed C-face.
beyond frame. Chain guard located on left hand side. • CONVEYING SPEED - 30 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• DRIVE SHAFT - 1 in. dia. steel shaft extends full length of conveyor. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per powered roller - 15 lbs. NOTE:
Chain coupling at bed joints. Located on left hand side. Maximum load capacity will be less for products with soft or
• DRIVE SPOOL - 2 in. dia. Delrin spool held in place on drive irregular bottoms. Total load NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
shaft with spool spacers. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)

RAIL FRAME 90º 60º 45º 30º 90º 60º 45º 30º
WIDTH WIDTH R
13” 16” 24” 16T/4S 10T/12S 8T/12S 5T/12S $1058 $1002 $901 $894 O
15” 18” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1083 $1054 $979 $960 L
17” 20” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1109 $1076 $998 $969 L
19” 22” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1133 $1098 $1017 $977 E
21” 24” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1159 $1120 $1036 $986 R
23” 26” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1185 $1142 $1055 $994
25” 28” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1211 $1165 $1074 $1002
27” 30” 32-½” 20T/4S 14T/12S 10T/12S 7T/12S $1236 $1187 $1094 $1011
31” 34” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $1512 $1445 $1333 $1196
33” 36” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $1559 $1480 $1356 $1223
37” 40” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $1650 $1549 $1403 $1275
39” 42” 48” 30T/4S 22T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $1696 $1584 $1427 $1302
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 49
Accumulating Conveyor Definitions
Minimum Pressure
The driving of the tread rollers on the minimum pressure conveyor is accomplished with the top
surface of a standard section endless V belt. The strength and wear qualities of the tread rollers
and this belt have been thoroughly tested for continuous duty.
To maintain the driving of the tread roller, the pressure roller is mounted in spring adjusted
carriers (see photo) which sense the required driving friction regardless of the length of
accumulated load. This pressure can be maintained constantly to give a 2% minimum back
pressure in either a forward or reverse direction.
In the event of extreme changes in unit load (weight of box or package), convenient knurled
thumb adjusting nuts can be turned to accept this heavier load.
This method eliminates the need for selecting proper tension spring holes in trigger
mechanisms or jogging cleats on driving belt and eccentric (off center) tread rollers.
By maintaining a constant minimum pressure on the tread rollers, long loads may be conveyed, accumulated or stopped on the conveyor at any point
using very little motor horsepower and giving practically no pressure between boxes or packages.
Zero Pressure
The conveyor is divided into accumulation zones. Each zone extracts power from a flat drive belt that runs the entire length of the conveyor. The
drive belt is pneumatically lowered away from the tread rollers, causing product in that zone to stop. EZLogic® accumulation modules sense product
presence and control the accumulation and release of product from the zones.
EZLogic® Accumulation System

A EZLogic®, or Electronic Zero-pressure Logic accumulation system, combines the sensing accuracy of photo-electronics with discrete electronic logic
C control without the use of a PLC or pneumatic logic components. The EZLogic® accumulation system provides many features including:
C • Zero-pressure accumulation of product.
U
M • Zone stop function is built in. Any zone may be transformed into a workstation by connecting the EZLogic®
U accumulation module to any dry contact type switching device. The feature is always used at the discharge
L end of the conveyor line, and may be used at any other location where a zone stop is required.
A
T • Zone on delay timer delays the zone immediatley upstream from a removed load, from driving for a set time.
I This feature is ideal where loads are routinely removed from the conveyor with a lift truck.
O
N • Built-in enhanced slug mode features allow product to be transported on the conveyor without separation,
even when the conveyor is in accumulation mode. Product may be slug released from the conveyor with
the same ease as singulation release. Jams on the conveyor automatically activate accumulation even during
slug release, preventing product pile-up.
• Sleep mode stops tread rollers from turning when no product is present, reducing noise and extending roller
bearing life.
Motorized Drive Roller

This type of accumulation requires no air or special brakes. It works solely from electrical control. It has many applications including accumulating
in curves, inclines, and declines. Powered roller accumulation has the capability to interface with a PLC or PC based control package. This allows for
maximum ability of control and flexibility. Each zone is powered by a motorized roller. The remaining rollers in that zone are slave driven from the
motorized roller with o-rings.
50 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Minimum Pressure
Medium Duty, V-Belt Driven

138-ACC Applications
The 138-ACC is a minimum pressure accumulation conveyor. This model has tight roller center
capabilities (1-½ in.) for accumulating small or light cartons, boxes, and totes. Basic design allows a
minimum of 2% back pressure.

• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube spaced
every 3 in. and 1.9 in. dia. pressure rollers x 16 ga. galvanized tube
spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted formed • BEARINGS - Tread and pressure rollers have pre-lubricated ball
steel channel frame bolted together with butt couplings. bearings. Flange and pillow block bearings are sealed,
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to pre-lubricated with eccentric lock collar.
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section reducer. No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
30 ft. bed lengths and over. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath, placed near center of conveyor. • CONVEYING SPEED - 25 to 90 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• DRIVE BELT - Endless B-section aramid core V-belt drives each • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 150 lbs.
section of conveyor. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
• RETURN TAKE-UP SHEAVE - 3-¼ in. dia. x ½ in. bore flat • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
idler has seven position adjustment to maintain proper V-belt tension.
OVERALL BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 10” 13” 16” 22”

LENGTH OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 12” 15” 18” 24”
5’ $1,106 $1,130 $1,154 $1,203
10’ $1,369 $1,403 $1,439 $1,508
15’ $1,632 $1,677 $1,723 $1,812
20’ $1,895 $1,950 $2,007 $2,118 A
25’ $2,159 $2,223 $2,292 $2,422 C
30’ $2,421 $2,497 $2,575 $2,727 C
35’ $2,685 $2,770 $2,860 $3,031 U
40’ $2,947 $3,044 $3,144 $3,336 M
50’ $3,474 $3,591 $3,713 $3,946 U
60’ $4,000 $4,137 $4,281 $4,555 L
70’ $4,526 $4,684 $4,850 $5,165 A
80’ $5,053 $5,232 $5,418 $5,774 T
90’ $5,579 $5,778 $5,986 $6,384 I
O
shipment available for the green highlighted models. Quantity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information. N

HP OVERALL FRAME WIDTHS - 12” TO 24”
TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
UP TO 100’
½ 1000
¾ 1500
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 51
Minimum Pressure
Medium Duty, V-Belt Driven
190-ACC Applications
The 190-ACC is a medium duty, minimum pressure accumulation conveyor. This model is used to accumulate
products such as cartons, cases, and boxes. It is also good for general transportation. Basic design allows a minimum
2% back pressure.

• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube • RETURN TAKE-UP SHEAVE - 3-¼ in. dia. x ½ in. bore flat idler
spaced every 3 in. and 1.9 in. dia. pressure rollers x 16 ga. has seven position adjustment to maintain proper V-belt tension.
galvanized tube spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. • BEARINGS - Tread and pressure rollers have pre-lubricated ball bearings.
powder painted formed steel channel frame bolted together with Flange and pillow block bearings are sealed, pre-lubricated with
butt couplings. eccentric lock collar.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section • MOTOR - ½ HP–230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
30 ft. bed lengths and over. • CONVEYING SPEED - 25 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath, placed near center of conveyor. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 150 lbs.
• DRIVE BELT - Endless B-section aramid core V-belt drives each NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
section of conveyor.
OVERALL BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 15” 21” 27” 37”

LENGTH OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 24” 30” 40”
10’ $1,636 $1,679 $1,807 $1,937 $2,152
15’ $2,012 $2,069 $2,240 $2,412 $2,697
20’ $2,389 $2,460 $2,673 $2,887 $3,242
A 25’ $2,766 $2,850 $3,106 $3,361 $3,787
C 30’ $3,143 $3,242 $3,539 $3,836 $4,332
C 40’ $3,895 $4,023 $4,405 $4,786 $5,423
U 50’ $4,649 $4,804 $5,271 $5,737 $6,514
M 60’ $5,402 $5,586 $6,136 $6,687 $7,604
U 70’ $6,156 $6,367 $7,002 $7,637 $8,694
L 80’ $6,909 $7,148 $7,868 $8,586 $9,785
A 90’ $7,662 $7,930 $8,733 $9,536 $10,875
T 100’ $8,415 $8,711 $9,599 $10,486 $11,966
I
O Several other lengths and widths are available.
N
LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 65

16” TO 22” 24” TO 30” 34” TO 42”
UP TO 100’ UP TO 100’ UP TO 100’
1/2 1000 800 500
3/4 1800 1600 1400
1 2400 2200 2000
1 1/2 3500 3000 2600
52 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Minimum Pressure
Medium Duty, Flat Belt Driven

190-ACZ Applications
The 190-ACZ is a minimum pressure accumulation conveyor. This model can be field
modified and configured to any length. The belts on this conveyor can be replaced
without removing the rollers. There is more positive drive with flat belt than V-belt.

• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube
spaced every 3 in. and 1.9 in. dia. pressure rollers x 16 ga. galvanized
tube spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted
formed steel channel frame bolted together with butt couplings. • BEARINGS - Tread and pressure rollers have pre-lubricated ball
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to bearings. Flange and pillow block bearings are sealed,
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and pre-lubricated with eccentric lock collar.
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed
30 ft. bed lengths and over. reducer. No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath, placed near center of conveyor. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• DRIVE BELT - Endless B-section aramid core V-belt drives each • CONVEYING SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
section of conveyor. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 150 lbs.
• RETURN TAKE-UP SHEAVE - 3-¼ in. dia. x ½ in. bore flat NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
idler has seven position adjustment to maintain proper V-belt tension. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 15” 21” 23” 27” 33” 37”
LENGTH BELT WIDTH 6” 6” 6” 6” 6” 8” 8”
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 24” 26” 30” 36” 40”
10’ $2,241 $2,293 $2,453 $2,505 $2,611 $2,770 $2,874
15’ $2,576 $2,641 $2,843 $2,910 $3,043 $3,244 $3,377
20’ $2,911 $2,990 $3,234 $3,315 $3,475 $3,718 $3,878 A
25’ $3,246 $3,339 $3,624 $3,719 $3,907 $4,193 $4,381 C
30’ $3,581 $3,687 $4,015 $4,124 $4,340 $4,667 $4,882 C
40’ $4,251 $4,385 $4,797 $4,934 $5,204 $5,616 $5,886 U
50’ $4,921 $5,081 $5,578 $5,744 $6,069 $6,565 $6,890 M
60’ $5,591 $5,778 $6,359 $6,553 $6,933 $7,514 $7,895 U
70’ $6,261 $6,476 $7,141 $7,363 $7,798 $8,463 $8,899 L
80’ $6,931 $7,172 $7,922 $8,171 $8,663 $9,412 $9,903 A
90’ $7,601 $7,870 $8,703 $8,981 $9,527 $10,360 $10,907 T
100’ $8,271 $8,566 $9,485 $9,790 $10,392 $11,309 $11,911 I
O
Several other lengths and widths are available. N

16” TO 22” 24” TO 30” 34” TO 42”
1/2 1100 200 600 - - -
3/4 2200 1300 1700 500 1100 -
1 3300 2400 2800 1600 2200 -
1 1/2 5600 4600 5000 3800 4400 1900
2 7000 6000 6400 5200 5800 3300
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 53
Zero Pressure
Medium Duty, Flat Belt Driven

ABEZ Applications
The model ABEZ is a horizontal roller conveyor with zero pressure accumulation. The model ABEZ
is designed for applications that require accumulation of products without a build-up of line pressure.
Singulation feature allows products to be easily removed from any location on conveyor. The ABEZ
is utilized in a vast array of applications ranging from manufacturing, assembly lines, packaging,
shipping, and distribution systems. Products that may be conveyed vary from cardboard boxes to plastic
totes to custom assembly pallets of all types. Another popular application for this conveyor is conveying
products from packaging equipment to palletizers. The product may be accumulated and released in
almost any fashion to match specific product requirements or palletizer requirements.

• ACCUMULATION ZONES - 24 in. long air controlled. Includes 4
• BELT - 6 in. Ultimate 140 SD (Nitrile, impregnated with a thin
brake rollers to stop package. Power supply must be located in the center
polyurethane top). Clipper unibar lacing.
- maximum 50 zones per power supply.
• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube
• EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each zone.
spaced every 3 in. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted formed
(Retroreflective). UL and CSA approved.
steel channel frame bolted together with butt coupling.
• AIR REQUIREMENTS - Recommended working pressure 40 P.S.I.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckle are fastened to
Free air consumption at 40 P.S.I.– .0062 cu. ft. per sensor actuation.
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and
• FILTER, REGULATOR - One filter/regulator is supplied for the
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section
main air supply line. (³⁄8 in. NPT port). An additional filter/regulator
30 ft. bed lengths and over.
kit (B-12707) is recommended in applications where it is necessary to
• CENTER DRIVE - Can be placed in any section of conveyor
frequently slug more than 25 zones and the zone response time is critical.
5 ft. or longer.
Main air from compressor should be supplied to each filter/regulator.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings,
• SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
machine crowned.
No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings,
• MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
machine crowned.
A • POWER SUPPLY - 27 VDC, 4 amp power s upply located near
• TAKE-UP PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. at shaft bearings,
C center of conveyor. Maximum of 50 zones per power supply (25
machine crowned.
C each side of power supply). Requires 120 VAC input.
• SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-½ in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
U • CONVEYING SPEED - 17 to 175 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
M • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 150 lbs.
• TAKE-UP - Take-ups in center drive. Provides 16 in. of belt take-up.
U Total load NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts.
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
L • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
drive and tail pulleys. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in tread and
A pressure rollers.
T
I BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 15” 17” 19” 21” 23” 25” 27” 31” 33” 37” 39”
O
N OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 18” 20” 22” 24” 26” 28” 30” 34” 36” 40” 42”
3” CENTERS, 10” OA LENGTH $2,421 $2,458 $2,494 $2,532 $2,567 $2,604 $2,640 $2,713 $2,750 $2,823 $2,859
PER FOOT PRICE $46 $48 $49 $51 $53 $55 $56 $60 $62 $65 $67
PER ACCUMULATION ZONE $136
2” CENTERS, 10” OA LENGTH $2,666 $2,698 $2,731 $2,764 $2,796 $2,829 $2,861 $2,927 $2,959 $3,024 $3,056
PER FOOT PRICE $72 $74 $77 $79 $81 $84 $86 $91 $93 $98 $100
Quanitity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
54 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Zero Pressure
Medium Duty Spool
190-NSPEZ Applications
The 190-NSPEZ is a horizontal roller conveyor with zero pressure accumulation,
designed for the accumulation of product in manufacturing assembly lines and
product distribution. Products that may be conveyed vary from cardboard boxes to
plastic totes to custom assembly pallets of all types. Positive braking in each zone
reduces the possibility of damage to fragile items during accumulation. The optional
zone stops allow for progressive assembly build line applications. Singulation feature
allows products to be removed from any location on the conveyor. This model also
has the ability to power spurs, curves, and accessories without additional drives.

• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings
spaced every 3 in. Mounted in 9-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted with eccentric lock collar on drive shaft. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in
formed steel channel frame bolted together with splice plates. tread rollers.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckle are fastened to • ACCUMULATION ZONES - 24 in. long air controlled.
underside of bed to provide proper alignment of bed rollers and • EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each
ensure correct product tracking. Supplied on every other section zone (retro reflective). UL and CSA approved. NEMA 1, 2, 3,
30 ft. bed lengths and over. 4, 4X Rated.
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath, placed near center of conveyor. • AIR REQUIREMENTS - Recommended working pressure 40
NOTE: On conveyors less than 26 in. OAW, motor extends beyond P.S.I. free air consumption at 40 P.S.I.– .003 cu. ft. per sensor actuation.
frame. Chain guard located on left hand side. • FILTER, REGULATOR - Supplied for main air supply line.
• DRIVE SHAFT - 1 in. dia. steel shaft extends full length of conveyor. (³⁄16 in. NPT port).
Chain coupling at bed joints. Located on left hand side. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed
• DRIVE SPOOLS - 2 in. dia. Delrin spool held in place on drive reducer. No. 50 roller chain to drive shaft.
shaft with spool spacers. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face. A
• DRIVE GUARD - Underside of drive shaft with spools and drive • POWER SUPPLY - 27 VDC, 4 amp power supply located near C
o-rings guarded full length of conveyor. center of conveyor. Maximum of 50 zones per power supply (25 C
• DRIVE O-RING - ³⁄16 in. dia. polyurethane o-ring from drive each side of power supply). Requires 120 VAC input. U
spool to tread rollers. • CONVEYING SPEED - 30 to 120 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM. M
• CAPACITY - Maximum load 15 lbs. per drive roller. U
• FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147) L
A
BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” 15” 17” 19” 21” 23” 25” 27” 31” 33” 37” 39” T
I
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16” 18” 20” 22” 24” 26” 28” 30” 34” 36” 40” 42” O
3” CENTERS, 10” OA LENGTH $1,880 $1,910 $1,940 $1,970 $2,001 $2,030 $2,060 $2,090 $2,150 $2,180 $2,240 $2,271 N
PER FOOT PRICE $50 $51 $52 $53 $55 $56 $57 $58 $60 $61 $63 $64
2” CENTERS, 10” OA LENGTH $2,054 $2,080 $2,106 $2,133 $2,159 $2,186 $2,213 $2,238 $2,292 $2,317 $2,371 $2,397
PER FOOT PRICE $77 $79 $82 $84 $87 $89 $92 $94 $99 $102 $106 $109
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 55
Zero Pressure
Medium Duty Curve

190-NSPEZC Applications
The 190-NSPEZC is a zero pressure accumulation conveyor curve. Curves are designed to be slave driven
from the 190-NSPEZ conveyor. Curves are used where turns in the conveyor line are necessary. The 190
NSPEZC has the ability to accumulate two products.

• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. tapered to 1-11/16 in. dia. x 16 ga. • DRIVE O-RING - ³⁄16 in. dia. polyurethane o-ring from drive
galvanized and 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized tube. Mounted in spool to tread roller.
9-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted formed steel channel frame. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings with
• SLAVE DRIVEN - Curves and spurs are slave driven from drive eccentric lock collar on drive shaft. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in
shaft of Model 190-NSPEZ conveyor. Shafts are coupled by chain tread rollers.
coupling at bed joints. • ACCUMULATION ZONES - 24 in. long air controlled. 2 per curve.
• DRIVE SHAFT - 1 in. dia. steel shaft extends full length of • SPLICE ANGLE - Standard for connecting to 190-NSPEZ or 190-NSP.
conveyor, coupled with universal joints (U joints) at necessary intervals. • CAPACITY - Maximum load see capacity chart below.
• DRIVE SPOOLS - 2 in. dia. Delrin spool held in place on drive • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
shaft with spool spacers.
• DRIVE GUARD - Underside of drive shaft with spools and drive
o-rings guarded full length of conveyor.

RAIL FRAME 90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°
WIDTH WIDTH
13” 16” 24” 16T/4S 10T/12S 8T/12S 5T/12S $1,691 $1,652 $1,565 $1,523
15” 18” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $1,740 $1,695 $1,603 $1,554
17” 20” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $1,788 $1,739 $1,641 $1,586
A 19” 22” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $1,838 $1,783 $1,679 $1,618
C 21” 24” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $1,886 $1,825 $1,717 $1,649
C 23” 26” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $1,935 $1,869 $1,755 $1,682
U 25” 28” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $1,983 $1,912 $1,793 $1,713
M 27” 30” 32-½” 20T/4S 12T/12S 10T/12S 6T/12S $2,033 $1,956 $1,832 $1,745
U 31” 34” 48” 28T/4S 20T/12S 14T/12S 6T/12S $2,130 $2,042 $1,908 $1,809
L 33” 36” 48” 28T/4S 20T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $2,178 $2,086 $1,946 $1,841
A 37” 40” 48” 28T/4S 20T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $2,277 $2,173 $2,022 $1,904
T 39” 42” 48” 28T/4S 20T/12S 14T/12S 10T/12S $2,325 $2,216 $2,060 $1,936
I
O Quanitity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
N

OVERALL FRAME CAPACITY PER
WIDTH CURVE (LBS.)
16” 150
18” TO 30” 200
34” TO 42” 300
56 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Zero Pressure
Heavy Duty, Flat Belt Driven

25-LREZ Applications
The 25-LREZ is a heavy duty conveyor that has zero pressure accumulation and is belt driven. Conveys
products such as pallets and corrugated containers. Designed for use where zero pressure accumulation, low
elevation (12 in.) and close roller centers are required. Used extensively in the corrugated industry. Generally
not recommended in dusty applications or with heavy wire containers. Also available in non accumulating
sections and extra wide widths.

• BELT - 14 in. black PVC 120- CBS (cover both sides). Clipper • TREAD ROLLER BRAKE - Friction type brake stops tread
unibar lacing. rollers to prevent coasting of product in accumulation zone.
• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. x 11 ga. unplated tread rollers • EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each
spaced every 3 in. and 1.9 in. dia. x 16 ga. unplated pressure rollers zone (diffuse). Power supply must be located in the center -
spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 7-½ in. x 10 ga. powder painted maximum 50 zones per power supply. UL and CSA approved.
formed steel channel frame. Bolted together with butt coupling. • AIR REQUIREMENTS - Recommended working pressure 40
• END DRIVE - Located on infeed end of conveyor. P.S.I. free air consumption at 40 P.S.I. - .028 cu. ft. per sensor actuation.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-7/16 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • FILTER, REGULATOR - Supplied for main air supply line. (³⁄8 in.
machine crowned and fully lagged. NPT port).
• TAIL PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft, machine crowned. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed helical–bevel C-face gear
• SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-5/8 in. dia. at drive pulley, 2-¹⁄8 in. reducer. No.60 roller chain to drive pulley.
dia. at tail pulley. Pre-lubricated ball bearings. • MOTOR - ¾ HP - 230/460V - 3 PH. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• RETURN IDLER - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. at drive end, all others 1.9 dia. • CONVEYING SPEED - 30 to 50 FPM. Standard: 30 FPM.
unplated. Pre-lubricated ball bearings. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 1000 lbs
• TAKE-UP - Take-up at tail pulley. Maximum unit load 4000 lbs. Total load NOT TO EXCEED capacity
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning ball bearings on in charts.
drive and tail pulley. Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings in tread and • POWER SUPPLY - 27 VDC, 4 amp power supply located near
pressure rollers. center of conveyor. Maximum of 50 zones per power supply (25
• ACCUMULATION ZONES - 60” long with EZ Logic accumulation. each side of power supply). Requires 120 VAC input. A
• FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147) C
C
BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 39” 41” 43” 45” 47” 49” 51” 61” 73” 85”
U
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 42” 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54” 64” 76” 88” M
U
3” Centers 10’ OA Length $6,024 $6,062 $6,101 $6,149 $6,187 $6,225 $6,263 $6,454 $6,692 $6,921 L
A
Per Foot Price $176 $180 $183 $187 $190 $193 $197 $213 $233 $253 T
4” Centers 10’ OA Length $5,851 $5,883 $5,914 $5,945 $5,977 $6,008 $6,040 $6,185 $6,363 $6,540 I
O
Per Foot Price $161 $163 $166 $168 $169 $172 $174 $184 $196 $207
N
6” Centers 10’ OA Length $5,678 $5,698 $5,717 $5,737 $5,757 $5,787 $5,806 $5,904 $6,022 $6,140
Per Foot Price $146 $147 $148 $149 $150 $152 $153 $159 $166 $172
$396/Accumulation Zone. Several other lengths and widths are available.
LOAD CAPACITY CHART (ACCUMULATED) @ 30 FPM

42” TO 48” 50” TO 64” 76” TO 88”
¾ 11400 7900 10300 5700 8700 2400
1 16500 12900 15400 10800 13700 7500
* Limited to 4,000 lbs. per
1-½ *20000 23000 *20000 20900 *20000 17600 accumulation zone.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 57
Zero Pressure
Heavy Duty, Chain Driven

25-CREZD Applications
The model 25-CREZD is a zero pressure accumulation conveyor. It is a chain driven conveyor
that may be applied in a wide variety of applications where large unitized loads or palletized loads
need to be conveyed and accumulated with no back pressure. It is ideal for shipping and receiving
pallets. The 25-CREZD fitted with the softstart/softstop option makes it great for handling tall
palletized loads moving from a palletizer to a stretch wrapper where sudden starting and stopping
may risk toppling or shingling of the product. This model has a motor in every zone. Also available
in 1.9” diameter rollers (199-CREZD).

• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. x 11 ga. unplated rollers spaced • CHAIN GUARD - Formed steel guards totally enclose drive chains.
every 4 or 6 in. Tread rollers mounted in 4 in. x 4 ga. formed • ACCUMULATION ZONES - 60 in. long.
channel on side opposite chain guard and 6 in. x 4 ga. formed • EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each
channel on chain guard side. Bolted together with butt couplings. zone (diffuse). UL and CSA approved.
• EZDrive™ System - Shaft mounted gearmotor located near • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings.
center of each zone. ½ HP - 3 PH 60 Hz. Totally enclosed fan • CONVEYING SPEED - 30 to 40 FPM. Standard: 30 FPM.
cooled. 208/230/460 V (specify voltage). EZDrive™ single output • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 1000 lbs.
disconnect panel containing motor starter and power leads. Maximum unit load 3000 lbs per zone.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No. 40 roller-to-roller. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
CONVEYING SURFACE 27-¾” 31-¾” 35-¾” 39-¾” 43-¾” 47-¾” 51-¾” 55-¾” 59-¾” 63-¾”
BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 31” 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67
A OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 34-¼” 38-¼” 42-¼” 46-¼” 50-¼” 54-¼” 58-¼” 62-¼” 66-¼” 70-¼”
C ZONE PRICE $1,109 $1,113 $1,116 $1,121 $1,125 $1,129 $1,133 $1,138 $1,142 $1,146
C
6” ROLLER CENTERS PER FOOT $119 $122 $126 $129 $132 $135 $138 $141 $145 $148
U
M 4” ROLLER CENTERS PER FOOT $149 $153 $158 $162 $166 $170 $174 $179 $183 $187
U Several other lengths and widths are available. 5” roller centers also available.
L Quanitity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
A
T
I
O
N
Single Output Disconnect Panel Dual Output Disconnect Panel
58 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Zero Pressure
Heavy Duty, Chain Driven

DCEZ-60 Applications
The model DCEZ is a zero pressure accumulation, dual strand drag chain conveyor designed
to handle pallets. With EZ-Logic accumulation module, pallets are accumulated with zero-back
pressure reducing the possibility of collision that may result in product damage. This conveyor is
used when the bottom boards of a pallet are running perpendicular to the conveyor flow. Products
with protrusions or uneven bottoms (such as a metal frame with uneven runners) are also ideal for
the model DCEZ-60. The model DCEZ-60 can also be used for slip sheeting and is also available
in a heavy duty 3 strand configuration.

• CHAIN - C-2060H double pitch conveyor chain (straight sidbar). • CAPACITY - 6000 lbs. maximum at 30 FPM (1-½ HP maximum).
• CHAIN GUIDE - UHMW polyethylene. NOT TO EXCEED CAPACITY IN CHART.
• FRAME - 6 in. x 7 ga. powder painted formed steel angle with • EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each
1-½ in. x ³⁄16 in.wall, chain support tube. 4 ga. formed coupling zone (Diffuse). UL and CSA approved.
channels located at infeed and discharge ends of each module. • POWER SUPPLY - 27 VDC, 4 amp power supply located near
• MOTOR - 1-½ HP – 230/460V– 3 PH. 60 Hz. gearmotor, located center of conveyor. Maximum of 50 zones per power supply (25
underneath in 5 ft. long module. each side of power supply). Requires 120 VAC input.
• ACCUMULATION ZONES - 60 in. long with EZ-Logic • AIR REQUIREMENTS - Recommended working pressure 60
accumulation (diffuse). P.S.I. Free air consumption at 75 P.S.I. - .50 cu. ft. per actuation for
• DRIVE SPROCKETS - Hardened 2060BTB15H with 1-³⁄8 in. 18 in. and 21 in. strand centers - 1.0 cu. ft. per actuation for 24 in.- 28 in.
dia. steel shaft. strand centers.
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings • FILTER, REGULATOR - Supplied for main air supply line (½ in.
on drive. NPT port).
• CONVEYING SPEED - 30 FPM. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
A
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 19-7⁄8” 22-7⁄8” 25-7⁄8” 28-7⁄8” 31-7⁄8” 34-7⁄8” 37-7⁄8” 40-7⁄8” 43-7⁄8” 46-7⁄8” 49-7⁄8”
C
LENGTH STRAND CENTERS 18” 21” 24” 27” 30” 33” 36” 39” 42” 45” 48” C
12’-0’ $4,992 $5,034 $5,076 $5,119 $5,161 $5,203 $5,246 $5,288 $5,330 $5,372 $5,414 U
PER FOOT $119 $125 $129 $135 $140 $146 $152 $157 $162 $167 $173 M
U
PER ACCUMULATION ZONE: $1,670
L
Several other lengths and widths are available. A
T
I
* For longer lengths add extra per foot to base LOAD CAPACITY CHART (ACCUMULATED) @ 30 FPM O
price. No deduct for units shorter than 7 ft. N
HP TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
UP TO 50’ UP TO 102’
* For in-between widths, use next width plus
10%. 1-½ 6000 4500
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 59
Zero Pressure
Clutch Brake Accumulation Conveyor
CBR Applications
The TGW Clutch Brake (CBR) accumulation conveyor consists basically of an electromagnetic clutch and brake that are integrated in a conveyor roller. The
roller is divided into a permanently driven part against which the drive flat strap is pressed and a non driven part. Engagement for is created via the clutch
between the driven and the non driven parts. In the braking procedure, this is disengaged and the brake pulled back in the opposite direction.
The “slave rollers“ are co-driven by round bands interconnecting variable zone lengths. Widths of the conveyor vary from 16 inches to 31.5 inches. Zone
lengths come in 18, 24, and 30 inch possibilities.
The unit is pre-wired from the factory with all the necessary sensors for control built into the side channels.
A
C
C
U
M
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
BUDGETARY PRICING
$300-350/linear foot
** Note: The above price is budgetary for equipment only. Please
contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
60 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Zero Pressure
Accumulating Horizontal Power
CCAC Applications
The CCAC is a horizontal plastic belt curve with zero pressure accumulation which is normally slave driven
from the model CCEZ. Excellent for carton or case handling. Used extensively in the beverage industry.
Important to use when exterior packaging needs to be protected and not marred. Capable of high speeds
and throughputs.
• BELT - 6 in. wide low friction plastic belt.
• FRAME - 13 in. deep x 1-½ in. flange x 12 ga. steel side channels • TAKE-UP - Catenary provided at discharge end.
powder painted. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, regreaseable, self aligning,
• DRIVE - Slave driven from infeed end of model CCEZ via air ball bearings with skwezloc locking collar on drive and tail shaft.
operated friction clutch and No.50 roller chain. • BELT SPEED - Same as CCEZ driving curve.
• AIR REQUIREMENTS - Recommended working pressure • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
60 P.S.I. Free air consumption at 60 P.S.I.–.001 cu. ft. per
curve accumulation.
• FILTER REGULATOR - Supplied for air supply to air operated
friction clutch.
PRICE
BTWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13”
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16”
45º $3,062
90º $3,691
180º $5,524
A
shipment available for the green highlighted models. Quantity C
discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information. C
U
M
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 61
Zero Pressure
Zero Pressure, Air

CCEZ Applications
The CCEZ is a horizontal belt conveyor with zero pressure accumulation. It is
specifically designed for conveying cases of beverages or as a bag conveyor.
The conveyor is typically ran at speeds high enough not to be more than 50%
populated during normal operation. This process allows an accumulation
buffer for intermittent palletizer stops without interruption in output of the
case packer.
• BELT - 6 in. wide x ½ in. thick low friction plastic belt.
• FRAME - 13 in. deep x 1-½ in. flange x 12 ga. powder painted steel frame.
• ACCUMULATION ZONES - 24 in. long, air controlled.
• EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each zone
(retro reflective). UL and CSA approved. PRICE
• AIR REQUIREMENTS - Recommended working pressure 25 P.S.I. free
air consumption at 25 P.S.I.–.0026 cu. ft. per zone actuation. BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13”
• FILTER REGULATOR - Supplied for main air supply line. OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 16”
(3/8 in. NPT port).
• DRIVE - Mounted underneath at discharge end. Drive and Tail (10’ OAL) $5,461
• DRIVE and TAIL SPROCKETS - 18 tooth plastic split sprocket keyed to Intermediate Per Foot $245
1-7⁄16 in. dia. steel shaft.
• TAKE-UP - Catenary provided at discharge end. LENGTH TOTAL LOAD CAPACITY (LBS.)
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, regreaseable, self aligning, ball
bearings on drive and tail shaft. @ 200 FPM (Horizontal)
• SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer. no.60 ¾ 1 1-½ 2 3
roller chain to drive shaft. 20’ 360 500 800 1040 1600
• MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 PH. 60 Hz. energy efficient C-face with AC 30’ 330 480 750 1020 1560
A variable speed controller.
C 40’ 300 440 725 1000 1520
• POWER SUPPLY - 27 VDC, 4 amp Power Supply located near 50’ - 400 700 940 1500
C center of conveyor. Maximum of 50 zones per power supply (25 each side
U 60’ - 360 660 925 1470
of power supply). Requires 120 VAC input. 70’ - - 630 910 1440
M • BELT SPEED - Variable 20 - 200 fpm.
U 80’ - - 600 880 1400
• CAPACITY - See load capacity chart. 90’ - - - 840 1350
L • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
A 100’ - - - 800 1300
T
I
O
N
62 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Powered Roller Accumulation Conveyor
Applications
Powered roller accumulation conveyor is an improved method of transporting and accumulating product using
24VDC motorized rollers in lieu of standard belt and chain driven conveyors. Powered roller conveyors operate
solely from low voltage electrical power and control signals making it inherently safe. In addition, it requires no
air, brakes, or clutches to provide product accumulation easing installation and maintenance requirements.
Powered roller accumulation conveyor has many applications including low noise environments, situations with high degrees of operator
interface, conditions requiring low conveyor profiles, and applications where accumulating in curves, inclines, or declines is beneficial. Powered roller A
accumulation conveyor can interface at each zone with higher level PLC or PC based control systems allowing for maximum control and flexibility. The C
low installation, maintenance, and power consumption requirements make the full lifecycle costs of powered roller accumulation conveyors more attractive C
than conventional conveyor systems. U
M
U
Standard Specifications L
• Standard accumulation conveyor and transport. A
• Accumulation curve. Powered Roller T
• Belt accumulation incline/decline. I
• 480 VAC or 120 VAC supply voltage. O
• 24 VDC operational voltage. N
• Category-5 communication cable.
• 24 VDC field components.
• NEMA 12 power supply enclosure -
protection from dust, dirt, oil, and water.
• Operating temperature: 0 to 40°C.
• Roller specifications based on application.
Standard Features
• Standard modular construction.
• Low voltage.
• Variable speed.
• Bi-directional.
• Slug/singulate accumulation modes.
• Few moving parts.
• Fail safe power loss.
Advantages
• Quick installation.
• Quiet operation.
• Easy configuration.
• Limited spare requirements.
• Low power consumption. BUDGETARY PRICING
• Inherently safe (24 VDC).
• Flexible. $250 / linear ft.
• Low profile. ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 63
Motorized Drive Roller
Zero Pressure Powered Roller

190-PREZ Applications
The 190-PREZ is a zero pressure, powered roller accumulating conveyor. This model uses a series of 24 VDC
motorized rollers to drive the tread rollers, eliminating the need for drive belts, chains, or line shafts. Good for
low elevation, low profile, and where short lengths are needed. Quiet operation, ease of maintenance, ease of
installation, low energy consumption and modularity are just some of the advantages of this model.

• BED (PREZ) - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized • ACCUMULATION ZONES - 24 in. long electrically controlled.
tube and ABEC-1 precision bearings spaced every 3 in. Mounted • EZLogic® ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each
set-low in 6-½ in x 12 ga. powder painted formed steel channel zone (retroreflective). UL and CSA approved.
frame bolted together with splice plates. • ROLLER CONTROLLER - Controls and protects motorized
• BED (PREZC) - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia tapered to 1-11⁄16 roller. One located in each zone.
in. dia. x 16 ga. galvanized and (2) 1.9 in. dia. roller x 16 ga. galvanized • POWER SUPPLY (PREZ ONLY) - 40 amp DC power supply, 28
tube. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted formed steel volt fixed output. Maximum of 40 zones per power supply. 120 VAC,
channel frame. 17 amp input. Mounted near center of conveyor.
• DRIVE ROLLER - 1.9 in. dia., 24 VDC motorized roller. One in • CONVEYING SPEED - 65 FPM standard:.
each zone of conveyor. • CAPACITY - Maximum load 50 lbs. per zone.
• SLAVE O-RINGS - ³⁄16 in. dia. polyurethane o-rings slave-drive • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
zone idler rollers from motorized roller.
SECTION BETWEEN RAIL 24” 27”

LENGTH WIDTH
OAW 21” 30”
10’ $2,689 $2,723
A PER FOOT $56 $60
C
C
U
M
U
L
A
T
I
O
N
Zero Pressure Powered Roller Curve
90° Curve
BETWEEN OVERALL “R” NUMBER PRICE
RAIL FRAME OF
WIDTH WIDTH ROLLERS
21” 24” 32 1/2” 20T/2S $2,032
27” 30” 32 1/2” 20T/2S $2,032
T = Tapered S = Straight
64 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Chain Driven Live Roller
Medium Duty
199-CRR Applications
The 199-CRR is a chain driven, roller-to-roller conveyor and is ideally suited
for applications where belt driven live roller conveyors would not be suitable
due to the environmental conditions. Examples include manufacturing processes
where parts may be oily preventing belts from driving the rollers. The rollers in
the 199 CRR are positively driven with chains roll to roll and therefore the drive
is not affected by oily conditions. This conveyor can be converted to minimum
pressure with the addition of roller sleeves.

• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. x 9 ga. wall unplated tread rollers • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings on drive roller shaft.
spaced every 4 in. or 6 in. mounted in 7 ga. powder painted formed • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
steel channel frame bolted together with butt couplings. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460/575V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• DRIVE - Located near center of conveyor. Chain guard located • CONVEYING SPEED - Standard: 35 FPM.
on left hand side. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 150 lbs.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No. 40 roller chain. with supports on 10 ft. centers, 250 lbs. per ft. with supports on
• MOTOR DRIVE CHAIN - No. 60 roller chain. 5 ft. centers and 4 in. roller centers. NOT TO EXCEED
• CHAIN GUARD - Mounted to top of channel frame to totally capacity in charts.
enclose drive chain. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
CONVEYING SURFACE 13-¼” 17-¼” 21-¼” 25-¼” 31-¼” 37-¼”

BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 15” 19” 23” 27” 33” 39”
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 18” 22” 26” 30” 36” 42”
4 “ Centers 10’ Length - O.A. $1,594 $1,629 $1,664 $1,699 $1,751 $1,804 C
Per Foot Price $80 $83 $87 $90 $95 $101 H
6” Centers 10’ Length - O.A. $1,447 $1,471 $1,495 $1,520 $1,556 $1,592 A
Per Foot Price $65 $67 $70 $72 $76 $79 I
Several other lengths and widths are available. Other roller centers available. N
D
R
I
LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 35 FPM and 6” ROLLER CENTERS V
E
OVERALL WIDTH 18”-28” 30”-42”
N
OVERALL LENGTH 25’ 50’ 25’ 50’
SUPPORT CENTERS 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ L
I
½ 2250 2250 1250 1250 2000 2000 1000 1000 V
HP 1 5000 3750 3250 3250 5000 3750 3000 3000 E
2 6250 3750 7250 7250 6250 3750 7000 7000
Chain roll-to-roll design provides positive drive of tread R
rollers. Chain guard removed to illustrate roll to roll drive O
chain. Warning: Do not operate conveyor with chain
guard removed. L
L
E
R
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 65
Medium Duty, Curve
199-CRRC Applications
The 199-CRRC is a medium-duty (chain driven), positive drive conveyor curve used for transporting wet
or oily parts. Available in 30º, 45º, and 90º curves. The 199 CRRC can be slave driven from the 199 CRR
conveyor. Can be used in the automotive, bottling and steel industries. The 199 CRRC is also available
with tapered rollers to assist in maintaining product orientation.

• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. tapered to 1-11⁄16 in. dia. x
16 ga. galvanized and 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. x ¹⁄8 in. thick wall unplated tread • TAKE-UP - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. roller with high capacity bearings
rollers. Mounted in 10 ga. powder painted formed steel channel frame. provide proper chain tension, chain guard side only.
• CENTER DRIVE - Mounted underneath bed section. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No. 50 circular roller chain. • BUTT COUPLINGS - Standard for connecting to 20-CR
• CHAIN RETURN - Chain slides on wearstrip attached to metal • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
chain return carrier, mounted to bottom of channel frame. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• CHAIN GUARD - Mounted to top of channel frame to totally • CONVEYING SPEED - Standard: 65 FPM.
enclose drive chain. • CAPACITY- 850 lbs. total distributed live load.
• END ROLLERS - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. roller with high capacity bearings • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
at ends of conveyor, chain guard side only.
C
H CONVEYING SURFACE 13-¼” 17-¼” 21-¼” 25-¼” 31-¼” 37-¼”
A BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 15” 19” 23” 27” 33” 39”
I
N
90o $1,670 $1,702 $1,734 $1,765 $2,137 $2,286
D 60o $1,429 $1,450 $1,472 $1,494 $1,741 $1,841
R 45o $1,261 $1,276 $1,291 $1,306 $1,554 $1,609
I 30o $1,145 $1,154 $1,164 $1,173 $1,323 $1,357
Several other lengths and widths are available. Other roller centers available.
V Quanitity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
E
N
L
I
V
E
R
O
L
L
E
R Chain roll-to-roll design provides positive drive of
tapered tread rollers. Chain guard removed to
illustrate roll-to-roll drive chain. Warning: Do not
Wheel Handling operate conveyor with chain guard removed.
LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 35 FPM and 6” ROLLER CENTERS

OVERALL WIDTH 18”- 28” 30”- 42”
OVERALL LENGTH 25’ 50’ 25’ 50’
SUPPORT CENTERS 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’
½ 2250 2250 1250 1250 2000 2000 1000 1000
HP 1 5000 3750 3250 3250 5000 3750 3000 3000
2 6250 3750 7250 7250 6250 3750 7000 7000
66 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Medium Duty, Straight

20-CR Applications
The 20-CR is a medium-duty (chain driven), positive drive conveyor used for transporting oily or wet parts.
A single chain drives the roller sprockets. Can be used in automotive, bottling and steel industries. This
conveyor can be converted to minimum pressure with the addition of roller sleeves.

• BED - Roller bed with 2-¹⁄8 in. x ¹⁄8 in. wall unplated tread • END ROLLERS - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. roller with high capacity bearings
rollers spaced every 4 in., 6 in., 8 in., or 12 in. mounted in 10 ga. at ends of conveyor, chain guard side only.
powder painted formed steel channel frame bolted together with • TAKE-UP - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. roller with high capacity bearings
butt couplings. provide proper chain tension, chain guard side only.
• DRIVE - Can be placed in any section of conveyor length, specify • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings.
chain guard located on left hand side. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C face speed reducer.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No. 50 roller chain. (No. 50 circular roller chain • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
used when slave driving curve or spurs). • CONVEYING SPEED - 10 to 100 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• CHAIN RETURN - Chain slides on wearstrip attached to chain • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 150 lbs.
return carrier, mounted to bottom of channel frame. NOT TO EXCEED capacity in charts. Maximum conveyor length 100 ft..
• CHAIN GUARD - Mounted to top of channel frame to totally • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
enclose drive chain.
CONVEYING SURFACE 13-¼” 17-¼” 21-¼” 25-¼” 31-¼” 37-¼”

4 “ Centers 10’ Length - O.A. $1,982 $2,056 $2,129 $2,202 $2,314 $2,423
Per Foot Price $104 $110 $116 $122 $131 $139
6” Centers 10’ Length - O.A. $1,771 $1,826 $1,882 $1,937 $2,020 $2,102 C
Per Foot Price $82 $86 $90 $95 $101 $107 H
8” Centers 10’ Length - O.A. $1,647 $1,693 $1,741 $1,787 $1,859 $1,928 A
Per Foot Price $70 $73 $76 $79 $84 $89 I
12” Centers 10’ Length - O.A. $1,518 $1,560 $1,603 $1,644 $1,706 $1,769 N
Per Foot Price $57 $60 $62 $65 $69 $72
Several other lengths and widths are available. D
R
I
V
E
N
L
HP TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
I
½ 1500 V
¾ 2200 E
1 2800
1-½ 3600 R
Tread roller driven by single 2 4400 O
drive chain L
L
E
R
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 67
Medium Duty, Curve

20-CRC Applications
The 20-CRC is a medium duty, chain driven, positive drive conveyor curve used for transporting wet or
oily parts. A single chain drives the roller sprockets. This conveyor can be converted to minimum pressure
with the addition of roller sleeves. Available in 30º, 45º, and 90º curves. The 20-CRC can be slave driven
from the 20-CR conveyor. Can be used in the automotive, bottling and steel industries.

• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. tapered to 1-11/16 in. dia. x
16 ga. galvanized and 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. x ¹⁄8 in. thick wall unplated tread
• TAKE-UP - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. roller with high capacity bearings
rollers. Mounted in 10 ga. powder painted formed steel channel frame.
provide proper chain tension, chain guard side only.
• CENTER DRIVE - Mounted underneath bed section.
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No.50 circular roller chain.
• BUTT COUPLINGS - Standard for connecting to 20-CR.
• CHAIN RETURN - Chain slides on wearstrip attached to metal
• SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
chain return carrier, mounted to bottom of channel frame.
• MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• CHAIN GUARD - Mounted to top of channel frame to totally
• CONVEYING SPEED - 10 to 100 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
enclose drive chain.
• CAPACITY- 850 lbs. total distributed live load.
• END ROLLERS - 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. roller with high capacity bearings
• FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
at ends of conveyor, chain guard side only.

RAIL FRAME 90° 45° 30° 90° 45° 30°
WIDTH WIDTH
13-¼” 15” 18” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $1,900 $1,664 $1,602
15-¼” 17” 20” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $1,920 $1,679 $1,615
17-¼” 19” 22” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $1,940 $1,695 $1,628
C
19-¼” 21” 24” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $1,960 $1,710 $1,642
H
21-¼” 23” 26” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $1,980 $1,726 $1,655
A
23-¼” 25” 28” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $2,000 $1,742 $1,668
I
25-¼” 27” 30” 32-½” 11S/5T 11S/2T $2,020 $1,757 $1,682
N
27-¼” 31” 34” 48” 11S/8T 11S/4T $3,325 $2,465 $2,400
31-¼” 33” 36” 48” 11S/8T 11S/4T $3,335 $2,473 $2,408
D
33-¼” 37” 40” 48” 11S/8T 11S/4T $3,352 $2,488 $2,424
R
37-¼” 39” 42” 48” 11S/8T 11S/4T $3,361 $2,495 $2,432
I
V Quanitity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
E
N
L
I
V
E
R
O
L
L
E
R
68 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Heavy Duty, Straight

25-CRR Applications
The 25-CRR is a heavy, chain driven, roller to roller conveyor for plastic, wood, and metal
pallets and drum applications. This conveyor can also be used in slave palletization applications. Ideal for
conveying wet or oily parts in bottling and steel industries. Pallets must have a flat conveying surface
and be in good condition. 3 in. and 3-¼ in. rollers are also available.
• BED - Roller bed with 2-½ in. dia. x 11 ga. unplated tread rollers • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings.
spaced every 4 in. with No. 40 roller chain; 3-¾ in., 5 in., 7-1/2 in., • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
or 10 in. with No. 50 roller chain. No. 60 roller chain used on 3-¾ • MOTOR - ¾ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
in., 6 in., 7-½ in. and 12 in. roller centers only. Tread rollers • CONVEYING SPEED - 13 to 100 FPM. Standard: 30 FPM.
mounted in 4 in. x 4 ga. powder painted formed steel channel frame • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 300 lbs.
and bolted together with butt couplings. with supports on 10 ft. centers, 1000 lbs. with supports on 5 ft. centers
• CENTER DRIVE - Can be placed in any section of conveyor Contact factory for capacity of No. 40 chain, 4 in. roller centers.
length. Chain guard located on left hand side. NOT TO EXCEED CAPACITY IN CHART.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No. 40, 50, or 60 roller chain. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
• CHAIN GUARD - Formed steel, upper and lower chain guard
mounted to top and bottom of channel frame to totally enclose
drive chains.
4”, 5”, 6”, 7-½”, 10”, and 12” Roller Centers

CONVEYING SURFACE 15-¾” 19-¾” 23-¾” 29-¾” 35-¾” 43-¾” 51-¾” 63-¾”
BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 19” 23” 27” 33” 39” 47” 55” 67”
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 22-¼” 26-¼” 30-¼” 36-¼” 42-¼” 54-¼” 58-¼” 70-¼”
C
4” Centers 10’ Length-O.A. $2,218 $2,289 $2,360 $2,468 $2,574 $2,716 $2,859 $3,072
H
5” Centers 10’ Length-O.A. $2,242 $2,303 $2,363 $2,453 $2,543 $2,663 $2,784 $2,964 A
6” Centers 10’ Length-O.A. $2,194 $2,245 $2,297 $2,374 $2,451 $2,553 $2,655 $2,809 I
N
7 1/2” Centers 10’ Length-O.A. $1,811 $1,856 $1,901 $1,967 $2,034 $2,122 $2,212 $2,345
10” Centers 10’ Length-O.A. $1,679 $1,713 $1,747 $1,799 $1,851 $1,921 $1,989 $2,092 D
R
12” Centers 10’ Length-O.A. $1,723 $1,755 $1,787 $1,836 $1,884 $1,949 $2,014 $2,111
I
Several other lengths and widths are available. 3 in. and 3-¾ in. roller centers also available. V
E
N
LOAD CAPACITY CHART (ACCUMULATED) @ 30 FPM
HP TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) L
I
UP TO 50’ UP TO 100’ V
¾ 6000 2800 E
1 9000 6000
1-½ 15000 12000 R
2 22000 18000 O
Chain roll-to-roll design provides positive drive of
tread rollers. Chain guard removed to illustrate roll L
to roll drive chain. Warning: Do not operate conveyor
with chain guard removed. L
E
R
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 69
Heavy Duty, Tapered Roller Curve

25-CRRCT Applications
The 25-CRRCT tapered roller curves are heavy duty, chain driven, roll to roll roller curves commonly used
in applications with the 25-CRR conveyor to carry heavy unit loads such as pallets and drums. This curve
is reversible and can be slave driven from the 25-CRR. The 25-CRRCT has tapered rollers to assist in
maintaining product orientation. Also available without tapered rollers (25-CRRC).
• BED - Roller bed with unplated tread rollers mounted in 4 in. x • BUTT COUPLINGS - Standard for connecting to 25-CRR, 2-½
4 ga. powder painted formed steel frame. (See dimension chart for in. dia. or 2-5⁄8 in. dia. gravity roller conveyor.
roller details). • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
• CENTER DRIVE - Mounted underneath bed section. • MOTOR - ¾ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• DRIVE CHAIN - No. 50 circular roller chain. • CONVEYING SPEED - 20 to 100 FPM. Standard: 30 FPM.
• CHAIN GUARD - Formed steel, upper and lower chain guard • CAPACITY - 4000 lbs. total distributed live load at 30 FPM.
mounted to top and bottom of channel frame to totally enclose • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
drive chains. • TANGENTS - 25 in. long tangent on 30º, 45º and 60º curves.
• BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated ball bearings.
CONVEYING SURFACE 15-¾” 21-¾” 29-¾” 39-¾” 51-¾” 63-¾”

OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 22-¼” 28-¼” 36-¼” 46-¼” 58-¼” 70-¼”
90o $3,104 $3,397 $3,787 $4,274 $4,859 $5,445
60o $2,341 $2,560 $2,853 $3,219 $3,657 $4,096
45o $1,717 $1,878 $2,093 $2,361 $2,683 $3,005
30o $1,312 $1,435 $1,599 $1,804 $2,049 $2,295
C
H
A
I
N
D
R
I
V
E
N
L
I
V
E
R
O
L
L
E
R
70 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Pallet Handling

Occasionally, the need to provide a specialized pallet handling solutions exists, either as a part of an
integrated palletizing system or robotics cell or a very special purpose customized system. BASTIAN has the
capability to design and fabricate, control and install complete, integrated systems in house to a truly turnkey
packaging solution. While each system is custom, they share common design elements or building blocks.
Chain Driven Live Roller (CDLR)

BASTIAN has the ability to manufacture many varieties of CDLR to meet our customers’ needs. CDLR is
typically useful where pallet bottom boards are parallel to direction of travel and the moderate friction is
appropriate where a pallet must be positioned for robotic interface. Typical rollers are 2-½ in. diameter on 3-¼ in.
centers in a heavy duty painted frame. Motors may be set high or low. We frequently provide a very heavy duty
model (6,000 lb capacity) with the following specifications:
• 3 in. dia flow-coat galvanized rollers on 3-¾ in. centers.
• 1 in. dia through shafts with flange bearings.
• Heavy duty screw-adjustable legs.
• SEW-Eurodrive gearmotor.
BUDGETARY PRICING
Standard (Painted) $2200 + $220 per foot
Standard (Stainless) $5500 + $550 per foot
HD (Painted) $5800 + $480 per foot
HD (Stainless) $8000 + $620 per foot
P
Standard w/90° Pneumatic Turntable $15,500
A
Standard w/90° Pivot Table $15,500 L
Standard w/180° Electric Turntable $17,000 L
E
T
H
A
N
Drag Chain Conveyor D
L
I
Drag Chain Conveyor N
Drag chain conveyor is useful for pallets with bottom boards perpendicular to travel. Chain type will vary based G
on load weight. Wearstrips may be UHMW or steel depending on application.
BUDGETARY PRICING
2-Strand (Painted) $2200 + $120 per foot
3-Strand (Painted) $2400 + $150 per foot
2-Strand Pop-up Chain Transfer $8,000
3-Strand Pop-up Chain Transfer $9,000
2-Strand w/90° Pneumatic Turntable $11,000
Other Accessories:
Slip sheet dispenser floor mounted ............................. $ 12,000
Tier sheet dispenser gantry style ................................ $ 20,000
Pallet dispenser (or stacker) ......................................... $ 12,000
Four sided squaring (case) ........................................... $ 6,000
Four sided squaring (bag) ............................................. $ 9,000
Single station transfer car ............................................. $ 28,000
Dual station transfer car ............................................... $ 34,000
Standard paint is Burke Superlife Grey Metallic
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 71
Pallet Handling
Drag Chain Pallet Conveyor
DC-60 Applications
This model is specifically designed to handle pallets safely and efficiently. Equipped
with the special accumulation module, the conveyor allows the pallets to accumulate
with zero-back pressure. This greatly reduces the possibility of collision that could
result in product damage.

• CHAIN - C-2060H double pitch conveyor chain (straight sidebar). • DRIVE SPROCKETS - Hardened 2060BTB15H with 1-³⁄8 in.
• CHAIN GUIDE - UHMW polyethylene. dia. steel shaft.
• FRAME - 6 in. x 7 ga. powder painted formed steel angle with • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on drive.
1-½ in. x ³⁄16 in. wall, chain support tube. 4 ga. formed coupling • CONVEYING SPEED - 30 FPM.
channels located at infeed and discharge ends of each module. • CAPACITY - 6000 lbs. maximum at 30 FPM (1-½ HP maximum).
• MOTOR - 1-½ HP - 230/460V - 3 PH. 60 Hz. gearmotor, located NOT TO EXCEED CAPACITY IN CHART.
underneath in 5 ft. long module. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 19-7⁄8” 22-7⁄8” 25-7⁄8” 28-7⁄8” 31-7⁄8” 34-7⁄8” 37-7⁄8” 40-7⁄8” 43-7⁄8” 46-7⁄8” 49-7⁄8”
LENGTH STRAND CENTERS 18” 21” 24” 27” 30” 33” 36” 39” 42” 45” 48”
7’-0’ $3,787 $3,802 $3,817 $3,833 $3,848 $3,863 $3,878 $3,893 $3,909 $3,924 $3,939
PER FOOT $119 $125 $129 $135 $141 $146 $151 $157 $162 $168 $173
Several other lengths and widths are available. 3-strand models also available.
* For longer lengths add extra per foot to base

P price. No deduct for units shorter than 7’-0’.
A
L * For in-between widths, use next width
L plus 10%.
E
T
H
A LOAD CAPACITY CHART (LIVE) @ 30 FPM
N
D HP TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
L UP TO 50’ UP TO 102’
I 1-½ 6000 4500
N
G
72 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Pallet Handling
Heavy Duty Drag Chain Conveyor
Applications
Wood pallets have been notorious for the challenges they present in the material handling
industry. Typical pallet construction has the orientation of the bottom boards that contact the conveyor
perpendicular to flow. Unless the pallet is in perfect condition, roller conveyors tend to have
problems conveying wood pallets. Drag chain conveyor is a more forgiving method of unit handling that
better handles irregular or damaged pallets. Uses for drag chain conveyor include general transportation,
accumulation buffers and more complex systems as shown in the following system.
In this case, there are (2) parallel drag chain conveyors that have accumulation zones that lift the pallet
off the chains allowing for queuing unit loads. At the end of each drag chain conveyor are a series of
pop-up roller transfers that convey the load from one drag chain conveyor to the other. In this particular
system a pallet full of product is loaded onto the system with a forktruck. If there are no pallets in queue
ahead, the pallet will travel to the far end of the system, transfer to the adjacent drag chain conveyor,
and proceed toward the operator pick area. An operator will pick cases of product off the pallet and build
multiple orders simultaneously. Once all cases of that product have been picked, the pallet is released
out of the pick zone and conveyed to the forktruck pick-up zone. If more of this product is needed for a
later order, the pallet may be reintroduced into the system by transferring back onto the first drag chain
conveyor. Along the length of the drag chain conveyor are accumulation lift bars that are pneumatically
actuated to raise the unit load off of the chains.
Adjustable Floor Supports

• Heavy duty welded structural steel frame.
• Adjustable floor supports (+/- 2”) to accommodate uneven floors.
• Two strand C2080H double pitch roller chain rides on UHMW wearstrip for long life. P
• Robust SEW-Eurodrive gearmotor, center driven, 2 HP. A
• Forktruck guarding at pick-up and drop off points to protect your conveyor investment. L
• Heavy duty fixed stop to square/justify load prior to transfer. L
• Low profile chain driven live roller conveyor allows pallet to pass over chain guard. E
• Accumulation lift zones are mechanically linked to stabilize pallet as it is being raised and lowered. T
• Airbag lift actuation for efficient use of space. Allows for low profile lift with high capacity.
• Lift zone bars increase pallet stability in the event of warped or damaged pallets versus a solid platform H
• Solenoid valves are manifold mounted and pre-plumbed for ease of installation. A
• Proximity sensors are mounted to transfers and accumulation zones to sense lift position, both Fork Truck Guarding and N
up and down. Heavy Duty Fixed Stop D
L
I
N
G
BUDGETARY PRICING
$45,000 - $50,000
Low Profile Design
Lift Zone Bars
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 73
Automated Electified Monorail
Automated Electrified Monorail

Introduction
Automated Electrified Monorail systems (AEM) are ideal for long distances, sorting, buffering and
distribution. They offer a high throughput and provide versatility for complex track routing. High transport
speeds and inclines/declines up to 90 degrees are other features of these systems. AEM systems are well proven
in many industries and easy to operate and maintain.
AEM (Automated Electrified Monorail) connecting
an AS/RS with a marshalling zone
System Types
Overhead Type
One of the greatest advantages of all types of AEM is the fact that they make use of the third (vertical) dimension.
This type of monorail carries loads from 11 pounds up to 11,000 pounds.
• The KHB-F5 is based on an aluminium profile. The height and width of this profile comply
with the European standard, which has now become the international standard for loads up
to 1,100 pounds. However, the F5 system is designed to handle heavier trolley loads. The profile
is symmetrical, enabling a wide variety of power and data bus bars to be attached to its sides.
• This system is designed for loads between 3,300 and 11,000 pounds. The tracks are
correspondingly larger than those used by the KHB-F5. The symmetry of the KHB-F20 track
profile makes it possible to attach a variety of power and control bus bars. Like the KHB-F5, AEM (Automated Electrified Monorail) connecting a
the KHB-F20 is of modular design. Standard components, such as trolleys, tracks, switches and warehouse with the production line of a brewery
lifts, have been proven in the field over many years.
Inverted type
An Inverted Monorail System (IMS) is effectively an inverted overhead monorail. In this system the track is floor mounted and the trolleys act as
transport platforms.
O
V • Inverted Monorail Systems offer standardized tracks for quick and easy installation onto the floor. Loads between 660 and 3300 pounds
E can be transported with this system without difficulty. Loads need not to be distributed evenly on the trolleys. Speed < 400 ft/min are possible.
R Various layouts provide for maximum flexibility. Inclines and declines can be included in the track layout. A broad range of controls is available.
H
E Applications
A
D Automotive
Being so reliable, AEMs are an ideal transportation method for the automotive industry, where a breakdown could instantly bring entire production lines
to a standstill.
Distribution
High performance and reliability are the main requirements of a warehouse AEM. An AEM may be added to existing facilities, or specified from the outset
of a new project. Modular construction gives users enormous flexibility for future modifications or extensions.
Food and Beverage

AEM flexibility allows a fast production response to changing market needs. AEM solutions also meet hygiene regulations with ease: by running clear of
the floor, an AEM brings major operational and cleaning benefits.
Production Process
AEM makes an ideal solution for linking production processes together. A ceiling suspended system saves valuable floor space.
Benefits
• High system reliability. • Transport, storing and sorting with one system. • Fully automated.
• Inclines/declines up to 90 degrees. • Heavy loads up to 11,000 ponds. • High capacity.
• Use of the third dimension. • Fully automated material flow. • High throughput.
• Traceability. • Fast. • High availability.
• Meets highest demands in respect to hygiene. • Clean. • Low maintenance and running costs.
• Suitable for corrosive environments. • Quiet operation.
BUDGETARY PRICING
Base Engineering Design $60,000
Monorail Track $200/Ft.
Simple Carrier (150 Kg load) $5,000 - $8,000
Controls $100,000 - $150,000
74 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Overhead Chain
Enclosed Track
Pacline C-250 Applications
Overhead conveyors represent one of the most economical method of conveying.
• Handling product through processing such as spray-painting, dip painting, bonderizing, washing,
degreasing, drying, cooling, sand blasting, and heat treating.
• Move incoming parts and raw materials from receiving docks to storage, and outgoing parts to
shipping docks, carrying parts between storage and manufacturing, or from one department to another.
• Carry work in process of manufactured parts, from one operation to another, and through assembly,
inspection and packaging.
• Mobile storage (using free air space) in warehouses and overhead spaces. Storage of parts
between operations.
• Transportation between buildings and over long distances, as from one plant to another.
Standard Features
• Chain pendants fixed on 6 inch spacing. • High tensile strength.
• Chain travels within enclosed track. • All chain bearings have machined raceways.
• Two vertical bearings for increased load capacity. • Designed to operate up to 650º F.
• Horizontal bearing guides chain around curves. • Brush or shot lubricator available.
• Component parts are heat treated and zinc plated.
Advantages
• Prefabricated modular design ensures quick, trouble free installations and modifications.
• Enclosed track prevents contaminants from reaching the chain bearing surfaces.
• Conveyor drive located in the optimum location and is not confined to a horizontal turn.
• Low profile track design and small horizontal radii reduce size of ovens, spray booths and other
process equipment. O
• Changes in elevation are easy to accommodate. V
• Overhead conveyor frees valuable floor space. E
• Inverted systems eliminate need for belt curves and transfers. R
H
E
A
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS D
Maximum Load Per Pendant 50 lbs.
Maximum Drive Pull 600 lbs.
Chain Breaking Load 3,700 lbs.
Nominal Chain Length Per Drive 600 ft.
Minimum Chain Friction Co-Efficient 2.5%
Chain Pendant Spacing 6 inches
Standard Horizontal Curve Radius 24 inches
Standard Vertical Curve Radius 24 inches
Maximum Drive Speed 60 F.P.M.
Maximum Incline Angle 90 degrees
220 lb. Load Capacity
110 lb. Load Capacity
BUDGETARY PRICING
$4,500 for drive and take-up + $45/ft of system
** Note: Pricing includes the conveyor only. Please contact
BASTIAN for specific product details.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 75
Overhead/Chain
Overhead Chain Conveyor

Series 200/300 Applications
The overhead chain conveyor is a very adaptable system. It maximizes available floor space while conforming to structural contours. Once installed,
the overhead chain conveyor system can be easily modified for additional workstations, relocated equipment, increased building size, or other revisions
in conveyor paths. Its design allows the use of smaller processing equipment (tanks, freezers, ovens, etc.) and makes serving hard to reach production
equipment more practical.
Series 200
The overhead chain conveyor series 200 is applicable to all types of industry for handling loads up to 60 pounds per foot. Load spacing may be achieved in
multiples of 6 in. and individual loads up to 120 pounds may be handled with spacing as close as 24 in., the application to a specific industry or a particular
requirement is effected through the use of load carriers which can be designed to handle loads of virtually any size or shape.
Series 300
The overhead chain conveyor series 300 is applicable to all types of industry for handling loads up to 150 pounds per foot. Load spacing may be achieved in
multiples of 8 in. and individual loads up to 400 pounds may be handled with spacing as close as 32 in., the application to a specific industry or a particular
requirement is effected through the use of load carriers which can be designed to handle loads of virtually any size or shape.
Ease of Installation
The light weight, prefabricated components make installation economical. By reducing the system’s weight, the design also reduces the number of
neccessary supporting members, This makes installation much easier and less expensive. Complete installation instructions are included with each system,
making it possible in many cases for customers to install their own system.
Components
Chain
The chain is precision made of uniformly heat treated components. Although light in weight, it has an assembled tensile strength in excess of 3,000 lbs
O (Series 200) and 7,500 lbs. (Series 300). Side and pendant links are made of high tensile steel and and all chain is thoroughly inspected and lubricated
V before packaging. Chain is supplied in 10 ft.- 0 in. (Series 200) and 50 ft.- 0 in. (Series 300).
E
R Take-Ups
H All power conveyor systems require a take-up to remove slack chain on the down-stream side of the drive and to compensate for linear expansion and
E contraction. The take-up on these models comes assembled as a complete unit, requiring no fabrication at the time of installation. Stock units are spring
A loaded with a 16 in. radius curve (32 in. spread) and provide 16 in of chain take-up (Series 200). For the Series 300, stock units are spring loaded with
D a 24 in. radius curve (48 in. spread) and provide 36 in. of chain take-up. Options include screw or counterweighted types of spreads up to 120 in. (Series 200),
72 in. (Series 300).
Track
High quality 1-5⁄8 in. OD steel tubing is used on the Series 200 power straight tracks. 2-³⁄8 in. OD steel tubing is used on the Series 300 power straight
tracks ends are squared and deburred for precise matching points. Standard factory finish is blue enamel. Stock lengths are 10 ft. - 0 in.; weight is 2 lbs.
(Series 200) per foot or 3.5 lbs. (Series 300) per foot. Stainless steel track is also available for wash down or high humidity applications.
Advantages
• Easy speed change with push button control.
• Reduces maintenance by eliminating many of the mechanical drive parts such as variable pitch sheaves, v-belts, and torque limiters. The Variable
Frequency Drive (VFD) controller electronically controls speed and limits output torque to preprogrammed levels.
• Broad speed range. Variable frequency drives allow speed ranges up to 20:1. Mechanical variable pitch sheaves have a speed range of less than 2:1.
• Improved gearmotor design. High efficient helical gear reducers with inverter duty TEFC motors allow full torque rating at a broad range of
speeds with less heat buildup than double worm gear reducers.
• Full function VFD controller. Variable frequency drives offer full function options such as soft starting, torque limiting, and overload protection.
Specifications and Options

• POWER REQUIREMENT - 230/480 Volt, 3 phase, 50/60 Hz.
• MOTOR - ¼ HP or 2 HP TEFC inverter duty integrally mount or optional C-face.
• GEAR REDUCER - Parallel helical gear motor, ratios 726:1 or 80:1.
• CHAIN SPEED RANGE - Low speed: 0.6-13.0 FPM; high speed: 6.0-100 FPM. Speed range varies depending on drive arrangement and load.
• VFD ENCLOSURE - Open chassis, IP 20 enclosure for subpanel or DIN rail mounting. DIN rail mounting plate available.
• REMOTE KEY PAD (optional) - NEMA 4 full function key pad.
• ADAPTER KITS (optional) - for converting existing system. Includes: adapter plate, gearmotor, and variable frequency.
BUDGETARY PRICING
Series 200 - $2,500 Drive and Take-up + $25/ft. of system
Series 300 - $3,750 Drive and Take-up + $38/ft. of system
** Note: Pricing includes the conveyor only. Discounts are available as the system size
increases. Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
76 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Overhead Applications
Application Photographs
O
V
E
R
H
E
A
D
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 77
Applications
• Packaging.
• Printing/labeling/marking.
• Plastic injection molding.
• Automated and manual assembly.
• Sortation.
• Testing and inspection.
• Curing, cooling, heating and cleaning.
• Small parts transfers.
• Stream line machine interfacing.
Low Profile, Extruded Alloy

2200 Series Features and Benefits
• 5 minute belt change.
• Quick rack and pinion belt tensioning.
• Optional V-guided belts - no tracking adjustments. 2200 Series Flat Belt
• Belt tension indicator for preventative maintenance. Center Drive Conveyor
• No painted surfaces.
• Extruded aluminum frame with T-slot allows for easy
accessory mounting.
L • Durable knurled stainless steel drive pulley.
O • Maintenance free gas spring tension on center drive models.
W
Specifications
P • Flat belt end drive, cleated belt end Drive, gravity roller and center 2200 Series Cleated
R drive models. Belt End Drive
O • 1.25 in. diameter head and tail pulleys. Conveyor
F • 1.75 in. – 24 in. widths.
I • 18 in. – 24 ft. lengths, in ¹⁄8 in. increments (end drive length is 12 ft. max.).
L • Loads up to 80 lbs. (end drive), 120 lbs. (center drive).
E • 2 - 264 ft./min. belt speeds.
• models available.
• Optional gang drive. 2200 Series Gravity
Roller Conveyor
BUDGETARY PRICING
$3,000 - $5,000
78 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Applications
• Packaging.
• Printing/labeling/marking.
• Automated and manual assembly.
• Sortation.
• Curing, cooling, heating, and cleaning.

• Quick rack and pinion belt tensioning. 3200 Series Flat Belt
• Optional V-guided belts - no tracking adjustments. End Drive Conveyor
• Belt tension indicator for preventative maintenance.
• No painted surfaces.
• Two T-slots for easy accessory mounting.
• Quick belt change on end and center drive models. L
• Maintenance free pneumatic tension on center drive models. O
W
Specifications
3200 Series Cleated P
• Flat belt end drive, cleated belt end drive, and center Belt End Drive R
drive models. Conveyor O
• Sealed bearings.
F
• Widths up to 48 in. (wider widths available).
I
• Lengths up to 40 ft. (end drive), 99 ft. (center drive).
L
• V-guided and non v-guided belts.
E
• 3 in. diameter head and tail pulley.
• Loads up to 400 lbs. (end drive), 1,000 lbs. (center drive).
• Belt speed up to 421 ft/min (end drive only). 3200 Series Center
• Models available. Drive Conveyor
BUDGETARY PRICING
$6,000 - $8,000
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 79
Applications
• Metal stamping.
• Packaging.
• Clean room.
• Manual assembly.
• Machine part handling.

• 1 in. diameter end roller for small parts transfers.
• Rack and pinion belt tensioning is fast and easy. 6200 Series Flat Belt
• V-guided belts require no tracking adjustments. Center Drive Conveyor
• 1.5 in. (38mm) coveyor height fits in tight places.
• No painted surfaces for long term durability.
L • Quick belt change on all models.
O • Wedge-Lok system provides impact protection.
W
P Specifications
R
• Flat belt end drive, cleated belt, and center drive models.
O
• Loads up to 80 lbs. (end drive), 120 lbs. (center drive).
F
• Lengths up to 18 ft. (end drive), 24 ft. (center drive). 6200 Series Cleated
I
• Widths up to 18 ft. (end drive), 12 in. (center drive). Belt End Drive
L
• Belt speeds up to 255 ft./min. Conveyor
E
• 1 in. diameter head and tail pulleys.
• models available.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$3,000 - $5,000
80 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Cleaning and The Environment
• Suitable for wipe-down and pressurized liquid
spray cleaning up to 100 psi max.
• Cleaning solutions include water, soap/water mix
and occasional use of chlorinated cleaners.
• Designed for dry and wet environments. (Wet
environments may reduce load capacity.)
Low Profile, Wash Down
7200/7300 Applications
This line of conveyors and accessories are designed for wash down applications, hygienic industries and other environments where stainless steel
components are needed, including food, pharmaceutical and medical products.
Features and Benefits Specifications

• 7200 Series is one piece stainless steel frame. • Flat belt and cleated belt.
• 1.25 in. diameter pulley for small transfer. • Widths up to 18 in. L
• Internal rack and pinion belt tensioning is fast and easy. • Lengths up to 18 ft. O
• Bearings filled with H2 solid lubricant for long life and • 1.25 in. pulley diameter. W
equipped with high pressure cap. • Loads up to 60 Lbs.
• Steel sealed spherical bearings for long term durability. • Complete stainless steel frame, headplates and pulleys. P
• V-guided belt option requires no tracking adjustments. • models available. R
• Quick belt removal for easy cleaning. O
• All surfaces designed for optimum water drainage. BUDGETARY PRICING F
$5,000 - $7,000 I
L
E
7300 Series - Top View 7300 Series - Side View
7200 Series - Top View 7200 Series - Side View
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 81
Modular Plastic Belt
Bi-Directional Accumulation Table

Accumulation Table Applications
The bi-directional accumulation table is used to buffer the flow between two production machines, such as
a filler and a labeler or a cartoner and a case packer. Bi-directional accumulation tables are used in the food
packaging industry and can be manufactured from painted steel, if applied in a dry process, and stainless steel,
if used in a wet environment. Widths usually vary from 4 to 10 feet but lengths can be in excess of 50 feet.
Many types of conveying surfaces are available. Multiple brands and styles of conveying surfaces are available
based on the product to be conveyed and accumulated.
BUDGETARY PRICING
8’ x 16’ $210/sq.ft.
10’ x 30’ $140/sq.ft.
Stainless Steel Plastic Belt Conveyor
Stainless Steel Plastic Belt Conveyor Applications

The stainless steel plastic belt conveyor is normally used to transport packages such as cans, bottles,
vials, cartons, etc. Typical applications include the brewing, beverage, dairy, pharmaceutical, cosmetic,
personal product, chemical, and allied industries.
M
O • Stainless or painted mild steel.
D • Empty and full container pressure-less combiners.
U • Deceleration sections.
L • Dynamic transfer sections.
A • Single file and mass flow curves.
R • Bundle/package conveyors.
• Low-pressure accumulation conveyors.
P • In-line transfers.
L • Bi-directional accumulation tables.
A
S
T
I
C
B
E BUDGETARY PRICING
L PER FOOT PER 90º
T
$300 - $400 $1,000 - $1,200
Conveyor for Shrinkwrapped Bundles
Deceleration Module - Single Infeed Deceleration Module - Dual Infeed Loose Bottle/Bundle Conveyor Equipment
82 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Plastic Belt Pallet Accumulator

PLEZD Applications
The model PLEZD is a plastic belt conveyor designed to handle footed pallets, slip sheets,
unitized loads, etc. – items normally non-conveyable on rollers. The PLEZD provides
zero-back pressure accumulation, reducing the possibility of product damage.
• BELT - 1” pitch polypropylene plastic belt.
• BED - ¼” UHMW over steel bed channels mounted in 7-½in. x 7 ga. powder painted formed
steel channels.
• EZDrive™ System - Shaft mounted gearmotor located at discharge of each zone. (½ HP - 3 PH 60 Hz.
Totally enclosed fan cooled. 230 or 460 V (specify voltage). EZDrive™ single output disconnect panel with
24VDC power supply for EZLogic®.
• ACCUMULATION ZONES - 60 in. long.
• EZLogic®ACCUMULATION MODULE - Located in each zone (retro reflective).
• CONVEYING SPEED - Constant 38 FPM.
• CAPACITY - See chart below.
BELT WIDTH 30.1” 32.2” 34.2” 36.2” 38.2” 40.2” 42.2” 44.2” 46.2” 48.2” 50.2” 60.3” 72.3”
BETWEEN RAIL 31” 33” 35” 37” 39” 41” 43” 45” 47” 49” 51” 61” 73”
WIDTH
OVERALL FRAME 34” 36” 38” 40” 42” 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 54” 64” 76”
WIDTH
ZONE PRICE $2,172 $2,367 $2,381 $2,395 $2,409 $2,423 $2,437 $2,356 $2,611 $2,625 $2,639 $2,871 $3,039
M
PER FOOT PRICE $300 $319 $334 $350 $367 $384 $400 $417 $433 $450 $467 $557 $650
O
** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details. D
U
L
A
R
P
L
A
S
T
I
C
B
E
L
T
GEAR BOX SIZE 63 GEAR BOX SIZE 90

LOAD PER 500 LBS. 1000 LBS. 1500 LBS. 2000 LBS.
ZONE
MOTOR HP ½ HP GEARMOTOR ½ HP GEARMOTOR 1 HP GEARMOTOR 1-½ HP GEARMOTOR
DISCONNECT CONTROLLER VoltAGE CONTROLLER VoltAGE CONTROLLER VoltAGE CONTROLLER VoltAGE
PANEL 230 V 460 V 230 V 460 V 230 V 460 V 230 V 460 V
SINGLE 1-5 ZONES 1-10 ZONES 1-3 ZONES 1-6 ZONES 1-2 ZONES 1-5 ZONES 1-2 ZONES 1-4 ZONES
CONTROL
DUAL 6-10 ZONES 11-20 ZONES 4-6 ZONES 7-12 ZONES 3-5 ZONES 6-10 ZONES 3-4 ZONES 5-8 ZONES
CONTROL
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 83
Plastic Belt Conveyor (General Purpose)
PSB Applications
The model PSB with modular plastic belting is a medium duty conveyor that uses a positive drive system to
eliminate belt slippage and mistracking. The model PSB is designed to convey a wide variety of items such as
cartons and individual parts. This conveyor comes in the following available belt options; open mesh, closed
top, friction inserts and cleats.

• END DRIVE - Located on discharge end of conveyor. Chain guard • SNUB ROLLERS - Located at drive and tail ends.
located on left hand side. • RETURN BARS - UHMW on aluminum.
• BELT - Polypropylene 2 in. pitch flush grid, nominal 1 in. less • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning ball bearings on
than BR. drive and tail shafts.
• BED - UHMW on aluminum slider bars, mounted to frame spacers. • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
Mounted in 7-½ in. x 12 ga. powder painted, formed steel channel No. 50 roller chain to drive sprocket.
frame bolted together with butt couplings. • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
• CROSS BRACING - Rods with turnbuckles are fastened to • BELT SPEED - 15 to 70 FPM. Constant 65 FPM.
underside of bed to provide alignment of bed sections to insure • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 200 lbs.
correct belt tracking. Supplied on every other section 30 ft. bed NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
lengths and over.
• DRIVE AND TAIL SPROCKETS - 10 tooth 6.4 in. pitch dia.
molded plastic sprockets on 1-½ in. sq. shaft, 1-³⁄16 in. dia. shaft
at bearings.
M
O BELT WIDTH 12” 18” 24”
D SIZE TO ORDER BETWEEN RAIL 13” 19” 25”
U OVERALL WIDTH
L LENGTH “A” LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 65 FPM
OVERALL FRAME 16” 22” 28”
A 16” TO 28” OVERALL WIDTH
WIDTH
R HP
5’ $1,818 $2,096 $2,372 TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
P 10’ $2,293 $2,743 $3,192 UP TO 50’
L ½ 750
A 15’ $2,767 $3,390 $4,012
¾ 1250
S 20’ $3,242 $4,037 $4,833 1 1750
T 1-½ 2750
25’ $3,716 $4,684 $5,653
I 2 3750
C 30’ $4,190 $5,332 $6,474
40’ $5,139 $6,626 $8,114
B
E 50’ $6,088 $7,920 $9,755
L ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
T
84 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Plastic Belt, Modular Design Conveyors

Plastic Belt, Modular Design Applications
This family of plastic chain conveyors are capable of horizontal and vertical bends within one chain design. These systems are widely used in food
production, packaging, systems, underwater applications, baking industry, pharmaceuticals, and manufacturing applications. These conveyors represent a
sanitary plastic conveyance system that is a single, integrated design. All components are designed to work together. See pages 86-87 for more applications.
Advantages
Durable
These conveyors are more durable than other similiar conveyors. Large portions of original chain
are still running on conveyors that have run six days a week for years, even in areas with high levels
of contaminants.
Quiet
These conveyor systems are designed as a complete system, with all parts created specifically to
work together and reduce noise. These conveyors create one-twentieth the amount of noise of a
conventional plastic conveyor system.
Safe
The conveyor chains are completely captured to the frames so there is no loose chain on the top or
bottom of the conveyor. Dangerous catenaries have also been eliminated.
Clean
The chain has a 40-75% open design (depending on the type of chain), allowing crumbs and debris to fall through. Cleaning is
easy - the conveyors can be hosed down! And these system conveyors are USDA Approved and BISSC certified.
Easy to Maintain
The chain can be opened at any point with a standard screwdriver. Sprockets can be replaced without having to remove the drive M
shaft. And the modular design allows for standardization of replacement parts. O
D
Easy to Modify U
These conveyors use modular bolted construction, so sections can be added, removed or changed. Drives, idlers, curves, and L
vertical bends are all modular, so individual units can be changed or replaced independently. A
R
Specifications
• A variety of straight, curving, horizontal, and vertical conveyors. • Four different anchoring systems. P
• Numerous chain widths up to 46.28 inches to accomodate almost • Fixed guard rails or side guarding. L
any product or package. • Gravity or powered transfers. A
• Conveyor lengths up to 100 feet or more. • Speed controller for a wide range of speeds and acceleration and S
• Increased load capacity over a belt conveyor. deceleration times. T
• Speed range of 5 - 75 ft./minute. Custom speed ranges available • Available in powder coated painted steel or stainless steel. I
• Nine chain types to fit almost any application. • Custom designs and layouts available per application. C
• Engineered for a dependable, nearly maintenance-free operation. • Please call BASTIAN for pricing information.
B
E
L
T
Cleated Incline
• Painted steel. Horizontal Offset Conveyor

• Overall length 14.2 ft. Curve Conveyor
• Top of chain, infeed • Painted steel.
elevation 24”, discharge 72”, • Painted steel. • Overall length 14 ft.
bolted to thefloor (+/- 2” adj) • Overall length 10.8 ft. • Top of chain elevation 36”
Closed top chain with 50mm • Top of chain elevation 36” throughout, bolted to floor
cleats every 12”. throughout, bolted to floor (+/-2” adj) MultiSpan
• Overall width, conveying (+/-2” adj) MultiSpan SuperTight chain overall
width 13.21”. SuperTight chain overall width, conveying width 14.39”.
• Fixed speed 65 FPM. width, conveying width 14.39” • Fixed speed 65 FPM.
• Budgetary Price: $4,050 • Fixed speed 65 FPM. • Budgetary Price: $6,560
• Budgetary Price: $4,820
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 85
Special Industry Applications
Food and Bakery Applications
M
O
D
U
L
A
R
Wedge Elevator
P
L
A
S
T
I
C
Bulk Products
B
E
L
T
Minilink (28 lanes)

Irregular Shapes
86 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Special
Slat Industry Applications
Conveyor
M
O
D
U
L
A
R
Cleated Elevator Topper Lift
P
L
A
S
T
I
C
B
E
L
T
Spiral Elevators and Combination Conveyors
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 87
Cleated
Magnetic Conveyor
Magnetic Conveyor Applications
Engineered for moving ferrous materials such as small chips, fines, small parts and stampings - the magnetic
conveyor is an effective solution for cast iron and steel machining operations where fines are too small and
numerous for removal by conventional conveyor systems.
Broken and/or fine cast iron or steel chips in metal cutting machine tool applications are difficult to remove from coolant. This magnetic conveyor solves the
problem of separating metal chips in those applications. Steel or cast iron chips and fines flow with the coolant onto the load section of the conveyor. Gravity
causes larger chips to settle to the bottom, while finer chips (still in suspension) are attracted by a series of magnets located underneath the conveyor.
Advantages
• Move ferrous materials such as small chips, fines, small parts
and stampings.
• Ideal for cast iron machining operations where fines are too small and
numerous for effective removal by conventional conveyor systems.
• Faster and easier recycling resulting from coolant draining off.
• Reduced build-up of fine chips in clean tank results in less
downtime for cleaning.
• Cleaner coolant improves machining accuracy and prolongs tool life.
• Cleaner coolant reduces the costs of coolant replacement and
coolant disposal.
• Reduced plugging of through-the-tool or through-the-spindle
coolant holes reduces the possibility of tool breakage, workpiece
damage and unscheduled downtime.
• No moving external parts.
• Submersible watertight construction. BUDGETARY PRICING
• Totally enclosed. $8,000 - $12,000
S
• No belts to replace.
P ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
• Easily installed.
E
• High quality, low cost.
C
• Move ferrous materials.
I
• Ideal for cast iron.
A
L
T Drag Flight Conveyor
Y
Drag Flight Conveyor Applications
The drag flight/scraper conveyor effectively handles materials of sludge
or paste consistency when cutting steel, cast iron, aluminum or brass. Also
handles fine particles usually with large amounts of coolant present.
Custom Fabricated
Drag flight/scraper conveyors are engineered to meet customer specifications.
Conveyors can be fabricated with coolant reservoirs for machine tool
applications where cutting oil and coolant is involved; with tank configuration
per requirements. Custom fabrication includes conveyor configuration, support
structure, incline angle, chain design and width, drive system components and
optional safety equipment.
Features and Benefits

• Effective sludge or waste material removal.
• Broken/fine chip removal.
• Effective settling system.
• Convertible to hinged steel belt conveyor.
• Large pitch chains are available for demanding applications.
• Heavy duty steel components are made from a variety of gauges
and plate thicknesses for durability. BUDGETARY PRICING
• Completely detachable chain design for ease of maintenance. $6,000 - $8,000
88 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Cleated
2-½” Pitch Hinged Steel Conveyor
Pitch Hinged Steel Applications

Ideal for handling parts, stampings, die casings, screws, scrap, chips, turnings, material wet or
dry, horizontal or elevating, single or multiple unit systems.
Features
• WIDTH - 3 in. - 60 in. - as required. • BEARINGS - Grease sealed, self aligning ball bearings.
• DRIVE - Heavy duty motor and speed reducer size • SAFETY OPTIONS - Ratchet clutch or torque limited.
depending on belt speed and load. • DRAINAGE OPTIONS - Belt with coolant
• FRAME - formed 11 gauge steel, stationary or portable. drainage perforations and leak-proof formed casing.
2 ½” pitch hinge steel axles
S
2 ½” pitch hinge steel P
apron plates E
C
I
Custom Assembled A
L
All conveyors are custom fabricated to customer’s requirements to ensure proper fit. Conveyors can be fabricated T
with a coolant reservoir for machine tool application where cutting oil and coolant is involved. Tank configuration per Y
customer’s requirements.
For complete design flexibility there is a choice of conveyor type with any reasonable length legs and angles, belt design
and width, and drive systems with optional safety equipment.
Conveyor Parts 2 ½” pitch hinge steel

rollers
Side Wings
Overlapping construction forms flush, jamproof inner surface. The side wings are not welded on. Instead, each part made
of extra heavy gauge steel -- is held on by an axle which passes through the part. It’s almost impossible for a wing or any
other part to become damaged. If it damage occurs, it takes only a few minutes to remove the retainer and replace the
damaged part. There is no drilling out of spot welds or grinding down of arc welds. There is less down time. That is how
the design keeps production moving.
Replace your present belt with a metal belt. There are sizes, pitches and types to fit all needs. Four styles of bottom plates
to handle scrap, chips or parts. Also complete conveyor systems offering the smallest below machine depth and formed
steel casings.
2 ½” Pitch hinge steel
Axles side wings
Heavy duty, long wearing, constructed of high carbon steel. Exclusive damage resistant construction.
Apron Plates
Heavy steel featuring integral piano hinge through which axle passes.
Rollers
Heat treated metallic rollers. Tapered sides reduce drag. BUDGETARY PRICING
$6,000 - $8,000
Side Links
When equipped with side links, the rated chain pull of ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
the belt is doubled.
2 ½” Pitch hinge steel
side links
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 89
Cleated
Portable Parts Conveyor
PC Applications
The Model PC can be used as a portable or permanent parts conveyor. Good for plastic or metal
parts, and stampings. Good in press rooms. Flapper guard prevents parts from falling through.
Avoid using with powders or liquids.

• BELT - 3- ply black Nitrile with 1-½ in. high molded cleats on 12 in.
centers. Clipper unibar lacing.
• BED - 6-5⁄8 in. deep x 12 ga powder painted formed steel slider
bed. 3-½ in. high vertical sides with rolled edge. Standard • BELT RETURN - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings,
sections are 4 ft., 6 ft., 8 ft., 10 ft., and 12 ft. long. Longer bed sections machine crowned.
are bolted together with splice plates and joint support angles. • TAKE-UP - Take-ups provided at tail pulley. Provides 4 in. of belt take-up.
• PORTABLE BASE SUPPORT - Tubular steel support mounted • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
on 4 in. dia. steel wheels. Adjustable to control conveyor height at drive and tail pulleys.
top and bottom. Adjustment height can be locked in place with • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed
lever. NOTE: Not available on units longer than 13 ft. reducer. No. 50 roller chain to drive pulley.
• OVERHEAD END DRIVE - Motor reducer unit mounted 9-½ • MOTOR - ½ HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
in. above belt (chain guard on the right hand side). • BELT SPEED - 17 to 135 FPM. Standard: 65 FPM.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 4 in. dia. with 1 in. dia. shaft at bearings, • CAPACITY - 300 lbs. total distributed load at 65 FPM.
machine crowned and fully lagged.
S OVERALL BELT WIDTH 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 16” 18” 24”

P LENGTH
E BED WIDTH 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 20” 22” 28”
C 5’ $1,380 $1,487 $1,593 $1,700 $1,806 $2,020 $2,126 $2,446
I 7’ $1,458 $1,584 $1,708 $1,833 $1,958 $2,208 $2,333 $2,708
A 9’ $1,537 $1,680 $1,823 $1,966 $2,110 $2,396 $2,540 $2,969
L 11’ $1,615 $1,777 $1,939 $2,099 $2,261 $2,585 $2,747 $3,232
T 13’ $1,693 $1,873 $2,053 $2,234 $2,414 $2,773 $2,953 $3,494
Y
90 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Cleated
Angled Conveyor
4061 Applications
The angled conveyor Type 4061 is a universal conveyor. It offers the option to move easily from
the horizontal to the incline section. Due to the excellent quality of the belt, the bearings and the drive
motor, this conveyor is totally reliable, durable and maintenance free. The most important parts are made
from anodized aluminum profiles and are built by flexible unit construction. A sealing lip on both sides as
well as an additional “labyrinth” construction of the profiles ensures a positive sealing of the conveyor is
also suitable for very small plastic parts.
A new kind of hinge joint together with an automatic tensioning device allow a constant tension of the belt at 0 - 60 degrees. The tension of the belt no longer
requires adjustment. A new type of belt guide ensures the belt’s reliable operation, even with extreme angle settings.
The special drive roller guarantees that the belt runs perfectly, even with heavy loads and without flexing on the bend. The height is adjusted by a threaded
spindle. The conveyor is equipped with casters (lockable).
• LENGTH - Horizontal length standard 31-½”, lengths of • BELT SPEED - 55 FPM, other speeds available.
the incline length with a choice of 3’- 0” to 8’- 0” (call BASTIAN • DRIVE MOTOR - Drive motor ¼ HP, 110V-1PH, 60Hz - the main
for specific lengths). drive is installed on the side.
• BELT WIDTH - Choice of 6-5⁄8”, 10-5⁄8”, 14-½”, 18-½”, 22-½”. • CONSTRUCTION - extruded anodized aluminium profiles.
• STANDARD BELT - Twin-laminate polyester, covered with • CHASSIS - epoxy-coated (grey RAL 9006), height adjust
PU, belt continuous from horizontal through the angled plane, ¾” able to 24”.
flight cleats (other flight cleats available). • INCLINE - adjustable to 60°.
ELECTRICAL - On/off switch with 12’ cord. S
• ROLLER - Drive roller and idling roller with self aligning •
P
ball bearings.
E
C
I
A
L
Accessories T
• Variable belt speed, adjustable from 30 to 55 FPM with Y
90V DC motor.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$5,000 - $6,000
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 91
Slip Torque®
Small Part Low Pressure Accumulation

Applications and Technology
The Slip Torque® conveyor technology creates very low back pressure, enabling you to transport and accu-
mulate products without jamming, scuffing, or shingling.
The Slip Torque® conveyor is based on polished stainless steel shafts individually powered by flexible belts
on a line shaft or by a continuous chain. These stainless steel shafts are covered with segmented, loose-fit
rollers, which become the conveying surface.
It is the weight of the product being conveyed combined with the coefficient of friction between
the shafts and the inside diameter of the rollers that provides the driving force. As the weight of the
product increases, there is a corresponding increase in the driving force supplied. As the product stops, the
segmented rollers beneath it also stops, creating very low back pressure accumulation and reducing
product damage, jamming, scuffing and shingling.
Slip-Torque® offers the freedom of multi-lane, bi-directional, and reversible product travel within one
frame. Applications include precise positioning for a robot to accumulate with a packaging system. This
conveyor is often observed in industries such as electronics, printing, manufacturing, and automobile
component manufacturing.
Features
Construction
• Extruded aluminum, bolted frame.
• Stainless steel, welded frame.
Drive System
• Flexible belt.
• Max. load per belt - standard 4.0 lbs.
S • Max. line speed - standard 150 FPM.
P • High speed - 250 FPM.
E • Continuous roller chain (for applications where loads, dirt, oil, or temperature extremes
C are prevalent).
I • Max. load per shaft 8.0 lbs.
A • Max. line speed 400 FPM.
L Dimensions
T • Standard lengths 1.64, 3.28, 4.92, 6.56, 8.20, and 9.84 ft.
Y • Standard widths up to 60 in. (outside dimensions).
Leg and Drive Mount
• 1.5 in. square stainless steel.
• 1.5 in. square mild steel.
• 12 gauge formed stainless steel sheet.
• .131 ft. square extruded aluminum legs (flush mount).
Roller Surface
• Engineered rollers with high and low friction, conductive, antistatic, food grade,
anti-microbial, chemical resistant, high temperature and brush configurations are available to
convey a variety of products.
• Start Roller™ surface (anti-shingling).
• Fine pitch-for smaller, less stable products .670 in.
• Standard pitch for most products .834 in.
• Coarse pitch for larger products 1.260 in.
Options
• Variable or fixed speed drives.
• Multi-lane.
• Bi-directional.
• Ancillary devices - product pushers, lift and transfers, lift and rotates, stops, position
devices, sensors, barcode readers, 90º and 45º corners.
• Control packages available.
• USDA.
• CE.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$10,000 - $15,000 (12’ x 12” Wide Roller Surface)
Power System Roller Surface Leg and Drive Mount
92 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Non-Synchronous
Non-Synchronous Pallet Based Conveyor

Introduction
The Rexroth family of TS (Transfer System) conveyors is available in three sizes, to suit a range of applications:
TS1, TSplus, and TS4plus. All TS conveyors are non-synchronous, workpiece pallet based assembly conveyors,
designed to improve manufacturing productivity and product quality while allowing for maximum assembly
flexibility. With a choice of 43 different pallet sizes, and a range of positioning and transfer modules, TS TS1 Assembly Conveyor
conveyors are ideal for a variety of assembly applications, from large to small.
Applications for TS Conveyors

The Rexroth TS system can be used in precision assembly and testing applications and has a pallet payload
range from 6 to 551 lbs. This makes it excellent for use in the assembly of everything from electronics to large
automotive components. Typical types of products that can be assembled using this type of conveyor include:
• Automotive components
• Appliances
• Communications
• Computer
• Electronics
• Medical devices TSplus Assembly Conveyor
TS Flexibility: Easy to Specify and Use
All components are pre-engineered and modular. That means you can mix or add accessory modules as
required. The system can easily be expanded, reconfigured or relocated as your needs change. You can phase in
your investment as time and budget permit. Start with a simple conveyor for basic assembly and grow into a fully
automated, progressive assembly system. As production requirements change, the TS gives you the flexibility to
add manual or automatic workstations.
Modularity also simplifies system design and assembly. As a result, you can be more responsive to S
changing market demands. Installation and maintenance are also simple, further reducing up front as well as P
ongoing costs. E
C
TS4plus Assembly Conveyor I
The Workpiece Pallet: Heart of the TS Conveyor A
TS conveyors transport parts on workpiece pallets. The workpiece pallets (from 3” x 3” to 49” x 49”) ride on twin transport rails. This transport method has L
many advantages for product assembly applications, including: T
Y
Positioning. Pallets can be positioned at workstations to ± 0.0006” when used with a lift position unit, permitting precision assembly operations. Mounting.
Pallets can be tooled with fixtures to secure parts for manual or automated operations. Identification and data carrying devices (used to coordinate assembly
sequences, identify model types, etc.) are also commonly mounted to pallets.
Tooling. Pallets can be equipped with fixtures to secure parts and assemblies for manual or automated operations.
Stopping. Pallets can be stopped on the leading or trailing edge, regardless of pallet orientation on the conveyor. Pallets can also be accumulated in queue and
released one at a time.
Sensing. Exciter plates on the pallet bottom and sides work with conveyor mounted
proximity switches to sense pallet presence. Pallet orientation and routing can be controlled BUDGETARY PRICING
using ID/10 identification systems.
Typical System = $30,000 - $40,000
Accessibility. Pallets can be accessed from 6 sides (top, bottom, and all 4-sides). ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
Your Choice of Three Conveying Media

The workpiece pallets are transported by one of three conveying media: belt, flat-top chain, or roller chain. The media you choose is dictated by the configura-
tion of your system and by application requirements. Drive load capacities vary depending on the media chosen. Belt drive conveyors can handle loads up
to 551 lbs. Flat-top chain can transport up to 1102 lbs., and roller chain drives have the largest load carrying capacity at 5291 lbs.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 93
Slat
Slat Conveyor
SL Applications
The model SL steel belt slat conveyor provides lasting, dependable
performance with its rugged steel construction. Often used to convey
heavy loads, hot, oily parts or items through a heat drying process. The
model SL can also be used for assembly line and production operations.
A roller chain reduces friction.

• END DRIVE - Located at discharge end of conveyor. Chain guard • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings at
located on left hand side. drive and tail sprockets.
• SLATS - Formed steel slat, 5-¾ in. x 1-½ in. x 7 ga. channel. • SPEED REDUCTION - Heavy duty sealed worm gear C-face
• CHAIN - 6 in. pitch bushed roller steel chain with 2 in. dia. high speed reducer. No. 100 roller chain to drive sprocket. Equipped
capacity roller bearing. with shear pin hub.
• BED - 17 in. deep x 10 ga. formed steel channel powder painted. • MOTOR - 2 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
Standard 5 ft. and 10 ft. long sections bolt together with butt couplings. • CONVEYING SPEED - 3 to 30 FPM. Standard: 30 FPM.
• DRIVE SPROCKETS - 12 in. pitch dia. with 2-15⁄16 in. dia. shaft. • CAPACITY - Maximum load per linear foot of conveyor 1400 lbs.
• TAKE-UP - Take-ups provided at tail sprockets. Provides NOT TO EXCEED capacity in chart.
15-½ in. of chain take-up. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
SLAT WIDTH 31” 37” 43” 49”

OVERALL BED WIDTH 36” 42” 48” 48”
9’ - 0” OAL $8,194 $8,288 $8,382 $8,475
PER FOOT PRICE $227 $240 $253 $267
S
P
E * Minimum overall length including drive and LOAD CAPACITY CHART @ 30 FPM
C tail is 9 ft.
I HP SLAT WIDTH SLAT WIDTH
A * For in-between widths, use next width plus 31” and 37” 43” and 49”
L 10% TOTAL LOAD (LBS.) TOTAL LOAD (LBS.)
T
Y * Intermediate beds use per foot price
of width x required length, supports 2400 850 - 2000 - -
not included. 6000 4400 2900 5600 3600 1700
94 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Blue Steel Conveyor
Blue Steel Conveyor

Blue Steel Conveyor Applications
Because of its flexibility and ease of adjustment to the travel path, Blue Steel conveyors are able to convey
that hard to handle part. This system will allow any combination of standard or custom components to tie your
process together in a more efficient, automated manner for most gravity material handling systems. Standard track
components allow you to design and assemble your own tracking, or have BASTIAN do it for you. Available
in blue tempered spring steel or stainless steel. Blue Steel gravity feed systems consist mainly of dedicated
roller steel track rails interfaced to the gear production machine at machine input and output points. The system
relies on gravity to move the part, although elevation devices and steel topped conveyors are often part of the
overall system. Typically, a machine integrated loader automatically loads and unloads the workpieces. Finished
workpieces exit down a roller steel rail to a conveyor. The conveyor system is a customer application dependent,
customized soultion for moving parts from one cell to another.
Standard Rail Sizes “A” “A”

DIAMETER DIAMETER (cont.)
• SLOTS - .281 x 3.76 in. Lg (for ¼ in. dia. bolts)
.343 x 3.75 in. Lg (for 5⁄16 in. dia. bolts) .062” x 1.00” .062” x 4.50”
.406 x 3.76 in. Lg (for ⅜ in. dia. bolts) .062” x 1.25” .062” x 5.00”
• HOLES - .170 in. dia. (for #8 bolt)
.062” x 1.50” .062” x 5.50”
.190 in. dia. (for #10 bolt)
.225 in. dia. (for ¼ in. bolt) .062” x 2.00” .062” x 6.00”
.380 in. dia. (for ⅞ in. bolt) .062” x 2.25” .062” x 6.50”
• B DIMENSION - (any increment in
¹⁄32 in.) min. dim .375 in. .062” x 3.00” .062” x 7.00”
• E DIMENSION - (any increment in ¹⁄32 in.) .062” x 3.50” .062” x 8.00”
• D DIMENSION - to be determined by
minimum 3 to 5 bearing contact. .062” x 4.00” .062” x 10.00”
S
P
E
C
I
A
L
T
Y
Ride Rail Chuting

Parts capable of rolling are conveyed to and from machines on standard design ride rail track which fits the outer
diameter contour of the part.
Roller Bearing Track

Parts that cannot be conveyed in a rolling attitude are handled on standard design roller bearing track. Also, parts
with critical and/or irregular surfaces are conveyed on this type of track. Parts can also be handled in a pallet
suited for roller bearing track.
BUDGETARY PRICING FOR BTSS CONVEYOR

ROLLER BEARING RIDE RAIL
First Section $821.00 $445.00
Ride Rail Chuting Additional 10’ $608.00 $232.00
Price for roller bearing conveyor:

• 3 ¼ in. BF with 1 in. pitch rollers
• 2 in. side rails x 10 ft. length
• Part sliding on bed bearings
• rows of brgs on each side rail
Roller Bearing Track
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 95
Automotive Conveyor
Automotive Seat/Instrument Panel Pallets
Pallet Stackers and Pallet Destackers Seat Delivery System - Pallet

Conveyor with Lift
S
P
E
C
I
A
L
T
Y
Automotive Seat Stripper Automotive Seat Pallet Automotive Seat

and Transfer Conveyors Accumulation Conveyor Pallet Conveyor
Automotive Specialty Slave Tire Stacker/Destacker Tire and Wheel Conveyor

Pallet Conveyor with Loop with Escapement
96 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Automotive Conveyor
Friction Roller Conveyors
Friction Roller Conveyors with Transmission Pallet
S
P
E
C
I
A
L
T
Y
Friction Roller Conveyors Friction Roller Conveyor Automotive CC5 Roller Chain
with Transfer and Stop System with Controls Conveyor
Roller Top Chain Conveyors
Automotive Dual Strand Non-Synchronous Non-Synchronous Conveyor

Non-Synchronous Seat Conveyor
Slave Pallet Conveyor
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 97
Automotive Conveyor
Part Runout Conveyors
High Speed Magnetic High Speed Telescoping High Speed Magnetic

Belt Conveyor Belt Conveyor Belt Conveyor
for Blank Handling
Crowders
S
P
E
C
I
A
L
T
Y
Pallet Positioning Crowders Pallet and Dunnage Crowder
Specialty Lifts
Pneumatic Automotive Automotive Specialty Lift Specialty Automotive

Specialty Lift with Platform Seat Lift
98 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Automotive Conveyor
Heavy Duty Chain Driven Live Roller (CDLR)
Automotive Zoned Chain Automotive Pallet Conveyor Heavy Duty Automotive

Driven Live Roller Conveyor Pallet Conveyor
Over/Under Conveyors
S
P
E
C
I
A
L
T
Y
Automotive Over/Under Automotive Over/Under

Conveyor - Conveyor -
Dunnage Packout Cell Dunnage Packout Cell
Controls
Motor Starter and Distributed I/O Block Valve Board Assembly

Tool Cord Termination
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 99
Custom Fabrication
Specialty Conveyors
Dual Chain Fast Dual Chain Heavy Duty Dual Chain

Indexing Conveyor Indexing Conveyor with Indexing Conveyor
Independent Drives
C
U
S
T
O
M
F
A
B
R
I Gull Wing Slat Conveyor Heavy Duty Slat Conveyor Specialty Slat Conveyor
C
A
T
I
O
N
Small Part Assembly Line Heavy Duty Chain Plastic Table Top Conveyor
Incline Conveyor
100 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Custom Fabrication
Specialty Conveyors
Dip Tank Conveyor Wire Mesh Conveyor Over/Under Delivery System
Transfers and Turn Tables

C
U
S
T
O
M
F
A
B
R
I
C
A
T
Pop-Up Chain Transfer Two Strand Chain Transfer Two Strand Chain Turntable I
O
N
Transfer Car with Lift Turntable with CDLR Top Frame to Frame Transfer
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 101

Custom Fabrication
Specialty Fabrication
Heavy Duty Specialty Stop Pneumatic Adjustable Stop Specialty Stop
C
U
S
T
O
M
Ball Top Upender Product Inverter Traversing Plastic
Container Tilter
F
A
B
R
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
Spare Tire Inserter Pallet Dispenser
Pallet Position Transfer Cart Lid Extractor Custom Pusher
102 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Shoe Sorter
Medium Speed Sortation

ProSort 400 Applications
The ProSort 400 sliding shoe sorter is designed for medium speed sortation for a wide range of product sizes and
weights. The ProSort 400 offers a sortation solution that is both positive and gentle for a reliable sort even if the
product being conveyed is fragile in nature. Its versatility makes it ideal for various markets including product
distribution, manufacturing, and mail order fulfillment. The ProSort 400 is suitable for sorting almost any carton
or tote and can be used in electronics, groceries, pharmaceuticals, general household items, clothing, and building
supplies. This model is available in single or dual sided diverts
The ProSort 400 is configurable with 30° diverts for close divert centers when space is limited or 22º diverts
for high speed distribution of product to shipping doors. Its standard modular design allows it to easily integrate
into almost any sortation system and when the need arises it can be customized based on a particular system’s
requirements. Available in tube or slat design.
Components
• Available in 5 standard widths. • Shaft mounted drive for low mainteance and simplicity.
• Speeds up to 600 feet per minute. • Auxiliary drive available for extended lengths.
• Available with right hand, left hand, or dual-sided diverts. • 30º diverts for close divert center and 22º diverts for high
• Precisely timed switch operation provides long life and speed. Can divert to both sides.
high speed. Radiused components for quiet operation and • Flight chains fitted with precision bearings for high speed
extended life. and low horsepower.
• Components designed for easy accessibility. • Bearings run on engineered polyurethane track for low noise.
• Pneumatically operated for long life and low maintenance. • Lubricated and sealed o-ring chain.
• Variable speed drive standard for optimizing sorter • Modular design for ease and flexibility of system design
operation during peak and non-peak throughput periods. and installation.
• Heavy duty bearings for long lengths and high speed. • Available with powered or gravity take away lines.
S
O
R
T
A
T
I
O
N
Highly Engineered Divert Swtch Variable Speed Drive Sealed, Lubricted Chains
Intregal Induction Conveyor Featuring:

• High grip belt for maintaining carton position during induction.
• Removable pulley design for ease of maintenance.
• Slave driven from sorter for maintaining carton gaps and eliminating unneccessary drives.
• Heavy-duty precision pulley bearings for high speed and trouble free operation.
Prologix Integrated Sortation Control

• Fast, trouble-free startup.
• Flexible for any sorter configuration. BUDGETARY PRICING
• Maintenance and operator friendly. $250,000 - $400,000
• Consistant and reliable sortation.
** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details. Exacta® Sort™ HMI Screen
• Built in diagnostics and statistics.
• Available with plug-n-go wiring.
Robust divert shoes

designed for directing
loads. The pusher face
for gentle handling of
product.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 103

Shoe Sorter
High Speed Sortation
Intellisort 700® Applications

The Intellisort 700® provides extremely high speed, flexible sortation for a wide varity of products. The
Intellisort 700® incorporates sliding shoe technology which can be provided with a tube or flat slat design.
This shoe sortation conveyor provides a heavy duty construction, high speed sorter that provides simple
maintenance requirements.
Industries
• Retail.
• Grocery. • Publishing.
• Wholesale grocery. • Home health care products.
• Consumer products goods. • Pharmaceutical.
• Chain drug stores / retail drugs. • Manufacturing.
• Electronics. • E-commerce retail.
• Home furnishings. • Third party fulfillment.
• Office supplies. • Document fulfillment services.
Features
• Low noise design. • Covered chain.
• 20º or 30º divert angles available. • Automatic metered lubricator.
• Internal fault detection. • Tubular or flat slats available.
• Inspection access windows throughout. • Capable of speeds exceeding 700 FPM.
the length of the sorter. • Integrated infeed/discharge conveyors.
• Easily accessible divert switches. • Unique gentle divert action (patent pending).
S
O
R Technical Data
T
A • Width - Available in 22 in., 28 in., 34 in. effective conveyor widths. Width between frames is 21 in. greater than effective width.
T • Frame - C-channel type - 10 ga. 16 in. web height (intermediate) 1-¼ in. flanges. Powder coat painted Intelligrated Gray as a standard.
I • Capacity - Minimum product 6 in. x 4 in. x 1 in. high up to 6’ long up to 200 pounds per unit load (100 lbs/ft).
O • Standard Lengths - Lengths up to 600 feet on a single drive. For standard divert centers, consult with BASTIAN.
N • Conveyor Surface - Tube: 1-¾ in. diameter zinc plated tubes on 2-½ in. centers; Flat Slat: Hard coat anodized extruded aluminum slats with the
smallest gap in the industry.
• Chain - Carrying surface supported by precision ball bearings linked by RC100 chain. Continuous chain support track. Automatic metered
lubrication system.
• Infeed Belt - Integrated into the sorter infeed and power take-up driven from sorter idler. Available from 4 ft. up to 24 ft. infeed belt lengths.
• Discharge Conveyor - Integrated into the sorter drive. Available as belt or gravity. Powered discharge conveyors use their own power unit.
• Supports - Heavy duty welded construction. Minimum elevation is 35 in..
• Motor - 5 to 50 HP available. High efficiency motors with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD).
• Divert Pushers - Right or left hand divert capability, 20º or 30º divert angles. Full face divert pushers with sub-surface bumper design.
• Speed - Speeds from 200 FPM to 700 FPM.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$250,000 - $400,000
104 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Shoe Sorter
High Speed Sliding Shoe Sorter
High Speed Shoe Sorter Applications

Sorting systems are an economical and universal system solution for all sorting and distribution tasks. From
order picking and merging of product flows, to the sorting of the articles into flow or accumulation lanes, all
requirements can be achieved. The modular system design allows for a large number of combinations of the
different devices for individual use.
This shoe sorter, together with an appropriate conveyor system is particularly suitable for the sorting of a
variety of goods with different dimensions in a high performance sorting area. The sorting machine design
consists of aluminum profiles that are each equipped with pusher shoes. These shoes run on guides beneath S
the sorting bed and push the items onto target lines. A small center-to-center distance (4 inches) of the O
transfer shoes makes a small distance between the goods possible. The result is an excellent sorting R
performance at relatively low speed. Rubber coated wheels and a compact aluminum construction guarantee T
low decibel operations. A
T
I
Technical Data O
N
• WIDTHS - Min. 17 in., Max. 31.5 in.
• SPEEDS - Max. 500 ft/min
• DISCHARGE ANGLES - 22º/30º
• TYPES - single or double sided.
Items Handled
• TYPES - Catons, totes.
• DIMENSIONS - Min. 9 in. x 6 in. x 5 in., Max. 60 in. x 31.5 in. x 24 in.
• WEIGHT - Max. 110 lbs.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$275,000 - $450,000
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 105

Horizontal Belt Sortation
Horizontal Belt Sortation

ProSort SC Applications
The model SC is a belt driven sortation conveyor. It is a lower cost solution when medium speeds and through-
puts are required and entails sortation to multiple lanes. The SC can have sortation speeds up to 300 FPM and 60
cartons per minute depending on the carton length. Good for sorting corrugated cartons, trays, or totes. Provides
a reliable method of tracking packages to divert stations. Available in single or dual sided configurations. Spurs
can be slave driven reducing the number of drives. Loads are normally aligned to the spur side of the main
sortation conveyor. The diverter may be controlled by photo cells, a barcode reader, a PC based controller, or
other established control methods. Sortation systems require detailed engineering.
Standard Specifications/Conveyor (electrical controls not included)

• BELT - Ultimate 140 BOS (friction surface both sides). Clipper lacing.
• BED - Roller bed with 1.9 in. dia. x 16 ga. galvanized rollers with
ABEC-1 bearings spaced every 6 in. Mounted in 6-½ in. x 12
ga. powder painted formed steel channel frame bolted together
with splice plates.
• BELT SPEED - Determined by application requirements. 300
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-11⁄16 in.dia. shaft at bearings,
FPM maximum.
machine crowned and fully lagged.
• CAPACITY - Maximum unit package weight 75 lbs. Maximum
• INFEED TAIL PULLEY - 3-¼ in. dia. drop-in pulley,
distributed load of 4000 lbs. Maximum conveyor length is 150 ft.
machine crowned.
• MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIVERTERS - Double sided with
• DISCHARGE TAIL PULLEY - 6 in. dia. with 1-³⁄16 in. dia shaft
slaved spurs: 7 diverters (plus one positioning diverter). Single sided
at bearings, machine crowned.
with slaved spurs: 9 diverters. Single or double sided with
• SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-½ in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
non-slaved spurs: 12 diverters.
• RETURN IDLER - Adjustable 2-½ in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• TRACKING DEVICE - Provides dynamic belt tracking. Located
at infeed end of sorter. BUDGETARY PRICING
• TAKE-UP PULLEY - 6 in. dia. with 1-7⁄16 in. dia. shaft at bearings,
S machine crowned. $6,500/divert
O • TAKE-UP - Take-up in center drive provides 15 in. (heavy duty **Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
R drive) or 36 in. (high performance drive) of belt take-up.
T • PNEUMATIC TENSIONER - Provides constant belt tension on
A high performance drives.
T • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning ball bearings with
I eccentric lock collars. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in tread rollers.
O • DRIVE - Heavy duty (1-3 diverts and less than 30ft OAL) or
N high performance center drive, located at discharge end. Shaft-
mounted gearmotor and variable speed controller, 230V or 460V-
3Ph. 60 Hz. Horsepower based on speed and length requirements.
• TRACKING ENCODER - Provided on take-up pulley shaft.
Contact BASTIAN for encoder specifications.
106 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Angled Roller Conveyor
Plastic Belt, Angled Roller Conveyor (ART)

ART Applications
The model ART is a uniquely designed modular plastic belt conveyor. The modular belt is unique in that
it is fitted with rollers having diameters extending through both the top and bottom surfaces of the belt. As
the belt is moved along the conveyor, these rollers rotate and convey the load at a higher speed than that
of the belt. Futhermore, these rollers are positioned at an angle to the belt length so as to convey the load
angularly to the conveyor length. This enhanced speed and angular product flow on the ART makes it the
ideal conveyor for many material flow challenges.
Features
PRODUCT JUSTIFICATION
Products may be justified either to the right or to the left as they are
conveyed on the ART. Simply install the angle roller top belt with all
rollers angled to the right or to the left and products may be justified
against a low friction guard rail as they are conveyed. Products travel
approximately 50-60% faster than the belt travels, depending on
friction of the product on the guard rail.
PRODUCT CENTERING
Products may be centered as they are conveyed on the ART. For
product centering, two belts are installed side by side with each
having rollers set at opposite angles and angled toward the center in
a herringbone fashion. Products travel up to 60% faster than the belt
speed and exit the Model ART in the center of the conveyor width.
S
O
R
T
A
MERGING MULTIPLE CONVEYOR LINES T
Conveyors feed product onto an the model ART with rollers I
angled in a single direction for offset discharge or onto an ART O
with two parallel belts with rollers angled toward the center for a N
center discharge.
MERGING AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS ALONG THE

CONVEYOR LENGTH
In many situations the ART can provide simple merge solution without
the cost of electrical merge control. When merging products enter the
main line next to an existing product, they simply compete for the
same location until one moves ahead and the other falls behind. The
speed of the main line must be sufficient to provide adequate gaps in
order to accommodate the merging product at any point. The following
diagrams illustrate some possible configurations of merge applications.
PRODUCT DESCRAMBLING
Many times products get scrambled or side-by-side when being
conveyed. This is especially true when handling small or unevenly
weighted products, particularly at high speeds. This presents a real
challenge when the need arises to sort these scrambled products.
The Model ART can be utilized very effectively in descrambling
products prior to sort operations when other methods may not
be cost effective. The configuration of the ART system will vary
depending on the particular throughput demands and product
sizes that need descrambling. The following diagrams show a few
possible layouts for effectively descrambling products. BUDGETARY PRICING
$7,000 per 10 feet
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 107

Cross Belt Sorter
High Speed Cross Belt Sorter

Applications
High speed cross belt sorters are economical conveyors that achieve crucial gains in productivity for unit
handling systems with benefits such as:
• High throughput of a vast range of products.

• Flexible integration into existing layouts.
• Low operating costs.
• Simple mechanical construction.
• Higher density of sort locations.
High speed sorters are suitable for handling: packaged goods such as letters, packages, parcels, bundled
newspapers, bundled letters, flyers, polythene pouches, videocassettes, multi-media, clothing, packaged
food, etc.
Individual Features
• Modular and space saving structure.
• Automatic recirculation of items not discharged (optional).
• Input of packages in sortation direction and/or from either side.
• Packages may be introduced manually, semi-automatically or fully automatically.
• Minimum space requirements for discharge chutes.
• Combo fixture for holding sacks, totes or containers allows instant change over.
Fast, Gentle, and Safe Transportation

• For packaged goods of various types and structures.
• Also suitable for very small parts and fragile goods.
S • Gentle treatment of sensitive goods.
O • Exact transfer of packages from sorter to discharge chutes.
R • Containers filled with sorted goods may be transported inside the sorter to save space.
T
A Efficient Operation
T
I • Carriers travel in vertical or horizontal direction.
O • Nearly silent drive mechanism results from combining high quality materials and
N premium components.
• High availability with minimum maintenance.
• Highly economical for sophisticated picking and efficient distribution while simplifying
manual labor.
Technical Data BUDGETARY PRICING

• Weight up to 65 lbs. $7,500/discharge location
• Speed up to 400 FPM. ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
CROSS BELT SORTING ELEMENT 16” x 16” 20” X 20” 24” X 24” 24” X 36”
DIMENSIONS OF ITEMS 14” X 14” 18” X 18” 21” X 21” 21” X 36”
MAXIMUM THROUGHPUT 12,000/hr 8,500/hr 7,000/hr 7,000/hr
MAXIMUM SPEED 300 fpm 250 fpm 250 fpm 250 fpm
SPACING OF DISCHARGE POINTS 26” 34” 40” 48”
Sorting Element Product Synchronizong

Section
Drive Wheel
Sorting Element Rubber Drive Belt Integrated Idler Roller

Conveyor for Full
Containers
Chute
108 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Flat Tray Sorter
Flat Tray Sorter
Unit/Piece Sorter Applications

Split tray sorters are used for the automatic sorting of relatively lightweight and flat items. Typical products
include jewelry, CDs, DVDs, apparel, books, magazines, health and beauty products, small parcels, soft goods,
pharmaceuticals and optical products.
The items to be sorted are placed in a tray manually or automatically using induction belts or a combination of
both. The trays are notable because the bottom can open once the tray is positioned above the destination. The
product then drops flat and in a curved matter directly into a shipping box, tote, mail bag or packing chute.
Components
DRIVING BELT
A steel reinforced urethane belt drives the sorter. All carriers are
connected to the drive belt using connection blocks which allow
easy removal and replacement of trays (in less than a minute).
TRAY CARRIERS AND TRAYS

Driving Belt
Sorter can be configured with six different tray options depend-
ing on the application and throughput requirements. Tray sizes
are available from 6 in. x 6 in. to 24” in. x 48 in.
INDUCTION METHODS
S
Sorter can be equipped with manual induction stations, semi-automatic stations, automatic induction belts or
O
a combination of the options.
R
T
DISCHARGE STATIONS
A
Numerous discharge possibilities exist. Sort direct into a shipping carton, tote, sack or custom packing
T
consolidation chute.
I
O
Tote Sortation N
Benefits
• Ability to sort product directly into a tote, carton or sack (eliminates costly chutes).
• High density sortation (minimizes floor space).
• High sorting capacity 7200 units per hour (single tray), 14400 units per hour (dual/twin tray),
28800 units per hour (quad tray).
• High accuracy drop due to technical innovations.
• Low noise (62db).
• Simple and robust principle that demands little maintenance.
• Able to handle non-conveyable products.
• Flexible configurations (multiple tray options).
Dual Level Consolodation Chute
BUDGETARY PRICING
100 destinations $500,000
300 destinations $1,000,000
Automatic Induction Belts
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 109

Small Item Sortation
Split Belt Small Item Sortation
QuickSort Applications
This small item sorter is a high speed, bi-directional diverter system that is the ideal solution for
sortation of small to medium sized items of varying shapes, sizes, materials and weights, including polybagged
soft goods. The unit features multiple carrier belts that pass between roller diverters that can divert items
to either the left or right side. This makes it possible to have two different discharge destinations using the
same diverter.
Key Benefits
• Gentle and accurate diverting of a range of small to large sized items. Capable of sorting items as small
as a business card up to a 30 lb. parcel, including polybagged soft goods.
• Modular construction enables your QuikSort system to be easily expanded, reconfigured or moved, with
minimal effort and expense.
• Pre-assembled units come pre-wired and pneumatically plumbed for quick and easy installation.
• Control panels are not necessary, because all control and electrical devices are integral to each
conveyor component.
• External inputs such as scanners, scales and dimensioning frames can be easily interfaced to the control
software. Plug and play convenience for the control setup is provided with the pre-programmed UC200/
UC2003 control module.
• Minimal, quick and easy servicing is provided for by using simple and reliable high quality components,
and by easy access maintenance panels.
• QuikSort uses less energy, runs quieter and needs less space than conventional sortation systems such as
tilt tray, cross belt and shoe sorters.
S
O Basic Operation
R
As an item travels down the conveyor, it is identified automatically by a barcode scanner, voice recognition, or by manual entry on a keypad. A simple
T
pre-programmed interface relays the data to the main host, and the destination information retrieved is relayed to the individual diverter module. When the
A
item reaches its assigned destination, the diverter rollers at the destination immediately start rolling and pop up, thus lifting the item over the top of the
T
belts and gently redirecting it into a chute, container or subsequent conveyor line.
I
O
N
Features
• High speed sortation of up to 240 sorts per minute.
• Handling large sized items from 3” to 42” long, and 3” to 18” wide.
• Diverters use 1 inch diameter polyurethane covered rollers with semi-precision bearings for long life.
• High torque 185 watt DC motors provide sure drive to move the heaviest items off the sorter.
• Three main drives are available to suite installations, including Low Profile 9” high unit with ample pulling power.
• 11ga. steel construction, 8 inch high beds, high quality blue powdercoat finish throughout.
• 1 yr. warranty on all material and workmanship.
• Available in custom configurations to fit your specific applications.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$5,600/divert
110 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Cleated Belt Pusher
Viper Sort
ViperSort Applications
The ViperSort can accurately track and divert small to medium sized products onto chutes that are
90° from the sort conveyor, at rates up to 120 items per minute. This sorter utilizes a plastic modular
cleated belt with a pusher mechanism that allows products to be diverted at a right angle onto chutes
on close center lines. The ViperSort is versatile enough to be utilized in many applications including
the sortation of items difficult to convey owing to their small and irregular shapes like cosmetics
and pharmaceuticals. Additionally, the ViperSort easily can sort larger, irregularly shaped items up
to 25 lbs. These items can include groceries, containers of washing detergent and other types of
small packaged products.
Features
• Right or left hand diverts available.
• Sorts items up to 25 lbs.
• Up to 120 items per minute.
• Plastic modular cleated belt.
• Modular design.
• Close divert centers.
• Adjustable floor supports available.
Components
Cleated Belt
The small cleats on the belt allow even cylindrical items to be conveyed and tracked for sorting. S
Cylindrical bottles of lotion, vitamins and lip gloss have been successfully sorted on O
the ViperSort. R
T
A
T
Pusher Face I
The ViperSort’s pusher face is coated with rubber to provide gentle handling of products. Even O
products packaged in glass containers have been successfully sorted with the ViperSort. The pusher N
face is also fitted with a nylon brush, allowing other problematic items such as blister packs and
vinyl shipping envelopes to be literally swept into takeaway chutes.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$5,700 per pusher
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 111

Tilt Tray Sortation
High Speed Tilt Tray Sorter
High Speed Tilt Tray Sorter

The high-speed tilt tray sorter will simultaneously sort irregularly shaped products from small,
lightweight polybags to larger packages weighing up to 25 lbs. The tilt tray mechanisms and chutes are
adapted at time of manufacture to handle the weight and size product for each given application. Sorters are
built in modules to allow fast and easy expansion with minimum interruption of workflow. The high speed
tilt tray sorter is designed to provide high reliability and require minimal maintenance.
Capabilities include:
• Automatically and reliably sort individually packaged and barcoded products to
designated drops.
• Simultaneously sort mixed shapes of small boxes and light articles enclosed in poly bags.
• Requires only two to three employees to induct product at a guaranteed rate of 6,000
trays per hour or faster using auto induction.
• Greatly reduce the time needed to assemble individual product by order or other criteria.
• Record all product that has gone through the sorter.
• Greatly reduce labor costs associated with manual sortation and verification
• Expand the sort window.
• Recover more warehouse space.
• Dynamically communicate with your existing software (see option below) to:
- generate packing slips,
- flag completed orders,
- update customer service information files,
- track product, etc.
Benefits
S
O • Automatically and reliably sorts individually packaged and barcoded products.
R • Simultaneously sort mixed shapes of small boxes and items in polybags.
T • Greatly reduce labor costs associated with manual sortation and verification.
A • Greatly reduce the time needed to assemble individual product by order or other criteria.
T • Expand the sort window.
I • Recover more warehouse space.
O
N
Features
• Fast sort rates of up to 12,000 trays per hour (6,000 standard).
• High accuracy rates.
• Modular construction.
• Ease of use.
• Long life and reliable operation.
• User friendly software interface.
• Sorts barcoded or non barcoded products.
• Cross platform integration support.
• Tray mechanisms have only two moving parts.
• Custom stainless steel chute designs.
• Diverted chutes may be added for greater drop density.
Tilt Tray Mechanism

Tilt tray mechanisms can be adapted at the time of manufacture to the maximum weight and size of the
product expected to be sorted. Drop guides and chutes may also be provided to enhance sorter accuracy
and allow for accumulation before removal.
The medium capacity tilt tray mechanism is used primarily for larger packages, or items such as books,
groceries, clothing, and parcels.
• 25 lb. weight capacity.
• Over center design locks the tray level to help prevent a forced tilt due to uneven
weight distribution.
• This tilt mechanism contains only six moving parts, and is attached to the belt by four
screws making it easy to replace.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$7,500/discharge location
112 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Gapping
Gapping Belt Conveyor

Gapper Applications
The Gapper is used in applications where gaps need to be pulled between adjacent products prior to such
items as the sawtooth merges and combiners, label applicators or printers, box strappers, palletizers, and
in motion scales. The Gapper has the ability to do both dynamic and static gapping based on software
and controls.

• BELT - High grip longitudinally grooved belt; • SNUB IDLER - Adjustable 2-½ in. dia. pre-lubricated ball
NSL10ELBV-UX-1-SP lacing. bearings. - Adjustable 1.9 in. dia. pre-lubricated ball bearings.
• BED - 12 ga. galvanized slider pan mounted in 6-½ in. x 12 ga. • BEARINGS - Sealed, pre-lubricated, self aligning, ball bearings on
powder painted formed steel channel frame. drive and tail shafts. Pre-lubricated ball bearings in tread rollers.
• CENTER DRIVE - Provides 16 in. of belt take-up. Minimum • SPEED REDUCTION - Sealed worm gear C-face speed reducer.
elevation–20 in. Chain guard located on left hand side. No. 60 roller chain to drive pulley.
• DRIVE PULLEY - 8 in. dia. with 1-11⁄16 in. crowned. • BELT SPEED - Up to 250 FPM. Standard 65 FPM.
• POP OUT ROLLER - 1-³⁄8 in. with high speed bearing on • MOTOR - 1 HP - 230/460V - 3 Ph. - 60 Hz. totally enclosed C-face.
discharge only. • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Sold as optional equipment. (Page 147)
BELT WIDTH 12” 18” 24” 30” 36”

BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 15” 21” 27” 33” 39”
OVERALL FRAME WIDTH 18” 24” 30” 36” 42”
10’ OAL $3,335 $3,718 $4,102 $4,485 $4,868
PER FOOT PRICE $120 $162 $203 $245 $286
DISCHARGE CONVEYOR OAW S

BELT 18 24 30 36 42 O
SPEED HP R
65 1 1 1 1 1 T
100 1 1 1 1 1 A
150 1 1 1 1 1 T
200 1 1 2* 2* 2* I
250 2* 2* 2* 2* 2* O
300 2* 2* 2* 2* 2* N
350 2* 2* 2* 3* 3*
400 3* 3* 3* 3* 3*
450 3* 3* 3* 3* 3*
500 3* 3* 3* 3* 5*
550 3* 3* 3* 5* 5*
Infeed Belt Speed = Discharge Belt Speed / SGR
SGR
1.25
1.50 NOTE: as cartons pass the infeed
belt to the higher speed discharge
1.75 belt, a gap is created between cartons
according to the following formula:
2.00
2.25
2.40
Length of Box + Final Gap

= Speed Gap Ration (SGR)
Length of Box + Initital Gap
Optional Round End
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 113

Combiners and Merges
Combiners and Merges
High Speed Saw Tooth Merge
S
O
R
Belt Merges Switch Tables
T
A
T
I
O
N
Roller Combiners Belt to Roller Merges
Magna Switch Bi-Directional Transfer for Pick Modules
114 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Singulator
Carton Singulator
Applications
Linear singulator flow controller transforms a bulk flow of packages into a single sortable stream providing an
excellent means to buffer surges while preparing packages for sortation.
• Increases flow capacity by up to 50%.

• Maximum singulation in minimal floor space.
• Buffers package surges by eliminating lulls and spikes in package flow, resulting in controlled even
spacing for large volume sorting.
• Eliminates side-by-side packages to avoid potential jams.
• Simplifies controls, integrating packages smoothly from all entries without waiting for a gap in
the lineup.
• Enables the development of large sorting matrices by buffering package surges and simplifying controls.
• Totally automated – requires no manual intervention.
• Mechanically simple, highly reliable.
Specifications
Package Size Range: Conveyor Speeds
• Length - 6 in. to 60 in. • Singulator (3 motors) - 200 to 400 fpm.
• Width - 6 in. to 36 in. • Side by side remover - 400 fpm.
• Flow controller - 70 to 430 fpm.
Singulation Capacity • Recirculating conveyor - 150 fpm.
• Sustained throughput - 7,500 packages / hour (based on
20” avg. package length. Overall Size
• Surge input capacity - up to 12,000 packages / hour (for • Length; 40 ft., 50 ft., 60 ft.
short periods to be determined). • Width; 9 ft. 7 in.
• Motor quantity - 8 motors. • Height; 3 ft. 4 in. S
• Total HP - 18.5 HP. * Specifications are provided as a general guideline. Actual system specifications are
O
dependent upon layout configurations, product size and characteristics.
R
T
A
1. SINGULATOR - Packages enter the 1 T
singulator infeed and are driven to one side I
by skewed rollers. Successive sets of rollers O
increase in speed and create spaces between N
the packages. The skewed rollers align the
packages to one side of the unit to form a
straight line.
2. SIDE BY SIDE REMOVER - The side 2
by side remover consists of three parts: a
high friction belt, a skewed-away roller
section, and a parallel roller section that
is in line with package flow. The width of
the friction belt is the same width as the
narrowest package to be processed. Packages
that contact the friction belt are transported
on through, while those that lie on the skewed
rollers are deviated to a recirculation slide and
onto the recirculating conveyor, then return to
the beginning of the singulator.
3. FLOW CONTROLLER - Next, packages
enter the flow controller, consisting of two 4
sequential narrow belts, which remove large
side by side packages and meter the rate of
packages discharged. Doubles and overflow
packages are pulled off the narrow flow 3
controller belt by a powered roller and sent
down the slide. BUDGETARY PRICING
4. RECIRCULATING CONVEYOR - Pack- $250,000
ages slide to the recirculating conveyor to
be returned to the infeed of the singulator.
Singulated and metered packages travel
through the flow controller to downstream
subsystems aligned, properly gapped, and
ready for processing.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 115

Scanners
Fixed Position Scanners

Camera Scanner - 9000 Family
The DV9100 compact version camera, thanks to its light weight and reduced size represents the ideal
solution when high flexibility is required and is ready for multi-side applications. The standard case
camera, thanks to totally sealed optics and a reduced need for adjustment and settings, represents the ideal
solution for extremely dusty environment and for standard top-side reading applications. The DV9100
system, with its advanced decoding system, is able to satisfy the widest range of bar code and 2D code BUDGETARY PRICING
reading applications.
$30,000
FEATURES APPLICATIONS ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
• Bar code and 2D code reading in any orientation. • Parcel bar code and 2D code reading.
• Auto-discrimination of most common symbologies. • Complex reading applications.
• High reading performance on small and low • Parcel OCR and video-coding.
quality codes. • Postal applications.
• Parcel dimensioning option. • Distribution applications.
• Ready for OCR and video-coding applications.
• Industrial robust architecture.
• 2 x 400 W stand-alone illumination.
• PC based decoding system.
Omni-Directional Laser Scanner - 8000 Family

This omni-directional scanner is the answer to the growing need for affordable standard equipment requiring
minimum support for installation and setting. It’s reading capability is supported by ACR™ technology for
maximum reading performance and reliability as well as patented ASTRA™ technology which avoids use
of external sensors and mechanical focusing systems to extend the system depth of field with the maximum
level of reliability. The Packtrack™ also allows maximum conveyor throughput assuring 100% tracking
with a minimum gap between parcels of just 50mm, with no need for external sensors and no requirement BUDGETARY PRICING
S for complex system calibration. The universal power supply range (85-260 Vac) of the serial interface
O $20,000
version cuts installation and integration costs. Combined configurations of this series can be accomplished
R to provide the best solution for specific reading needs thanks to 100% compatibility among the members ** Please contact BASTIAN for specific product details.
T of the 8000 Series.
A
T FEATURES APPLICATIONS
I • Easy to install, set and operate. • Automated warehousing.
O • 1000 scan/s (500 scan/s for each scan line). - Conveyor sorting.
N • Ambient light immunity. - Label verification.
• ASTRA™ multi laser technology for large DOF - Picking systems.
with no need for autofocus. • Automated shop floor.
• ACR™ Advanced Code Reconstruction decoder. - Items and parts tracking .
• PackTrack™ parcel tracking system. - Packaging.
• Optimal reading of plastic coated labels. - Compliance.
• Extended power supply range (85 to 264 Vac).
Advanced Line Scanner - 4000 Family

This model is an industrial fixed positioned barcode reader designed for the manufacturing indus-
try. It features an ACR™ (Advanced Code Reconstruction) decoder. ACR™ technology based on
a powerful DSP which performs real-time barcode image reconstruction and decoding, enabling BUDGETARY PRICING
non-oriented labels placed in various positions on objects to be read. The great benefit provided $2,000
by ACR™ technology is that the barcode positioning tolerance is increased and it is easier to
position the scanner. As a result of new optics, based on a diffractive lens, and an improved
focusing system, this advanced line scanner provides great reading performance in challenging
situations in which thermal transfer or low contrast barcodes are used. One of the scanner versions with a new
optic platform makes it possible to read high resolution barcodes (0.2mm/8 mils). This model is available in
three versions: the high resolution model, the medium range model and the long range version. The reading
characteristics, ease of use and flexibility of this scanner are suitable for a wide range of applications in the
manufacturing industry, including automated warehousing, shop floor, data collection and Work in
Progress (WIP) tracking, providing ideal benefits for the customer.
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
• Reading distance up to 1,000 mm. • Automated warehousing.
• ACR™ code reconstruction. - Conveyor sorting.
• Real time decoding with new DSP. - Label verification.
• Good reading performances on very low contrast - Picking systems. BUDGETARY PRICING
barcodes. • Automated shop floor. $2,500
• Oscillating mirror available. - Items and parts tracking.
• Two software programmable outputs. - Packaging.
• WinHost™ programming. - Compliance.
116 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

In-Line Scales
Checkweigher
S40/S100 Applications
Checkweighers of the S-series offer state of the art dynamic weighing technology with a
maximum of well developed software and hardware options. The models S40 and S100 are
suitable for those applications where heavier loads need to be weighed. Beside the
well specified standard design there is a wide range of options and accessories to tailor the
checkweigher for an optimum match with the user’s requirements. Its modular concept makes
the S-series particularly operator and service friendly requiring little maintenance.
Features
• Weight classification up to 7 zones.
• Gliding mean value calculated from the last 5 to 99 weights (selectable).
• Suitable for integration in almost any production line.
• Weights and measures design approved in certain countries.
• 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, single phase, 750 VA (model S40), 1200 VA
(model S100).
Weighing Terminal
• Touch screen b/w display with excellent visibility: bright, high
contrast LC display 10.4 in. VGA.
• 100 product memories.
• Operator-friendly: TachoControl, operator prompts (menus).
• Indication of all current important weighing and production data as
well as configuration screens.
• Access protection by password. S
• Multiple language support for onscreen dialogue. O
R
T
Options and Accessories A
T
• Color display. I
• Automatic feedback to filling machine controllers (feedback control). O
• Statistics programs for evaluation. N
• Various monitoring facilities (e. g. detection of product backup).
• Choice of interfaces for weight data transmission.
• PrintCard or printer.
• Network interface for METTLER TOLEDO FreeWeigh SQC system.
• Remote display GARVENS FAZ W100.
• Range of sorting/rejecting devices.
• Water ingress protection IP65 or IP65 V2A stainless steel design.
• Further special options and accessories.
TECHNICAL DETAILS S40 S100

Weighing range, specific to article weight* 0 - 88.18 lbs 0 - 264.55 lbs
Accuracy +- .011 lbs +- .022 lbs
Throughput (weighings per minute)** max. 100 CPM max. 80 CPM
Roller centers, weighing conveyor (A-A) 1.97, 2.62 ft 3.28, 3.94 ft
Belt width, weighing conveyor (B-B) 1.31, 1.64 ft 1.64, 1.97 ft
Roller centers, infeed/outfeed conveyor (A-A) (optional) (optional)
Belt width, infeed/outfeed conveyor (B-B) (optional) (optional)
Line height (TH) (+- .164) 1.80 - 2.62 ft 1.80 - 2.62 ft
* Depending on the design and dimensions of the weighing conveyor used.
** Within the approved tolerances, depending on the weight, dimensions and transport behaviour of the product to be weighted.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$25,000
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 117

® ™
Exacta® Sort™ High Speed Sortation Software

Exacta® Sort™ is high speed sortation software designed to maximize reliable sorting to multiple divert locations. The software can be used on a wide range
of sortation technologies: shoe sorters, pushers, cross belt, tilt tray, etc. Exacta® Sort™ provides real-time sortation statistics by divert lane with operator
productivity. Sorter diagnostics and divert calibration are included. Exacta® Sort™ intelligently minimizes product gaps at sorter induction to maximize
sortation rates.
Key Benefits
• Faster sortation throughput rates.
• Positive divert confirmation.
• Recirculation capability for full shipping lanes.
• Built-in diagnostics and testing.
S • Lane statistics for shipping operator productivity.
O • Product sorted statistics.
R • Scanner and induction belt calibration.
T • 24/7 Support.
A • Distribution center production performance metrics.
T • Security and audit tracking by operator.
I
O Available Features
N
Scanner Read Rate Statistics
“Predictive Maintenance” Screen

• Hours of usage. Exacta® Sort™ HMI Screen - Sawtooth Merge & Shoe Sorter
• Alerts to check / replace components.
• Link to spare parts (web based).
View of Detailed Drawings Cell Phone or PDA Remote Alerts

• Views of mechanicals, electricals, controls, and drawings. • Quickly view problems.
• Restart.
Import/Export Interface • View operating statistics.
• WMS, ERP, or legacy host systems.
Statistics
Sorter Testing and Configuration Screen • Up time or down time in minutes.
• Speed. • Total number of cartons sorted.
• Divert for a specific location. • Peak processing rate.
• Number of shoes before a package. • Average processing rate.
• Number of trailing shoes after the package. • “Divert lane full” back-up sensor measured in minutes.
• Emergency shutdown by the operator. • Number of diverts to each lane for a given perios of time.
• Emergency shutdown caused by a jam. • Recirculation percent (histogram).
• Cleaning (bump the slats).
Integrated CCTV Screens

• Available web cameras so a supervisor can see what is
happening in a specific location.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$25,000 - $40,000
118 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Skatewheel
Gravity Skatewheel
SW Applications
Excellent for setting up temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping
departments, assembly areas, etc. Allows for accumulations at minimum decline angles less
than gravity roller. Not recommended with unevenly loaded totes. Can maintain product
orientation and allows for better product flow on longer lengths of gravity conveyor.
Aluminum is often used for lightweight gravity gates. A minimum of 10 wheels under the
product is required. Spurs and curves also available.
• WIDTH - 12 in., 15 in., 18 in., and 24 in. overall.
• FRAME - 2-½ in. deep x 1 in. flange x 12 ga. powder painted formed steel or ¹⁄8 in. heat treated aluminum
channel with bolt in cross members.
• COUPLINGS - Bolts on one end, hooks on opposite end.
• LENGTHS - 5 ft. and 10 ft. straight sections.
• WHEELS - 1-15⁄16 in. O.D. ball bearings run in hardened raceway with life-time lubrication. Corrosion
resistant aluminum or zinc-coated steel.
• AXLES - ¼ in. dia., threaded one end with locknut. Spaced on 3 in. or 4 in. centers, specify.
Steel
3” AXLE CENTERS 4” AXLE CENTERS
12” OVERALL WIDTH 15” OVERALL WIDTH 12” OVERALL WIDTH 15” OVERALL WIDTH
WPF PRICE WPF PRICE WPF PRICE WPF PRICE
10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’
16 $164.00 $82.00 16 $171.00 $86.00 12 $135.00 $68.00 12 $142.00 $71.00
12 $141.00 $70.00 12 $147.00 $73.00 9 $118.00 $59.00 9 $123.00 $62.00
10 $129.00 $64.00 10 $132.00 $66.00 8 $110.00 $55.00 8 $116.00 $58.00 G
8 $117.00 $59.00 8 $123.00 $62.00 6 $101.00 $50.00 6 $106.00 $53.00
R
A
6 $106.00 $53.00 6 $113.00 $56.00 4 $91.00 $46.00 5 $98.00 $49.00 V
18” OVERALL WIDTH 24” OVERALL WIDTH 18” OVERALL WIDTH 24” OVERALL WIDTH I
T
Y
10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’
20 $199.00 $99.00 28 $261.00 $131.00 15 $163.00 $81.00 21 $211.00 $106.00
18 $186.00 $93.00 24 $238.00 $119.00 14 $154.00 $77.00 18 $194.00 $97.00
16 $175.00 $88.00 20 $214.00 $107.00 12 $145.00 $73.00 15 $176.00 $88.00
14 $163.00 $81.00 18 $203.00 $101.00 11 $137.00 $68.00 14 $168.00 $84.00
12 $151.00 $76.00 16 $191.00 $95.00 9 $127.00 $64.00 12 $159.00 $79.00
Aluminum
3” AXLE CENTERS 4” AXLE CENTERS
10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’
16 $186.00 $93.00 16 $194.00 $97.00 12 $155.00 $78.00 12 $162.00 $81.00
12 $160.00 $80.00 12 $166.00 $83.00 9 $135.00 $68.00 9 $141.00 $70.00
10 $146.00 $73.00 10 $153.00 $76.00 8 $126.00 $63.00 8 $132.00 $66.00
8 $133.00 $66.00 8 $139.00 $70.00 6 $115.00 $57.00 6 $120.00 $60.00
6 $119.00 $60.00 6 $126.00 $63.00 4 $104.00 $52.00 5 $111.00 $56.00
10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’ 10’ 5’
20 $226.00 $113.00 28 $297.00 $149.00 15 $186.00 $93.00 21 $242.00 $121.00
18 $212.00 $106.00 24 $270.00 $135.00 14 $176.00 $88.00 18 $222.00 $111.00
16 $206.00 $103.00 20 $243.00 $121.00 12 $166.00 $83.00 15 $201.00 $101.00
14 $185.00 $92.00 18 $229.00 $115.00 11 $156.00 $78.00 14 $192.00 $96.00
12 $171.00 $86.00 16 $216.00 $108.00 9 $146.00 $73.00 12 $181.00 $91.00
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 119

Gravity
1 3/8” Diameter Gravity Roller Conveyor

SSR Applications
The model SSR is a very versatile conveyor with numerous applications. Excellent for setting up
permanent or temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping departments, and assembly
areas. The SSR has close roller spacing for small products. It is important to test the angle of decline with
the complete spectrum of products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally
required. Available in steel and aluminum frames.
Standard Specifications • COUPLINGS - Bolt on one end, hooks on opposite end.

• WIDTHS - 12 in., 15 in., 18 in. and 24 in. overall. • ROLLERS - 1-³⁄8 in. dia. x 18 ga. galvanized steel or heat treated
• FRAME - 2-½ in. deep x 1 in. flange x 12 ga. powder painted • aluminum tubing. Spring loaded axle allows roller to be easily
formed steel or ¹⁄8 in. heat treated aluminum channel with bolt in removed or inserted.
cross members. • AXLES - ¼ in. dia. round
• CAPACITY - See Load Capacity Chart below.
Steel Frame
Roller Price Per Section Roller Price Per Section Roller Price Per Section Roller Price Per Section
Centers 10’ 5’ Centers 10’ 5’ Centers 10’ 5’ Centers 10’ 5’
1-½” $202.00 $101.00 1-½” $224.00 $112.00 1-½” $246.00 $123.00 1-½” $290.00 $145.00
3 $123.00 $62.00 3 $135.00 $68.00 3 $147.00 $74.00 3 $171.00 $86.00
4-½” $98.00 $49.00 4-½” $107.00 $53.00 4-½” $115.00 $58.00 4-½” $133.00 $66.00
6” $84.00 $42.00 6” $91.00 $46.00 6” $98.00 $49.00 6” $112.00 $56.00
9” $72.00 $36.00 9” $78.00 $39.00 9” $83.00 $42.00 9” $95.00 $47.00
G
12” $64.00 $32.00 12” $69.00 $35.00 12” $73.00 $37.00 12” $83.00 $41.00
R
A
V
Aluminum Frame
I 12” OVERALL WIDTH 15” OVERALL WIDTH 18” OVERALL WIDTH 24” OVERALL WIDTH
T
Roller Price Per Section Roller Price Per Section Roller Price Per Section Roller Price Per Section
Y
Centers 10’ 5’ Centers 10’ 5’ Centers 10’ 5’ Centers 10’ 5’
1-½” $274.00 $137.00 1-½” $314.00 $157.00 1-½” $354.00 $177.00 1-½” $435.00 $218.00
3” $168.00 $84.00 3” $190.00 $95.00 3” $212.00 $106.00 3” $256.00 $128.00
4-½” $134.00 $67.00 4-½” $150.00 $75.00 4-½” $166.00 $83.00 4-½” $197.00 $99.00
6” $116.00 $58.00 6” $128.00 $64.00 6” $141.00 $71.00 6” $166.00 $83.00
9” $100.00 $50.00 9” $110.00 $55.00 9” $120.00 $60.00 9” $139.00 $70.00
12” $89.00 $45.00 12” $97.00 $49.00 12” $105.00 $53.00 12” $121.00 $61.00
LOAD CAPACITY CHART

Frame Capacity (Lbs.) Roller Capacity (Lbs.)
Frame Support Maximum Distributed Maximum Load Per
Material Centers Live Load Per Foot Roller
Steel 5’ 270 45
Steel 10’ 38 45
Aluminum 5’ 150 30
Aluminum 10’ 18 30
120 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Gravity
1 3/8” Diameter Gravity Roller Curve

SSRC Applications
Gravity roller curves add to the versatility of straight conveyors. They can be used with gravity roller.
Excellent for setting up permanent or temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping
departments, and assembly areas. The SSRC has close roller spacing for small products. It is important to test
the angle of decline with the complete spectrum of products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the
product is normally required. Aluminum rollers are also available.
• WIDTHS - 12 in., 15 in., 18 in., and 24 in. overall. • ROLLERS - 1-³⁄8 in. dia. x 18 ga. galvanized steel or heat treated
• FRAME - 2-½ in. deep x 1 in. flange x 12 ga. powder painted aluminum tubes or 1-½ in. dia. galvanized tapered tubes. Spring
formed steel or ¹⁄8 in. heat treated aluminum channel with bolt in loaded axle allows roller to be easily removed or inserted.
cross members. Aluminum tapered tubes available, contact factory.
• COUPLINGS - Hooks and bolts on both ends of curve. • AXLES - ¼ in. dia. round
• CURVES - 30˚,45˚, 60˚ and 90˚. • CAPACITY - Same per foot capacity as straight sections. See
charts previous page.
Steel Curve
(36” OUTSIDE RADIUS) (39” OUTSIDE RADIUS) (42” OUTSIDE RADIUS) (48” OUTSIDE RADIUS)
Roller Degree Price Roller Degree Price Roller Degree Price Roller Degree Price
Centers Each Centers Each Centers Each Centers Each
1-½” 90o $181 1-½” 90o $196 1-½” 90o $208 1-½” 90o $278
3” 90 $133 3” 90 $146 3” 90 $153 3” 90o N/A
o o o
1-½” 60 $143 1-½” 60 $156 1-½” 60 $170 1-½” 60 $243

o o o o
G
3” 60o $109 3” 60o $118 3” 60o $126 3” 60o N/A R
1-½” 45o $118 1-½” 45o $125 1-½” 45o $128 1-½” 45o $189 A
V
3” 45 $102 3” 45 $104 3” 45 $106 3” 45 N/A
o o o o
I
1-½” 30o $95 1-½” 30o $102 1-½” 30o $113 1-½” 30o $146 T
3” 30o $78 3” 30o $83 3” 30o $88 3” 30o N/A Y
Tapered Curve
(36” OUTSIDE RADIUS) (39” OUTSIDE RADIUS) (42” OUTSIDE RADIUS) (48” OUTSIDE RADIUS)
Roller Degree Price Roller Degree Price Roller Degree Price Roller Degree Price
Centers Each Centers Each Centers Each Centers Each
1-½” 90o $264 1-½” 90o $299 1-½” 90o $330 1-½” 90o $735
3” 90 $157 3” 90 $176 3” 90 $192 3” 90o $392
o o o
1-½” 60 $186 1-½” 60 $210 1-½” 60 $232 1-½” 60 $501

o o o o
3” 60o $112 3” 60o $125 3” 60o $136 3” 60o $273

1-½” 45o $151 1-½” 45o $169 1-½” 45o $186 1-½” 45o $383
3” 45 $93 3” 45 $103 3” 45 $112 3” 45 $211
o o o o
1-½” 30o $109 1-½” 30o $121 1-½” 30o $131 1-½” 30o $267
3” 30o $76 3” 30o $83 3” 30o $89 3” 30o $153
Straight Tapered
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 121

Gravity
1 3/8” Diameter Gravity Roller Spur

SSRS Applications
Gravity roller spurs add to the versatility of straight conveyors. They can be used with gravity roller.
Excellent for setting up permanent or temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping
departments, and assembly areas. It is important to test the angle of decline with the complete spectrum of
products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally required.
• WIDTHS - 12 in., 15 in., 18 in., and 24 in. overall. • SPUR ANGLE - 30˚, 45˚, 90˚ right or left hand applications.
• FRAME - 2-½ in. deep x 1 in. flange x 12 ga. powder painted • ROLLERS - 1-³⁄8 in. dia. x 18 ga. galvanized steel tubing. Spring
formed steel or ¹⁄8 in. heat treated aluminum channel with bolt in loaded axle allows roller to be easily removed or inserted.
cross members. • AXLES - ¼ in. dia. round
• COUPLINGS - Hook and bolt on one end, spur angle on • CAPACITY - Same per foot capacity as straight sections. See
opposite end. Mounting bracket variable, please specify. gravity roller conveyor. Refer to page 120.
Steel Spur
BETWEEN OVERALL
RAIL FRAME 30o SPUR 45o SPUR 90o SPUR
WIDTH WIDTH
10” 12” $275 $257 $203
13” 15” $295 $278 $232
16” 18” $315 $298 $261
22” 24” $354 $339 $318
G
R
A
V Aluminum Spur
I BETWEEN OVERALL
T RAIL FRAME 30o SPUR 45o SPUR 90o SPUR
Y WIDTH WIDTH
10” 12” $341 $369 $209
13” 15” $368 $405 $233
16” 18” $396 $441 $258
22” 24” $450 $513 $307
122 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Gravity
1.9” Diameter Galvanized Gravity Roller Conveyor

19-SR Applications
Excellent for permanent installations to carry medium weight packages. Most items will convey
with a minimum amount of pitch (2-5 degrees). The SR has close roller spacing for small products.
It is important to test the angle of decline with the complete spectrum of products. A minimum
of three complete rollers under the product is normally required. Rollers available in various wall
thicknesses including 16, 12, and 9 gauge.
• WIDTHS - Between rail width: 13 in., 15 in., 17 in., 19 in., 21 in., • ROLLERS - 19-SR 1.9 in. dia. x 16 ga. unplated or galvanized steel
23 in., 25 in., 27 in., 31 in., 33 in., 37 in., and 39 in. tubing; 199-SR 1.9 in. dia. x 9 ga. unplated steel tubing. Bearings are
• FRAME - 3-½ in. or 4-½ in. deep x 1-½ in. flange x 10 ga. labyrinth sealed and grease packed.
powder painted formed steel channel with bolt in cross members. • AXLES - 7⁄16 in. hex shaft, spring loaded.
• BUTT COUPLINGS - Bolt on type for bolting sections together. • CAPACITY - See load capacity chart below.
Unplated Rollers
BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 13” BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 19” BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 25” BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH 37”
OVERALL WIDTH 16” OVERALL WIDTH 22” OVERALL WIDTH 28” OVERALL WIDTH 40”
ROLLER PRICE ROLLER PRICE ROLLER PRICE ROLLER PRICE
CENTER 10’ 5’ CENTER 10’ 5’ CENTER 10’ 5’ CENTER 10’ 5’
2-¼” $212.00 $106.00 2-¼” $248.00 $124.00 2-¼” $284.00 $142.00 2-¼” $356.00 $178.00
3” $166.00 $83.00 3” $191.00 $96.00 3” $217.00 $109.00 3” $268.00 $134.00
4-½” $131.00 $65.00 4-½” $150.00 $75.00 4-½” $168.00 $84.00 4-½” $205.00 $103.00
6” $113.00 $57.00 6” $128.00 $64.00 6” $143.00 $71.00 6” $172.00 $86.00 G
R
9” $98.00 $49.00 9” $109.00 $55.00 9” $120.00 $60.00 9” $143.00 $71.00 A
12” $87.00 $44.00 12” $96.00 $48.00 12” $105.00 $53.00 12” $123.00 $62.00 V
I
Galvanized Rollers T
Y
OVERALL WIDTH 16” OVERALL WIDTH 22” OVERALL WIDTH 28” OVERALL WIDTH 40”
2-¼” $228.00 $114.00 2-¼” $273.00 $136.00 2-¼” $318.00 $159.00 2-¼” $408.00 $204.00
3” $177.00 $88.00 3” $203.00 $102.00 3” $230.00 $115.00 3” $284.00 $142.00
4-½” $138.00 $69.00 4-½” $161.00 $80.00 4-½” $183.00 $91.00 4-½” $227.00 $114.00
6” $119.00 $60.00 6” $136.00 $68.00 6” $154.00 $77.00 6” $188.00 $94.00
9” $100.00 $50.00 9” $113.00 $57.00 9” $127.00 $63.00 9” $154.00 $77.00
12” $90.00 $45.00 12” $100.00 $50.00 12” $109.00 $55.00 12” $128.00 $64.00

LOAD CAPACITY CHART

SUPPORT FRAME CAPACITY ROLLER CAPACITY
CENTERS MAX DISTRIBUTED MAX. LOAD PER
Set Low LIVE LOAD PER FT ROLLER (LBS.)
19-SR/ 199-SR
19GSR
5’ 620 210 250
Set High 10’ 135 210 250
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 123

Gravity
1.9” Diameter Gravity Roller Curve

19-SRC Applications
Curves add to the versatility of straight conveyor. They can be used with gravity roller. Most items will
convey with a minimum amount of pitch (2-5 degrees). It is important to test the angle of decline
with the complete spectrum of products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is
normally required.
• WIDTHS - Between rail width: 13 in., 15 in., 17 in., 19 in., 21 in., • ROLLERS - (Straight) 19-SRC 1.9 in. dia. x 16 ga. unplated or
23 in., 25 in., 27 in., 31 in., 33 in., 37 in., and 39 in. galvanized steel tubing; 1.9 in. dia. x 9 ga. unplated steel tubing.
• FRAME - 3-½ in. or 4-½ in. deep x 1-½ in. flange x 10 ga. Bearings are labyrinth sealed and grease packed.
powder painted formed steel channel with bolt in cross members. • TAPERED ROLLERS - 19-SRC 2-½ in. dia. tapered to 1-11⁄16 in.
• BUTT COUPLINGS - Bolt-on type for bolting sections together. dia. x 16 ga. unplated steel tubing. Bearings are grease packed.
• CURVES - 30˚, 45˚, 60˚ and 90˚ with 32-½ in. inside radius • AXLES - 7/16 in. hex shaft, spring loaded.
for widths up to 27 in., 48 in. inside radius for 31 in. to 39 in. • CAPACITY - Same per foot capacity as straight sections. See
between rail widths. charts previous page.
Straight Rollers Tapered Rollers
OVERALL BE- 90o 60o 45o 30o OVERALL BE- 90o 60o 45o 30o
WIDTH TWEEN WIDTH TWEEN
G RAIL RAIL
R WIDTH WIDTH
A 16” 13” $170 $120 $95 $74 16” 13” $249 $188 $144 $103
V 18” 15” $178 $126 $98 $77 18” 15” $261 $209 $153 $113
I
20” 17” $185 $132 $101 $80 20” 17” $274 $230 $163 $124
T
Y 22” 19” $193 $138 $105 $84 22” 19” $286 $251 $173 $135
24” 21” $200 $144 $108 $87 24” 21” $298 $272 $183 $145
26” 23” $283 $201 $149 $101 26” 23” $312 $292 $188 $155
28” 25” $290 $207 $153 $103 28” 25” $326 $307 $196 $163
30” 27” $296 $214 $156 $106 30” 27” $340 $322 $204 $170
34” 31” $365 $234 $184 $115 34” 31” $712 $510 $446 $252
36” 33” $371 $241 $187 $118 36” 33” $717 $528 $451 $261
40” 37” $384 $254 $195 $124 40” 37” $727 $566 $460 $279
42” 39” $391 $261 $199 $127 42” 39” $733 $584 $465 $288
Several other lengths and widths are available. 16 gauge rollers listed above.
Set High
Set Low
124 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Gravity
1.9” Diameter Gravity Roller Spur

19-SRS Applications
Spurs add to the versatility of straight conveyor. They can be used with gravity roller. Most items will convey
with a minimum amount of pitch (2-5 degrees). It is important to test the angle of decline with the complete
spectrum of products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally required. Rollers
available in various wall thicknesses including 16 and 9 gauge. Also available in aluminum rollers.
• WIDTHS - Between rail width: 13 in., 15 in., 17 in., 19 in., 21 in., • AXLES - 7/16 in. hex shaft, spring loaded.
23 in., 25 in., 27 in., 31 in., 33 in., 37 in., and 39 in. • MOUNTING BRACKET - Bracket is supplied to attach spur to
• FRAMES - 3-½ in. deep x 1-½ in. flange x 10 ga. powder side channels of other conveyors, specify.
painted, formed steel channel with bolt in cross members on 30o and • CAPACITY - Same per foot capacity as straight sections. See
45o spurs; welded cross members on 90o spurs. gravity roller conveyor (1.9 in dia. x 9 and 16 ga.) charts.
• BUTT COUPLINGS - Bolt-on type for bolting sections together.
• SPUR ANGLE - 30o 45o, and 90o. Right or left hand applications
• ROLLERS - 19-SRS 1.9 in. dia. x 16 ga. and 199-SRS 1.9 in. dia.
x 9 ga. unplated steel tubing. Bearings are labyrinth sealed and
grease packed.
Unplated Rollers Galvanized Rollers
OVERALL BE- 90o 45o 30o OVERALL BE- 90o 45o 30o
WIDTH TWEEN WIDTH TWEEN
RAIL RAIL
WIDTH WIDTH
16” 13” $278 $259 $248 16” 13” $288 $275 $253 G
18” 15” $285 $269 $258 18” 15” $310 $295 $280 R
A
20” 17” $292 $279 $268 20” 17” $331 $316 $306
V
22” 19” $299 $289 $278 22” 19” $352 $336 $332 I
24” 21” $313 $296 $281 24” 21” $374 $356 $359 T
Y
26” 23” $320 $306 $317 26” 23” $395 $376 $385
28” 25” $328 $316 $354 28” 25” $416 $396 $412
30” 27” $336 $327 $391 30” 27” $437 $417 $438
34” 31” $355 $343 $469 34” 31” $480 $458 $491
36” 33” $364 $352 $477 36” 33” $501 $478 $517
40” 37” $381 $369 $493 40” 37” $544 $519 $570
42” 39” $390 $378 $500 42” 39” $565 $540 $596

1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 125

Gravity
2.5” Diameter Gravity Roller Conveyor
25-SR Applications
The 25-SR (2-½ in. dia.) conveyor is used to convey heavy packages, pallet loads, and drums in warehouse
operations, shipping departments and assembly areas Rollers may be set high or low in conveyor frame
depending on application. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally required. Curves
and spurs are also available.
• WIDTHS - Between rail width 13 in., 15 in., 17 in., 19 in., 21 in., • BUTT COUPLINGS - For bolting sections together.
23 in., 25 in., 27 in., 31 in., 33 in., 37 in., and 39 in., 43 in., 47 in., • ROLLERS - 25-SR 2-½ in. dia. x 11 ga. steel tubing. Model 26-SR
51 in. and 55 in. 2-5⁄8 in. dia. x 7 ga. unplated steel tubing. Bearings are labyrinth
• FRAME - 4 in. deep x 1-5⁄8 in. flange x 4 ga. powder painted sealed and grease packed.
formed steel channel with bolt in cross members set high • AXLES - 11/16 in. hex shaft, spring loaded.
welded cross members set low. • CAPACITY - See load capacity chart below.
OVERALL WIDTH 16 ¼” OVERALL WIDTH 22-¼” OVERALL WIDTH 28-¼” OVERALL WIDTH 54 ¼”
3 $460 $230 3 $528 $264 3 $596 $298 3 $889 $445
G 4 $369 $184 4 $421 $210 4 $473 $236 4 $698 $349

R 6 $277 $139 6 $314 $157 6 $350 $175 6 $507 $253
A
8 $231 $116 8 $260 $130 8 $288 $144 8 $411 $206
V
I 12 $186 $93 12 $206 $103 12 $227 $113 12 $316 $158
T
Y shipment available for the green highlighted models. Quantity discounts available. Please call BASTIAN for more information.
LOAD CAPACITY CHART

SUPPORT FRAME ROLLER CAPACITY (LBS.)
CENTERS CAPACITY (LBS.) MAXIMUM LOAD PER ROLLER
MAXIMUM DISTRIBUTED 13” TO 39” BR 43” TO 51” BR
LIVE LOAD PER FOOT
2-½” 2- ⁄8”
5
2-½” 2-5⁄8”
5’ 1620 630 630 630 630
10’ 288 630 630 630 630
Set High Set Low
126 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Flexible/Expandable
Heavy Duty Flexible Gravity Skatewheel
BestFlex 200 Applications

This model is a heavy duty, flexible, gravity conveyor. A proven
performer for trailer loading and unloading, it is ideally suited for
packaging, shipping and flexible assembly lines. Other
applications include work-in-process lines, value added operations,
and temporary lines. Order optional leg connect brackets to lock units
together. Available in varying capacities to include 170, 200, and
300 lbs/ft.
• WIDTHS - 18 in., 24 in., 30 in.
• LENGTHS - Available in any length to fit • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Adjustable type
your application. 28-¾ in. to 41-¾ in..
• FRAME - Flexible and extendible. • CASTERS - Casters with locking brake.
• EXPANSION RATIO - 4:1 • CAPACITY - 200 lbs. capacity per linear foot.
Features
• STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORT- Channel steel spans the entire conveyor width for unequalled strength.
• 1-¼ in. SIDE PLATES - Aluminum alloy construction features a ribbed design for added durablility. Assembled with bolts and lock nuts.
• AXLE CENTERS - The distance between the axle centers when the conveyor is expanded is 5 in.
• SELF TRACKING - Cartons follow the twists and turns of the conveyor path without using engineered curves.
• ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT - Simply turn the locking knob to raise or lower the conveyor bed height.
• SQUARE TUBING LEGS - Offers heavy duty square tubing legs for longer service life.
• CASTERS WITH BRAKES - Colson 5 in. x 1-¼ in. swivel casters roll easily. Caster brakes lock both wheel and swivel simultaneously
while the conveyor is in use.
F
L
MODEL CAPACITY WIDTH STANDARD ADJUSTABLE LEG SETS SKATEWHEELS APPROX. SKATEWHEEL
E
NUMBER PER FT. LENGTHS CONVEYOR PER UNIT PER AXLE SHIPPING OPTION
X
(LBS.) COMPACTED/ HEIGHT WEIGHT BLACK STEEL ST I
EXPANDED POLY B
BP L
B/F200-18-12 200 18” 3’ TO 12’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 4 7 215 $641 $676 E
B/F200-18-16 200 18” 4’ TO 16’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 5 7 286 $831 $857 A

B/F200-18-20 200 18” 5’ TO 20’ 28-¾” TO 41-½” 6 7 357 $1,035 $1,060 N
D
B/F200-18-24 200 18” 6’ TO 24’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 7 7 429 $1,202 $1,225
B/F200-24-12 200 24” 3’ TO 12’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 4 9 252 $756 $859 E
B/F200-24-16 200 24” 4’ TO 16’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 5 9 336 $1,002 $1,070 X
P
B/F200-24-20 200 24” 5’ TO 20’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 6 9 420 $1,248 $1,338 A
B/F200-24-24 200 24” 6’ TO 24’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 7 9 504 $1,479 $1,593 N
D
B/F200-30-12 200 30” 3’ TO 12’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 4 10 290 $934 $970 A
B/F200-30-16 200 30” 4’ TO 16’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 5 10 387 $1,218 $1,266 B
L
B/F200-30-20 200 30” 5’ TO 20’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 6 10 483 $1,517 $1,573
E
B/F200-30-24 200 30” 6’ TO 24’ 28-¾” TO 41-¾” 7 10 580 $1,799 $1,866
Optional Equipment
• PACKAGE STOPS - Used to stop cartons at the end of the conveyor. Folds down when not in use.
• LEG CONNECT BRACKETS - Used to connect two ot more roller or skatewheel conveyors.
• IMPACT SUPPORT SECTION - Built into the conveyor. Not an add-on. Offers extra support
to handle punishing conditions
• AXLE CENTERS - Optional 3 in. and 4 in. axle centers are available for small package applications.
• SKATEWHEELS - You can choose steel wheels with ball bearings for easier rolling or polyolefin
wheels with brass bushings.
• SIDE RAILS - Prevents cartons from skewing off the conveyor in accumulation applications.
• 6 in. x 2 in. SWIVEL CASTERS - For easier rolling over uneven surfaces. Adds 1-½ in. to conveyor height.
• PERPENDICULAR LEGS - Keeps legs vertical in both the expanded and compacted positions
for easier mobility and added strength.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 127

Flexible/Expandable
Heavy Duty Flexible Gravity Roller
BestFlex Roller Applications

This gravity roller conveyor is excellent for handling boxes, bags, and low grade corrugated cartons that
could get hung up on skatewheel conveyor. Side rails as well as other optional equipment available.
• WIDTHS - 18 in., 24 in., 30 in. • ROLLERS - 1-³⁄8 in. diameter.
• LENGTHS - Available in any length to fit • FLOOR SUPPORTS - Adjustable type
your application. 30-½ in. to 42-½ in.
• HEIGHTS - 30 in. to 42-½ in. • CASTERS - Casters with locking brake.
• FRAME - Flexible and extendible. • CAPACITY - 150 lbs. capacity per linear foot.
• EXPANSION RATIO - 3:1
Features
• STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORT- Channel steel spans the entire conveyor width for
unequalled strength.
• 1-¼ in. SIDE PLATES - Aluminum alloy construction features a ribbed design for added durability.
Assembled with bolts and lock nuts.
• AXLE CENTERS - When expanded, the distance between the axle center is 5 in. Optional 3 in. and 4 in axle centers are available. Optional axle
centers effect compacted conveyor length. Call our sales team for assistance.
• SELF TRACKING - Cartons follow the twists and turns of the conveyor path without using engineered curves.
• ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT - Standard adjustable range is from 30 in. to 42-½ in. 6 in. caster option adds 1-½ in. to conveyor height to make adjustable
F range from 31-½ in. to 44 in. 8 in. caster option adds 3-½ in. to conveyor height to make adjustable range from 33-½ in. to 46 in.
L • SQUARE TUBING LEGS - Offers heavy duty square tubing legs for longer service life.
E • CASTERS WITH BRAKES - Colson 5 in. x 1-¼ in. swivel casters roll easily. Caster brakes lock both wheel and swivel simultaneously while the
X conveyor is in use.
I
B
L
E
MODEL CAPACITY WIDTH STANDARD ADJUSTABLE LEG SETS ROLLER AXLE APPROX. PRICE
NUMBER PER FT. LENGTHS CONVEYOR PER UNIT CENTERS SHIPPING
A
COMPACTED/ HEIGHT (EXTENDED) WEIGHT
N
EXPANDED
D
B/FR-18-12 150 18” 4’ TO 12’ 30” TO 42-½” 4 5 225 $863
E B/FR-18-16 150 18” 5’ 4” TO 16’ 30” TO 42-½” 5 5 300 $1,150
X
P B/FR-18-20 150 18” 6’ 8” TO 20’ 30” TO 42-½” 6 5 374 $1,429
A B/FR-18-24 150 18” 8’ TO 24’ 30” TO 42-½” 7 5 449 $1,700
N
B/FR-24-12 150 24” 4’ TO 12’ 30” TO 42-½” 4 5 264 $892
D
A B/FR-24-16 150 24” 5’ 4” TO 16’ 30” TO 42-½” 5 5 352 $1,188
B B/FR-24-20 150 24” 6’ 8” TO 20’ 30” TO 42-½” 6 5 440 $1,486
L
E B/FR-24-24 150 24” 8’ TO 24’ 30” TO 42-½” 7 5 528 $1,757
B/FR-30-12 150 30” 4’ TO 12’ 30” TO 42-½” 4 5 304 $923
B/FR-30-16 150 30” 5’ 4” TO 16’ 30” TO 42-½” 5 5 405 $1,231
B/FR-30-20 150 30” 6’ 8” TO 20’ 30” TO 42-½” 6 5 506 $1,538
B/FR-30-24 150 30” 8’ TO 24’ 30” TO 42-½” 7 5 607 $1,821
Optional Equipment
• PACKAGE STOPS - Used to stop cartons at the end of the conveyor. Folds down when not in use.
• LEG CONNECT BRACKETS - Used to connect two ot more roller or skatewheel conveyors.
• IMPACT SUPPORT SECTION - Built into the conveyor, not an add-on. Offers extra support to handle punishing conditions.
• 6 in. x 2 in. SWIVEL CASTERS - For easier rolling over uneven surfaces. Adds 1-½ in. to conveyor height.
• HEAVY DUTY OPTION - Roller conveyors are available with heavy duty 1.9 in. rollers.
128 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Flexible/Expandable
Heavy Duty Flexible Power Roller
BestFlex Power Roller Applications

The power roller is ideally suited for truck loading and unloading, distribution centers,
packaging, portable assembly lines, shipping and receiving. It is also available with zero
pressure accumulation. Other control options are available.
• WIDTHS - 18 in., 24 in., 30 in.
• LENGTHS - Available in any length to fit your application.
• FRAME - Flexible and extendible.
• FLOOR SUPPORTS - Adjustable type 28-½ in. to 37-¼ in.
• CASTERS - Casters with locking brake.
• CAPACITY - 100 lbs. capacity per linear foot.
Features
• CONTINUOUS DUTY MULTIPLE DRIVE MOTORS - Line speed is adjustable from 0 to 120 ft. per
minute. Start/stop cycle 300 times per hour. On/off switches at both ends. Approximately 3 amps per 12 ft. of
conveyor. Durable DC drive motors with 120 VAC. Optional 230 VAC available.
• STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORT- Channel steel spans the entire conveyor width for
unequalled strength.
• 2 in. SIDE PLATES - Aluminum alloy construction features a ribbed design for added durability.
Assembled with bolts and lock nuts.
• AXLE CENTERS - When expanded, the distance between the axle centers is 5 in. Optional 3 in. and
4 in. axle centers are availbale. Optional axle centers affect compacted conveyor length.
• SELF TRACKING - Cartons follow the twists and turns of the conveyor path without using
engineered curves. F
• ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT - Simply turn the locking knob to raise or lower the conveyor bed height. L
• 1.9 in. ROLLERS - Heavy duty 16 gauge precision bearing rollers on 12 mm axles for greater durability. E
• SQUARE TUBING LEGS - Offers heavy duty square tubing legs for longer service life. X
• CASTERS WITH BRAKES - Colson 8 in. x 2 in. swivel casters roll easily over uneven surfaces. Caster I
brakes lock wheels in place while the conveyor is in use. B
L
MODEL CAPACITY WIDTH STANDARD ADJUSTABLE LEG SETS ROLLER AXLE APPROX. PRICE E
NUMBER PER FT. LENGTHS CONVEYOR PER UNIT CENTERS SHIPPING
(LB.) COMPACTED/ HEIGHT (EXTENDED) WEIGHT A
EXPANDED N
D
B/FP(1.9)-18-12 100 18” 4.8’ TO 12’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 5 5 378 $3,757
B/FP(1.9)-18-24 100 18” 9.7’ TO 24’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 8 5 755 $7,516 E
B/FP(1.9)-18-36 100 18” 14.5’ TO 36’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 11 5 1132 $11,283 X
P
B/FP(1.9)-18-48 100 18” 19.3’ TO 48’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 14 5 1510 $15,031 A
B/FP(1.9)-24-12 100 24” 4.8’ TO 12’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 5 5 444 $3,757 N
D
B/FP(1.9)-24-24 100 24” 9.7’ TO 24’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 8 5 888 $7,516
A
B/FP(1.9)-24-36 100 24” 14.5’ TO 36’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 11 5 1332 $11,283 B
B/FP(1.9)-24-48 100 24” 19.3’ TO 48’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 14 5 1776 $15,031 L
E
B/FP(1.9)-30-12 100 30” 4.8’ TO 12’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 5 5 510 $3,852
B/FP(1.9)-30-24 100 30” 9.7’ TO 24’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 8 5 1021 $7,702
B/FP(1.9)-30-36 100 30” 14.5’ TO 36’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 11 5 1532 $11,554
B/FP(1.9)-30-48 100 30” 19.3’ TO 48’ 28-½” TO 37-¼” 14 5 2043 $15,405
1.9 in. rollers shown, also available in 1.5 in. rollers
Optional Equipment
• ZERO PRESSURE ACCUMULATION - Electronic controls enable cartons to move directly to the discharge end without stopping until they reach
the last zone of accumulation.
• ELECTRONIC PACKAGE STOP - Automatically stops cartons at discharge end of conveyor. When carton is removed, conveyor starts again to
bring next carton into position.
• INDEXING - Reflective photo cells allow you to control the space between cartons for easier handling and barcode reading.
• LEG CONNECT BRACKETS - Easily connects two or more conveyors to span greater distances.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 129

Flexible/Expandable
Extendable Adjusted Belt Conveyor
Applications
This telescopic, extendable boom conveyor is used to load or unload products from all the way into the nose
of a trailer. This conveyor will load/unload virtually any loose item quickly, safely, and efficiently while
significantly reducing load/unload times. Ergonomic Beneftis
closed length trailer penetration

(B)
clearance
(A)
• Step 1 - Determine the necessary Cantilevered Extension

clearance for building wall, dock levelers,
aisleways, etc. (A)
• Step 2 - Determine the required
trailer penetration. (B)
• Step 3 - A + B = Cantilevered extension. ** Note: Please contact BASTIAN
• Step 4 - Refer to the chart below for
for specific product details.
correct model number.
F
L MODEL NUMBER CANTILEVERED CLOSED OVERALL BUDGETARY
E EXTENSION LENGTH EXTENDED PRICING
X LENGTH
I SINGLE BOOM Control Buttons
B 1017S 6’ - 9” 10’ - 3” 17’ - 0”
L
E 1527S 6’ - 9” 15’ - 3” 27’ - 0”
2036S 6’ - 9” 20’ - 3” 36’ - 0” $21,000
A DOUBLE BOOM
N
D 1021D 10’ - 9” 10’ - 3” 21’ - 0”
1431D 16’ - 9” 14’ - 3” 31’ - 0”
E 1843D 24’ - 9” 18’ - 3” 43’ - 0”
X
P TRIPLE BOOM
A 1858T 39’ - 9” 18’ - 3” 58’ - 0”
N Load Capacity Capabilities
2169T 47’ - 9” 21’ - 3” 69’ - 0”
D
A 2374T 50’ - 9” 23’ - 3” 74’ - 0” $40,000 - $50,000
B 2580T 54’ - 9” 25’ - 3” 80’ - 0”
L
2787T 59’ - 9” 27’ - 9” 87’ - 0”
E
3095T 64’ - 9” 30’ - 3” 95’ - 0”
FOUR BOOM
1557Q 41’ - 9” 15’ - 6” 57’ - 0”
2074Q 53’ - 9” 20’ - 6” 74’ - 0”
FIVE BOOM $75,000 - $80,000
1352V 38’ - 9” 13’ - 6” 52’ - 0”
1564V 48’ - 9” 15’ - 6” 64’ - 0” Telescopic Unit
1978V 58’ - 9” 19’ - 6” 78’ - 0”
The above models are illustrative. Our modular designs can provide the exact dimensions of your application. Models come in all possible belt widths.
• Use single and double boom units for smaller metropolitan delivery vans or over-the-road tandem trailers.
• Use triple boom units for standard over the road trailers up to 57 foot lengths.
• Use four to five boom units for limited dock space and long trailers or where unit setback is required.
• For the majority of warehouse operations, the choice of a large triple boom unit provides the best value and service for the client.
130 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

CO N V E YO R ACC E S S O R I E S
Belting 132
pages 131-148
Rollers 137
Roller Coverings 139
Diverters 140
Transfers 141
Pushers 142
Casters 143
Ceiling Hangers 143

Conveyor Rails 143
Electrical Accessories 143
Gates 145
Guard Rails 145
Package Stops 146
Supports and Stands 147
Safety Equipment 148

Metal
Hinge Metal Belting 2 1/2” Pitch
Hinge Metal Belt Applications 1 1/2” Pitch

• Machine tool chip removal. • Dual compartment belt for parts and
• Wet or dry operation. scrap handling at same time.
• Heat range - 600°F without heat bars, • Patented side wing design.
1500° - 1700°F with heat bars. • Ease in maintenance.
• Whole plant chip and scrap removal. • Conveyor configured to customer’s
• Die casting operation. specific needs.
• Parts handling. • Integral or separate tank for coolant
• Packaging operation. handling available. 4” Pitch
• Weighing operation. • Flexibility of design for proper fit and
• Inspection. proper application.
• Stamping operation.
6” Pitch
9” Pitch
Woven Wire Belting

Woven Wire Mesh Belt Applications
In food processing, these belts are used in washing, baking, dewatering, blanching, cooking, freezing, pasteurizing and depalleting. In glass and ceram-
ics, this construction finds wide use in firing, decorating, enameling and annealing, and for curing fiberglass. In electronics, we find glass to metal seal-
ing, thick film firing, and drying of printed circuit boards. In metalworking, the range is from general conveying to heat treating, quenching, calcining,
annealing and related processes.
One of the factors that make metal mesh belt adaptable to so many applications is that it is available in many different materials. From sub zero to 2200°F,
whatever the corrosive conditions may be, metal mesh belts may be woven of virtually all wrought alloys that can be drawn into wire form.
The standard edging for frictionally driven metal mesh belts is the welded selvage. For applications or belt constructions where weld are not desirable, a
knuckled selvage may be used. A variation of the knuckled selvage, which provides a smooth outer edge as well as strength, is the ladder selvage. Other
selvages can be produced to suit application needs.
B
E
L
T
I
N
G
Flat Wire Belting
Flat Wire Belt Applications
• Canning and food preparation.
• Baking and freezing food.
• Parts cleaning.
• Parts painting and drying.
• Product sorting, assembly, and packaging.
• Parts transfer.
Features
• Open mesh construction for quick drainage and free air circulation.
• A smooth, flat surface.
• Sanitary - easily cleaned.
• Easy replacement of damaged or worn sections.
• Endless splicing.
• Economical compared to alternative metal conveyor belts.
• High strength to weight ratio.
• Positive sprocket drive.
132 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Plastic
Angled Roller™ Belting
Series 400 30º Angled Roller™ Applications

The Series 400 30º Angled Roller™ belt eliminates jams and reduces operating costs in any conveying
application where aligning and centering of cases, boxes, and packages is essential: infeeds to scanners,
palletizers, barcode readers, labelers, sorters, cameras, flap or tape inspectors, etc. Compared to traditional
roller or belt/diverter technology, the Angled Roller™ Belt makes centering and alignment systems simpler
and less expensive to build, operate, and maintain. That’s because the 30º Series 400 Angled Roller™ Belt is
simply a slider bed belt conveyor that requires virtually no maintenance. It also eliminates the catchpoints and
crevices that cause jams and may allow a smaller equipment footprint.
Benefits
• Aligns and centers packages at approximately 12º from the direction of belt travel.
• Decreases equipment manufacturing costs.
• Reduces jams.
• Reduces unscheduled belt maintenance and downtime.
• Increases productivity due to greater reliability.
• Saves more floor space for additional equipment.
• Handles a wide range of package dimensions and characteristics: small/large, heavy/light, strapped
or tied, fragile, etc.
TableTop® and MatTop® Plastic Belting
TableTop® Chain Applications

TableTop® chains are engineered to satisfy a wide range of conveyor applications for virtually any industry.
A large selection of straight running and side flexing chains are designed to convey flawlessly in even the
most demanding environments. Chains formed from metal or molded from thermoplastic are perfect for
high strength and high speed applications. Narrow widths are ideal for multiple strand and variable speed
conveyors. Chains with low backline pressure rollers minimize product damage. Several chain series couple
traditional top plates with roller base chain for increased strength and precision.
MatTop® Chain Applications

MatTop® chains provide a continuous conveying surface for applications demanding greater width requirements
(available in both assembled to width and molded-to-width configurations). Pins extend the full width of the chain
ensuring maximum strength and providing smoother conveying surfaces. Smaller pitch chains minimize the size B
of dead plates when transferring products over head or tail shafts reducing chordal action which helps eliminate E
container tipping and jams at transfer points. Engineered to satisfy a wide range of conveyor applications for L
virtually any product size. T
I
N
G
MicroSpan® Chain Belting
MicroSpan® Chain Applications
MicroSpan® chain is made of acetal plastic, and has a charcoal gray color. It has a 5mm (0.20 in.) chain pitch.There are
three basic types of MicroSpan® chain:
• 4mm Flat Top MicroSpan® is 4mm (0.16 in.) thick and features a smooth surface.
• 4mm Raised High Friction MicroSpan® is 4mm (0.16 in.) thick and has raised points on its surface. It is used on
inclines where the product surface is soft and the points can aid in gripping the product.
• 6mm Raised High Friction MicroSpan® is used in applications where a stronger chain is required; 6mm chain is MicroSpan® Plastic Chain
more than twice as strong as 4mm chain.
MicroSpan® chain is designed to run on a small nose bar (see page 140). The bar thickness is 6mm (0.24 in.) with a 3mm
(0.12 in.) radius on the end. MicroSpan® chain has a snap fit design. One side of the link has a hook; the other side has
a pin. There is no independent rod.
MicroSpan® chain stock is 300mm (11.81 in.) wide, and is cut to width on a conventional table saw. The chain can be cut
to widths starting at 90mm (3.54 in.) and increasing in 15mm (0.59 in.) increments. Effective chain widths greater than
300mm can be achieved by combining the 300mm (11.81 in.) chain with an additional chain, with a 2mm (.08 in.) gap
Section View
in between. In this way, a given facility can have many different MicroSpan® conveyor widths, all made with the same
convenient, single width product.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 133

General Purpose
PVC, Incline, and Urethane Belting
WOVEN PVC FRICTION SMOOTH PVC COVER ONE SMOOTH PVC COVER ONE SMOOTH PVC COVER
BOTH SIDES SIDE BLACK SIDE WHITE BOTH SIDES
This belt features a PVC impreg- This belt features an interwoven This belt features an interwoven This belt features oil resistant
nated interwoven carcass that has carcass as well as a smooth carcass as well as a smooth PVC covers on both sides. The
been brushed on both sides to coating of oil resistant PVC on the coating of oil resistant PVC tightly woven polyester resists
reduce friction. The belt offers top cover that is easily cleaned. on the top cover that is easily fraying and stretching. This belt
high strength, low stretch, and The bottom surface is brushed cleaned. The bottom surface is is popular in live roller operations
high lace retention. Light duty, clean to lower the coefficient of brushed clean to lower the and a light duty bucket elevator
general purpose applications, friction, It offers high strength, coefficient of friction, It offers high belt. It is popular in the peanut
trash conveyors, and depanners. low stretch and high lace retention. strength, low stretch and high lace and coffee industries. Do not use
Very popular with OEMs. This belt is medium duty, general retention. May be used in general in a slider bed application.
purpose conveyor belt that can be food applications such as canning
used in most industries. or packing lines. Meets FDA
requirements and USDA accep-
tance.
BLACK ROUGHTOP WITH BROWN ROUGHTOP WITH TYLERTOP 2 PLY DIAMOND TOP
PVC COVER NITRILE COVER
This belt offers excellent This belt offers excellent This belt features the popular This belt is normally used for
gripping for standard incline gripping for standard incline RAV compound on a low stretch, the steepest inclines (up to 40
conveyors. The polyester carcass conveyors. The polyester carcass stable polyester carcass. The degrees for some products) where
offers high strength, low stretch, offers high strength, low stretch, rubber and Vinyl (RAV) high performance is needed. The
moister resistance and excellent moisture resistance and excellent compound blends the economi- belt offers an unusually high
ply adhesion. This belt is the most ply adhesion. This belt is the most cal benefits of PVC and the coefficient of friction. Used for
popular incline belt. It will handle popular incline belt. It will handle universal benefits of Nitrile/Buna most boxed, bagged, or
most products including boxed, most products including boxed, N. The Tyler wire impression is packaged goods. This belt is
B bagged, or packaged goods. bagged, or packaged goods. excellent for conveying products popular in the airline industry
E Maximum decline: -25º. Maximum decline: -25º. up a moderate incline. The belt to move luggage and by the US
L qualities include oil, grease, Post Office for package handling.
T and moisture resistance. The Maximum incline: 35°.
I thermoplastic component lends
N itself to all types of fabrication.
G
HIGH GRIP LONGITUDINAL URETHANE URETHANE NOVEX RAV COVER ONE SIDE
This belt features a grooved This belt features a tough urethane This belt features the toughest ure- These belts feature the popular
impression for slight inclines coating on a medium duty mono- thane compound on a heavy duty RAV compound on a low stretch,
that will self clean as the belt filiment carcass. Applications interwoven polyester carcass. This stable polyester carcass. The RAV
goes around the pulleys. Also include: meat, poultry, bakery, can belt will perform in areas of high compound blends the economical
available in gray. Applications elevation, recycling, stamping. wear and abuse. Other styles are benefits of PVC with the benefits
include: totes, letters, high grip FDA/USDA approved. available. Applications include: of NITRILE/BUNA N. These
applications, signode strappers, metal stamping, recycling, die belts are general purpose and are
post office, treadmills. cutting, brick manufacturing. excellent base belts for cleated
applications. Other include: medi-
um duty general purpose, oil and
grease resistant.
134 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

General Purpose
Food Grade, Heavy Duty and Standard Belting
RAV COVER ONE SIDE POLI-GLIDE 3 PLY BUTYL RAV2 COVER ONE SIDE
WHITE
This belt offers a non-woven This belt features low friction on This belt features a butyl cover An excellent all-around, general
polyester carcass that is coated both sides is silent running and and butyl skims which gives the purpose food belt. The RAV2
one side with rubber and vinyl will lay flat. Applications include: belt a temperature range of -65°F (rubber and vinyl) can be used
(RAV) (rubber and vinyl) accumulating, packaging, paper to a high of 300°F. Applications: almost anywhere a light duty
compound. This is a stable, high converting, bakery. this belt is designed for applica- food belt is required. These are
edge wear resistant belt that can tions where temperature extremes one of the most popular style of
withstand 250°F on an intermittent are encountered as in freezing belting for light duty or general
basis. It is polyless and intended or frying operations. PLEASE purpose.
to replace cotton. Applications NOTE: The belt will shrink 1% if
include: bakeries, food, plants, used over 275°F. FDA and USDA
meat, and poultry. approved.
PVC COVER ONE SIDE 5 PLY NEOPRENE TAN GLIDE TOP HEAVY DUTY POLYESTER
STANDARD WHITE FBS
This belt feature a smooth, oil These belts feature tightly woven This belt offers a hard, abrasion This is a single non-woven poly-
resistant PVC cover with a fabric for general conveying. They resistant nylon top surface that is ester that has proven excellent in
tightly woven interwoven are non-marking, very flexible, almost friction-less. The belt was metal stamping applications and
polyester carcass. They will lie oil resistant, and easy to clean. designed for automated machin- airports. It is extra heavy duty
flat, resist stretch, and are oil They can be made endless with ery where the product must accu- and is cut resistant. Applications:
resistant. Specialty fabrica- cold vulcanizing cement, or hot mulate or stay stationary as the metal stamping, automobile
tion is popular on these belts. vulcanizing. Applications: used to belt moves. Applications: pack- industry, and airports.
Applications include: general convey boxes, bocks, or parts that aging and diverting operations
purpose food handling. Depending are in particularly oil applications. where the product must slide on
on conditions, they can be They are very popular belts in the belt while the belt is moving.
used in some chicken and meat the folding carton and printing B
applications. Direct food contact industry. E
is permitted with these belts. L
FDA and USDA approved T
on application. I
N
G
ULTIMATE BRUSHED ULTIMATE STANDARD PVC COVER ONE SIDE

ONE SIDE
This belt features a nitrile impreg- This belt features a nitrile impreg- This belt features a PVC
nated coating with a thin polyure- nated coating with a thin polyure- embossed coating on one side.
thane top. It is good for general thane top. It is oil resistant, quiet, This belt is resistant to abra-
purpose package handling. Oil and can withstand higher tem- sion and abuse. It has minimum
resistant, quiet, and can withstand peratures. There is less build up stretch and good trackability.
higher temperatures. It has less on rollers and there is a higher co-
build up on rollers. Standard on efficient of friction against rollers
most horizontal slider bed and to improve driving capacities.
roller bed conveyors.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 135

General Purpose
Low Profile Belting (refer to pages 78-81)
FDA ACCUMULATION ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE

FDA accumulation, .063 in. thick, urethane surface material, Electrically conductive .063 in. thick, urethane surface material,
polyester carcass material, 176°F maximum part temperature, low polyester carcass material, 230°F maximum part temperature, low
coefficient of friction, FDA approved, antistatic, thermal splice coefficient of friction, antistatic, static conductive, thermal splice
type, good chemical resistance. type, good chemical resistance.
GENERAL PURPOSE HIGH FRICTION

General Purpose, .071 in. thick, urethane surface material, High friction, .083 in. thick, urethane surface material, polyester
polyester carcass material, 212°F maximum part temperature, carcass material, 158°F maximum part temperature, V-high
medium coefficient of friction, FDA approved, antistatic, thermal coefficient of friction, antistatic, thermal splice type, poor
splice type, good chemical resistance. chemical resistance.
B
E
L
T
FDA HIGH FRICTION GENERAL PURPOSE, V-GUIDED
I
N FDA high friction, .063 in. thick, urethane surface material, General purpose, .071 in. thick, urethane surface material,
G polyester carcass material, 176°F maximum part temperature, high polyester carcass material, 212°F maximum part temperature,
coefficient of friction, FDA approved, antistatic, thermal splice medium coefficient of friction, FDA approved, antistatic, thermal
type, good chemical resistance. splice type, good chemical resistance.
ACCUMULATION TYPE A CLEATED BELT

Accumulation, .047 in. thick, urethane surface material, Cleated base belt, .055 in. thick, urethane surface material,
polyester carcass material, 212°F maximum part temperature, polyester carcass material, 176°F maximum part temperature, high
V-low coefficient of friction, FDA approved, antistatic, thermal coefficient of friction, FDA approved, antistatic, thermal splice
splice type, good chemical resistance. type, good chemical resistance.
136 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Motorized
Power Roller
Working Concept
The turning force of the motor (outer rotor) is transmitted through the shock absorber to
the planetary gearing. The planetary gearing drives the inner gear which is affixed to the
roller tube. The tube will rotate because the output shaft (stator) is held stationary by the
conveyor frame.
One-Touch Spring-Loaded Shaft

The power roller spring-loaded attaching shaft enables the unit to be quickly installed or
removed without disassembling the conveyor frame.
Built-In Shock Absorber

When products are transported on roller conveyor lines, they can sometimes
encounter a sudden stop, impact or acceleration that transmits a strong shock to the torque
transmission system of the powered roller. The shock absorber provides protection by
acting as a slip clutch between the motor and the gearbox. The shock absorber is designed
to slip at 150% of motor torque and will not function under normal conditions.
Features and Benefits Outer Sheath (pipe)

Shock Absorber Rotor Stator
• Flexibility to add, move, or change sections. steel with
zinc-plated finish
• Electronic sensor, zero pressure accumulation.
• Extremely quiet operation.
• Modular plug and play controls.
• Low profile (no bulky drives or reducers).
• Variable speed.
• Reversible.
• Proven reliability (20,000 hours MTBF - Mean Time Sun Gear

Inner Gear Planetary Gear
Between Failure).
Ideal Applications
R
O
• B2B and B2C e-commerce fulfillment. L
1. AGV L
• Zero pressure accumulation transport.
2. Bridge E
• Transfers. R
3. Gate S
• 90° powered curve. 4. Lift
• Connection between conveyors. 5. Slope regulation
• Turn table (stop and flow). 6. Turntable

7. Floor level conveyor
• Lift-up roller conveyor.
8. Machine feeding
• Table lift (up and down). 9. Curves
• Loading/unloading. 10. Zero pressure accumulation
• Gates.
• Automated Guided Vehicles (AGVs).
Pricing includes:
BUDGETARY PRICING
• Power Moller Roller
$250 (175 fpm speed rating) • Drive card (basic, non ZPA drive card)
• Mounting brackets
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 137

Precision Bearing
Precision Bearing Tapered Roller
Tapered Roller Applications Self-Adjusting Shaft
The precision bearing tapered roller can be used in many applications such as warehouse and
distributions centers, skewed roller sections, merges, and high speed sortation.
These precision bearing rollers offer three times the life of conventional rollers at decibel Precision Bearings
levels far below the OSHA mandated 90 dB ceiling. These rollers install quickly and easily
with virtually no maintenance and they are safe. You will not need to worry about shaft
cut-through that can cause worker injury from rollers of inferior quality.
Spring Load
The precision bearing tapered roller has a patented spring load design with self-adjusting
hexagonal tapered shuttle. Tension from the spring causes the shuttle to lock in the conveyor
frame’s mounting holes. Roller rattling, the leading cause of roller shaft and side frame wear, is Through-Shaft
eliminated. The design is so effective in eliminating frame wear that we stand behind a 10 year
performance guarantee.
Precision Cartridges
• ROLLER DIAMETER - 1.90 in., 2.50 in.
• GOLD SHAFT - 7⁄16 in. Steel Tube
• STANDARD SHAFT - 11⁄16 in.
• BALL BEARINGS - Precision ground chrome alloy steel.
• LOAD CAPACITY - Up to 350 lbs.
Metal Roller
Metal Roller Applications

Manufactured to customer specifications, metal rollers are available in a wide range of bearings, tube, and shaft
configurations. These rollers are used in numerous operating environments; unit and packaging handling,
manufacturing, warehousing and distribution centers, and food and beverage processing.
• Roller Diameter - .75 in. – 3.50 in.
R • Materials - Carbon steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum.
O • Shaft end options - hexagonal, round, threaded, drilled/tapped. Urethane adapted over metal
L through shaft. (Uc62)
L • Springs - rollers are spring loaded on both ends for easy installation.
E
R
S Bearings and Bushings:
ABEC-1 Precision:
Designed for higher speeds and heavier loads, ABEC-1 precision bearings are hardened,
precision ground, and incorporate a ball retainer to eliminate bearing to bearing contact. Bearings
are factory lubricated and sealed for long life maintenance free operation.
Commercial Grade:
Designed for light to moderate loads commercial grade bearings are available in plated and
stainless steel balls in metal or plastic housings with or without labyrinth seals.
Bushings:
Non-ball bearing units are designed for light to medium loads and slow speeds. Ideal for sanitary,
rust, and corrosion resistant applications.
UC62 Shaft Adapters:

Urethane shaft adapted rollers combined with ABEC-1 precision bearings are among the quietest rollers available today. The unique urethane shaft
adapter configuration eliminates all metal to metal contact between the roller shaft and conveyor frame to stop frame wear and roller clatter. The ABEC-1
bearings are housed in plastic with a labyrinth seal system to provide additional protection against dirt, dust, and other particulate matter. The result is a
roller that provides a quiet, maintenance free, and long life performance.
138 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Roller Coverings
Roller Coverings
Advantages
These roller coverings are smooth, high friction coverings for rollers and skate wheels which share
these advantages:
• Will not mark or scratch finished, sensitive, or coated products and materials.
• Absorbs impact and shock, further protecting finished products.
• Reduces system noise.
• Increased traction (up to fifteen times greater grip than uncoated rollers).
• Allows conveying up steeper inclines at higher line speeds.
• Maintains full load rating of rollers and wheels.
• Extraordinary cut and abrasion resistance ensures long system and component life.
• High visibility safety orange (85-A) or green (90-A).
• Large inventories ensure short lead times.
• USDA and FDA approved.
Koat-A-Roll®
Koat-A-Roll® is a non marking, rugged, slip-on covering for standard conveyor rollers. In addition to
damage reduction, the high friction surface provides for more secure conveying. This allows powered
conveying at steeper angles and greater elevations, offering a practical alternative to belt or vertical
systems. When bonded, Koat-A-Roll® also greatly increases the effectiveness of driver and diverter
rolls.
Koat-A-Roll® is made from 83 Shore A safety orange and 90 Shore A green Kastalon Polyurethane®. Koat-A-Roll® is stocked for 1 in. to 3.5 in.
diameter rollers, in ¹⁄8 in. wall thickness (also ¼ in. wall thickness for the most popular sizes of 1.9 in. and 2.5 in.) and 10 foot lengths. Additional sizes, wall
thicknesses, colors, and hardnesses can be special ordered. Factory installation, bonding and custom cutting are also available.
Vinyl Koat®
Vinyl-Koat® is a PVC roller covering that is a simple, cost effective alternative to dip coating. With its smooth, uniform ¹⁄8 in. wall thickness, Vinyl-Koat®
eliminates the inconsistent thickness and surface irregularities (drips, runs, and sags) of dip coating. Secondary machining and bearing contamination are
eliminated as Vinyl-Koat® is quickly installed over assembled rollers.
Vinyl-Koat®’s excellent chemical resistance makes this material especially attractive for corrosive and hostile environments, e.g. battery changers or
automated washing systems. Vinyl-Koat® is outstanding as a protective covering for plastic rollers. By absorbing shock and wear, full roller loads will be
effective throughout the coating’s entire life.
Vinyl-Koat® is stocked in 60 Shore A gray color for 1.90 in. and 2.50 in. rollers and in 90 Shore A blue color for 2.50 in. rollers. The 60-A material is
U.S.P.S. approved for postal system conveyors. The 90-A is tougher and better suited for heavier duty conveyors. This can be especially useful for battery
handling systems. Additional Vinyl-Koat® sizes, colors, and hardnesses are available.
R
O
L
L
E
R
C
O
83 Shore A Safety Orange 60A Gray and 90A Blue 83 Shore A Green 83A Shore Safety Orange V
E
R
Koat-A-Wheel® I
Koat-A-Wheel® skate wheel tires are an effective, low cost method to convert standard skate wheels into premium protective components. In addition to N
standard skate wheel conveyors, Koat-A-Wheel® is utilized for: G
S
• Guide rails.
• Live feed tables.
• Package diverter components.
• Hold down wheels.
• Press aprons.
• Idler wheels.
• Koat-A-Wheel® is stocked in 83 Shore A safety orange polyurethane for standard 1.93 in. (¹⁄8 in. tire thickness) and 1.53 in. (¹⁄8 in. and ¼ in. tire
thickness) diameter skate wheels. Kastalon also supplies complete tire/skate wheel assemblies from stock.
** Many other models are available, please call BASTIAN for more specific information.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 139

Diverters, Pushers, & Transfers
Pneumatic Plow
30-AP Applications
30 degree plows are used to divert product from main conveyor line to spur line. Mounts to underside of bed on
powered belt or live roller type conveyors.
• AIR CYLINDER - 2 in. bore double acting 6 in. stroke (10 in. to 18 in. OAW conveyors), 10 in. stoke
(20 in. to 42 in. OAW conveyors)
• AIR REQUIREMENTS - Minimum pressure 60 P.S.I. - Maximum 100 P.S.I free air consumption per cycle
- 6 in. stroke at 60 P.S.I (.105 cu. ft.), at 100 P.S.I (.162 cu. ft.) - 10 in. stroke at 60 P.S.I. (.176 cu. ft.), at 100 P.S.I.
(.270 cu. ft.)
• VALVE - Single solenoid 4-way valve - ¼ in. - 20 NPT valve ports. Electrical requirements: 120 V. - 1 Phase
- 60 Hz - current draw, .09 amps.
13 in. to 25 in. Between Rail Width ............................................................................................ $1,026

37 in. to 39 in. Between Rail Width ............................................................................................ $1,223
Powered Transfer
MicroSpan® Transfer Applications
MicroSpan® Transfers are used when:
• The product tends to stall out on non-powered transfers.

• Transferring is difficult due to small product size or weight.
• Product length will not span to the next conveyor.
• Consistent product spacing and orientation must be maintained.
• A variable angle transfer (up to 10° up or down) is needed.
CAPABILITY
The MicroSpan® transfer, with its 5mm pitch chain and 6mm nosebar, can successfully transfer very small products from conveyor to conveyor. When
equipped with feed-off fingers and used in conjunction with a raised top chain conveyor, the gap between the transfer and conveyor can be as small as
10mm for end to end transfers. The unit is designed to move even delicate products between conveyors while maintaining consistent product orientation.
D
I CLEANLINESS
V All MicroSpan® transfers are fully washdown capable. When used with MultiSpan® conveyors, the transfer can be lifted out of place using a pair of
E integral, recessed lift-out handles. These handles serve as ready hand holds when removing the unit for cleaning.
R
T SAFETY
E The transfer’s lift out capability is also an important safety feature; if something becomes lodged on the infeed side, the unit will lift up.
R
S POWER OPTIONS
The MicroSpan® transfer can be slave driven from the drive shaft of a Designer System® conveyor. Power transmission is accomplished through an all
P gear drive, and the sprocket driven MicroSpan® chain requires no tracking mechanism.
U
S INDEPENDENTY POWERED
H When a slave-driven unit is not an option, MicroSpan® transfers can be powered by independent gearmotors. This design makes variable speeds possible,
E allowing the gap between consecutive parts to be increased or decreased.
R
S ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
MicroSpan® chain is available in three types: 4mm flat top, 4mm raised, and 6mm raised. The raised types can be used on inclines, when the product
A surface is soft and the raised points can aid in gripping the product. All MicroSpan® chain is made of acetal plastic and has a 5mm pitch. The 6mm nosebar
N is made of extruded #6063 aircraft grade aluminum, hard plated with a nickel alloy. Standard MicroSpan® sprockets are made of nylon and have a two
D piece, bolt together design for easy removal and replacement.
T
R ** Please call BASTIAN for more specific information.
A
N
S
F
E
R
S 140 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Chain Transfer
Chain Transfer Applications
Chain transfers are used to move products at right angles to adjacent or parallel conveyor lines. One air cylinder lifts
the mechanism while powered chains transfer the product. Chains run on a UHMW polyethylene wearstrips to reduce
friction. Complete unit mounts in models ABEZ, 190 ACZ, or 190 LR. Available in three types: between rail,
conveyor to conveyor, or extended. Due to the specialized nature of these products, please call BASTIAN for more
detailed information.
BUDGETARY PRICING
$4,000
low profile, fit into 190-ABEZ, 250 lbs.
capacity, wider than standard
** Many other models are available, please call BASTIAN for more specific information.
O-Ring Transfer
O-Ring Transfers Applications
O-ring transfers are used to move products at right angles to adjacent or parallel conveyor lines. One air
cylinder lifts the mechanism while powered chains transfer the product. Linear bearings are used to
guide the transfer as it is raised and lowered. Chains run on a UHMW polyethylene wearstrips to reduce
friction. Complete unit mounts in models ABEZ, 190 ACZ, 190 LR. Available in three types: between rail,
conveyor to conveyor, or extended. Due to the specialized nature of these products, please call BASTIAN for
more detailed information. PRICE DOES NOT INCLUDE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS OR THE CONVEYOR.
• CAPACITY - 75 lbs. maximum unit load. • AIR REQUIREMENTS - Minimum pressure 60 P.S.I., maximum
• TRANSFER O-RING - ³⁄8 in. dia. polyurethane o-ring. 100 P.S.I. Free air consumption at 60 P.S.I., .033 cu. ft. per cycle.
• TRANSFER SPEED - Same speed as conveyor. NOTE: To eliminate contaminants in air supply line, a
• DRIVE - Transfer is driven from line shaft of conveyor. Maximum filter regulator should be installed prior to the air valve
of 4 transfers per drive. (not supplied as standard).
• MOUNTING - Mounted in 36 in. long section of 138-NSP, 190-
NSP, 138-NSPEZ, 190-NSPEZ with 3 and 4 in. roller centers. D
• PNEUMATICS - Air bag (controlled by single solenoid valve) TRANSFER FLOW BETWEEN RAIL WIDTH I
lifts transfer. Requires maintained electrical signal of 115V–1 Ph. 60 V
13” TO 25” 27” TO 39”
Hz. from photo cell, limit switch, etc. (not supplied). Transfer will E
stay in raised position until signal is broken. Current consumption Standard $1,403 $1,542
R
is .09 amps holding. Opposite Direction $1,959 $2,100 T
Reversing $2,237 $2,378 E
R
S
Ball Transfer Table P

U
S
Ball Transfer Table Applications H
A ball tansfer table is used when products are required to be manually rotated or correctly positioned, such as a work E
station or other similar operation that requires quick, easy handling of a product. A ball transfer table is also used when R
more than two conveyor lines converge and packages must be transferred from one line to another S
A
Ball BETWEEN RAIL WIDTHS
N
Transfer 10” 13” 15” 16” 17” 19” 21” 22” 23” 25” 27” 31” 33” 37” 39” D
Centers
2” $106.69 $137.33 $147.80 $167.98 $167.79 $187.87 $207.86 $229.17 $227.84 $247.83 $267.81 $307.79 $327.87 $367.84 $387.83 T
R
3” $53.30 $67.19 $74.52 $81.18 $84.23 $93.93 $103.64 $108.97 $113.35 $123.06 $132.67 $152.08 $161.79 $181.21 $190.92
A
4” $33.12 $41.49 $45.11 $49.87 $51.11 $56.82 $62.72 $66.62 $68.62 $74.52 $80.33 $92.13 $98.03 $109.73 $115.63 N
6” n/a n/a $26.08 $29.41 $30.74 $35.59 $40.26 $41.69 $45.02 $49.77 $54.44 $64.91 $68.62 $78.14 $82.80
S
F
E
R
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 141 S
Pivoting Bow Arm Sorter

The ProSort 45 is a precisely timed bow arm diverter designed for the use with the model SB belt conveyor. The bow
is specifically designed for diverting totes onto powered spurs.
OAW PRICE
Prices for the ProSort 45 include: 18” $3,157
• Powder painted steel construction - black only with yellow guards.
• Divert arm - tubular steel with dogbone wearstrip face - 57 in. long. 24” $3,186
• Cycles up to 45 times per minute. 30” $3,214
• Air filter, regulator with safety shut off valve. 36” $3,311
• Right hand or left hand available (please specify).
• Less electrical controls to actuate diverter.
Multi-Stage Right Angle Pusher

ProSort 50/50 Applications
The ProSort 50/50 is a multi-stage right angle pusher designed to be used with the Model SB for sorting cartons or
totes. Its compact telescoping design reduces the mounting space required over conventional inline right angle pushers
and increases the cycle rate at which it can operate. Also available in models with heavy duty guides and air assist.
Prices for the ProSort 50/50 include:

OAW PRICE
• Powder painted steel construction - black only with yellow guards.
• Pusher face - 8 in. x 23 in. x ³⁄8 in. aluminum. 18” $3,363
• Cycles up to 50 times per minute. 24” $3,427
• Air filter, regulator with safety shut off valve.
• Less electrical controls to actuate pusher. 30” $3,550
36” $3,639
Pivoting Divert Sorter

The ProSort 60 is a precisely timed, flat faced, pivot arm diverter for use with the model SB belt conveyor to deflect
cartons across the conveyor belt. Its unique cylinder arrangement allows it to divert cartons at very high rates across
the conveyor belt onto the divert chute. Also available in models with air assist.
OAW PRICE
Prices for the ProSort 60 include: 18” $3,253
D • Powder painted steel construction - black only with yellow guards.
• Divert arm - 48” x 15” x ³⁄16” in aluminum face. 24” $3,282
I
V • Cycles up to 60 times per minute. 30” $3,311
E • Air filter, regulator with safety shut off valve.
36” $3,408
R • Right hand or left hand diverts available (please specify).
T • Less electrical controls to actuate diverter.
E
R
S
Light Duty and High Speed Pushers
P
U High Speed Pusher
S
H The HSP provides high speed automatic product diversion. Product may be diverted 90˚ onto another conveyor, chute,
E etc. Special two-valve pneumatic control system provides smoother operation at speeds up to 45 cycles per minute.
R Cycle time varies with weight of product and stroke.
S
Price ................................................................................................................................................... $2,486
A
N Light Duty Pusher
D
• 7 in., 10 in., or 15 in. stroke (specify).
T • Aluminum pusher face.
R • 15 lb. maximum carton weight.
A • Mounting hardware (specify conveyor model & overall width).
N • Less electrical controls required to actuate pusher.
S
F Price ................................................................................................................................................... $524
E
R
S 142 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com
Optional Equipment
Casters, Ceiling Hangers, Conveyor Rails, and Electrical Accessories
Casters Conveyor Rails

Casters are easily bolted to conveyor floor Wheel conveyor rails are made up of standard skatewheels mounted
supports for portable applications. Steel or to various angle channel configurations. They provide a means of
rubber wheels are available in either rigid economical mobile storage systems. Can be mounted at floor level or in
or swivel type. Available in 4 or 6 in. with storage flow racks. Rails are 12 ga. powder painted steel. Note: for special
optional brake and floor lock. Casters can lengths, use price per 10 ft. section. Multiply by number of feet required.
limit the overall capacity of the conveyor.
TYPE 1
Rail weight per foot - 2.5 lbs.
10 ft. price ............... $34.83
CASTER SIZE EXTRA PER TYPE 2

SUPPORT Rail weight per foot - 2.1 lbs.
10 ft. price ............... $33.98
4” Diameter Steel $80.33
6” Diameter Steel $122.77 TYPE 3
4” Diameter Rubber $80.33 Rail weight per foot - 3.5 lbs.
10 ft. price ............... $49.97
6” Diameter Rubber $122.77
TYPE 4
10 ft. price ............... $45.02
Ceiling Hangers TYPE 5

Ceiling hangers provide a safe and sturdy means of gaining high 10 ft. price ............... $43.97
conveyor elevations. Used when maximum utilization of floor space
is needed or when required height exceeds floor support capability. ** Wheel capacity = 65 lbs. each
Customer is responsible for verifying with a structural engineer that the
ceiling capacity will support both the conveyor and product weight.
BASTIAN recommends verifying fire code clearance requirements
Electrical Accessories
before installation. 5⁄8 in. fully threaded steel rod connects to 1-½ in. I.D
(1.9 in. O.D.) support which bolts to underside of conveyor with
U-brackets. Ceiling hangers can be supplied with gravity or powered MANUAL START SWITCH OR SAFETY
conveyors. It is recommended that guard rails be used on conveyors that DISCONNECT
are ceiling hung. “Start-stop”, Nema 1, one direction, 30 AMP, 3 pole
(single or 3 phase).
Price ................................................................. $82.42
O
P
REVERSING DRUM SWITCH T
Fwd-Stop-Rev, Nema 1, for 1-½ HP at 115 volts or I
2 HP at 230 volts single phase, or 2 HP max. three O
phase. N
Price ............................................................... $153.70 A
L
REMOTE CONTROL ROD
Price per foot of bed length L E
Use with standard reversing drum switch. Q
Price ............................................................... $3.71 U
I
Ceiling hanger brackets with (2) 5/8” dia. X 8’-0” long unplated fully P
threaded rods ............................................................................... $35.12 FOOT SWITCH WITH GUARD M
Ceiling hanger brackets with (2) 5/8” dia. X 8’-0” long galvanized fully (Constant pressure) on-off type, Nema 1, pilot control E
threaded rods ............................................................................... $39.97 or 1 HP max. single phase. N
Ceiling hanger brackets, less rods only ....................................... $12.85 Price ............................................................... $104.69 T
Extra length rods
(2) 8 ft. long x 5⁄8 in. dia. unplated fully threaded rods ............... $15.04
(2) 8 ft. long x 5⁄8 in. dia. galvanized fully threaded rods ............ $19.80 POWER CORD AND PLUG (20 ft.)
(2) 10 ft. long x 5⁄8 in. dia. unplated fully threaded rods .............. $15.80 Motor HP and voltage, etc., must be specified to size
(2) 10 ft. long x 5⁄8 in. dia. galvanized fully threaded rods ........... $20.75 power cord and plug. Max. 1-½ HP 1 phase, 2 HP 3
(2) 12 ft. long x 5⁄8 in. dia. unplated fully threaded rods .............. $19.80 phase.
(2) 12 ft. long x 5⁄8 in. dia. galvanized fully threaded rods .......... $43.11 Price .............................................................. $41.30
Hex coupling nuts for rods ......................................................... $1.71
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 143

Electrical Accessories
Electrical Accessories and Brake Drives
LIMIT SWITCH, DOUBLE POLE,WITH NYLON

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH ROLLER LEVER
Nema 4 Nema 4
Price ................................................................. $215.61 Price .................................................................... $91.37
RED EMERGENCY PULL CORD CABLE AND

MOUNTING HARDWARE LIMIT SWITCH, TIME DELAY-ON, WITH
Price one side .................................................. $2.86 per/ft. NYLON ROLLER LEVER
Price both sides ............................................... $5.90 per/ft. Nema 4
Price .................................................................... $289.61
PHOTO EYE
18 mm dia., 115 volt, light operate, 2-meter cable ROD LEVER, 11-½ in. LONG
3.94 in. range .................................................... $67.83 Add on price, replaces nylon roller lever on above switches
7.87 in. range .................................................... $67.83 Price .................................................................... $7.90
15.74 in. range .................................................. $67.83 Replacement price .............................................. $27.03
PHOTO EYE, RETRO-REFLECTIVE

Polarized, 24 volt DC PROXIMITY SWITCH, INDUCTIVE, (METAL
Price .................................................................. $71.28 SENSING)
Cable ................................................................. $17.55 115 volt AC or 24 volt DC, two wire with ground, 30 mm
Dia., 10 mm range
Price .................................................................... $79.56
LIMIT SWITCH, SINGLE POLE, WITH NYLON

ROLLER LEVER LIMIT SWITCH, PLUNGER TYPE
Nema 4 Nema 1
Price ................................................................ $76.80 Price .................................................................... $58.34
AIR PRESSURE SWITCH

Nema 1
Price .................................................................... $182.25
AC VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE

NOTES:
• Add on price includes
standard motor deduct.
E • 2 HP add on price includes CLUTCH-BRAKE DRIVE
L 5ac reducer upgrade.
E • All motors are 230 / 460 To be used if conveyor is being stopped and started more than four times
C volt, 3 phase. per minute. Please call for exact specifications and price.
T • All v/s drive kits include • Good for cycle rates up to 60 cycles per minute.
R nema 1 / IP30 junction box, • ¹⁄10 second acceleration and deceleration time, with
I controller and motor. 350 FPM maximum speed
C • Good for cycle rates of up • 460 Volt only, other voltages must be quoted
A to 15 cycles per minute, • Motor cooling blower is 115 volt, 1 phase, 60 Hz.
L at ½ second ramp time,
with a maximum speed of The clutch-brake kit includes:
A 250 FPM. • AC variable speed controller - 5 HP, 460 volt, 3 phase
C • Snubber resistor kit
C • C-face motor - 2 HP, 460 volt, 3 phase, TEBC (blower cooled)
E AC VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES (ALL MOTORS ARE ENERGY
S EFFICIENT AND THREE Phase)
S HP ADD ON PRICE ADD ON PRICE
O 115 volt 208/230 volt
R
I ½ $688.84 $582.12
E 1 $805.27 $713.05
S
2 N/A $1,071.10
Electronic clutch brake kit ..................................................... $1,959.90

Mounting wiring add-on ........................................................ $242.55
144 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Gates and Guard Rails
Gates and Guard Rails
Gates Guard Rails

Gates provide a passage way for personnel, lift trucks, and other equipment. Guard rails are primarily used to prevent items from falling off the
conveyor, but can also be used to help guide the product being
• Manual - Manual gates are available for use with a variety conveyed. If the product comes in contact with the guard rail, product
of conveyors. flow may be affected.
Skatewheel ................................................................. $44.35
1-³⁄8 in. dia. roller per set ............................................ $44.35
1.9 in. or 2.0 in. dia. roller per set ............................. $58.53 ADJUSTABLE CHANNEL
Hinged support ........................................................... $6.09 • 1-5⁄8 in. x 7⁄8 in. x 14 Ga.
galvanized channel or
.080 in. aluminum.
• Continuous joint.
• Includes support bracket,
L-rods, and clamps.
Guard rail for skatewheel and 1-³⁄8 in. gravity:

• Adjustable channel type - continuous (steel)
Both sides, per foot .................................................. $4.28
One side, per foot ..................................................... $2.38
90°, 60°, 45°, 30°:
Both sides ................................................................. $57.20
Outside only ............................................................. $36.55
• Spring Balanced - Spring balanced gates can be used with Inside only ................................................................ $19.13
several types of gravity wheel and roller conveyors. Tension
springs are easily adjusted to provide minimum weight lift. • Adjustable channel type - continuous (aluminum)
Skatewheel ................................................................ $269.15 Both sides, per foot .................................................. $11.04
1-³⁄8 in. dia. roller per set ........................................... $269.15 One side, per foot ..................................................... $6.09
1.9 in. or 2.0 in. dia. roller per set ............................. $336.15 90° 60°, 45°, 30°:
2.5 in. roller per set .................................................... $733.87 Both sides ................................................................. $110.21
Hinged support ........................................................... $6.09 Outside only ............................................................. $60.53
Inside only ................................................................ $49.68
ANGLE
• 1 in. x 1 in. x 12 in. ga. powder painted steel for 1-³⁄8 in. dia. and
SW gravity conveyors.
• 1-½ in. x 1-½ in. powder painted steel for 1.9 in. and 2.0 in. dia.
gravity conveyors.
• Type B mounted with shaved carriage bolt screws. G
• 2 in. x 1-5⁄8 in. x 4 ga. powder painted steel for 2.5 in. and A
2.6 in. dia. conveyors. Type A only. T
E
S
A
N
D
• Gas - Gas spring gates can be provided with 1.9 in. or 2.0 in. Type A:
gravity roller conveyor. • Skatewheel and 1-³⁄8 in. dia. gravity (both sides) G
1.9 in. or 2.0 in. dia. roller per set ............................. $336.15 1 in. x 1 in. x 12 in. ga. per foot .............................. $2.95 U
Hinged support .......................................................... $6.09 • 1.9 in. and 2.0 in. dia. gravity (both sides) A
1-½ in. x 1-½ in. x 12 in. ga. per foot ...................... $3.05 R
• 90° and 45° curves D
Both sides ................................................................. $36.55 R
Outside only ............................................................. $22.65 A
Inside only ................................................................ $13.51 I
Type B: L
• Skatewheel and 1-³⁄8 in. dia. gravity (both sides) S
1 in. x 1 in. x 12 in. ga. per foot .............................. $3.71
• 1.9 in. and 2.0 in. dia. gravity (both sides)
1-½ in. x 1-½ in. x 12 in. ga. per foot ...................... $4.28
• 90° and 45° curves
Both sides ................................................................. $54.82
Outside only ............................................................. $34.74
Inside only ................................................................ $20.08
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 145

Package Stops
Optional Equipment
FIXED CHANNEL DEAD TYPE

• 2-½ in. x 1 in. powder painted steel Dead type package stops are simply
channel for 1-³⁄8 in. dia. and placed on bed section of gravity wheel
SW gravity conveyors. and 1-³⁄8 in. roller conveyor. Styles A, B,
• 3-½ in., 6-½ in., 10 in., or 13 in. or C can be used to lift or stop cartons or
heights x 1-½ in. powder painted boxes. Easily attached to conveyor.
steel channel for 1.9 in. and
2.0 in. dia. conveyors.
FOR WHEEL OR 1-³⁄8” GRAVITY
B/N RAIL WIDTH OVERALL FRAME PRICE
WIDTH EACH
10” 12” $11.99
90º, 60º, 45º, 30º curve channel:
• 1.9 in. and 2.0 in. dia. gravity only (both sides) 13” 15” $16.75
3-½ in. x 1-½ in. x 12 in. ga. 16” 18” $17.32
Both sides .................................................................. $87.37
22” 24” $18.84
Outside only .............................................................. $55.10
Inside only ................................................................. $32.64
• Skatewheel and 1-³⁄8 in. dia. gravity only (both sides)

2- ½ in. x 1 in. x 12 in. ga.
Both sides .................................................................. $68.52 Type “A” Type “B” Type “C”
Outside only .............................................................. $43.21
Inside only ................................................................. $25.41
HAND AND FOOT OPERATED
Straight channel: Hand and foot operated stops
• 1.9 in. and 2.0 in. dia. gravity only (both sides) are used where manual line
3-½ in. x 1-½ in. x 12 in. ga. per foot ...................... $7.71 control is required such as
• Skatewheel and 1-³⁄8 in. dia. gravity only (both sides) assembly work stations, shipping
2-½ in. x 1 in. x 12 in. ga. per foot ........................... $5.90 areas, etc. Lever to raise or lower
can be used in normally up or
down positions (supplied down).
Package Stops
1-³⁄8”, 1.9”, 2.0” and 2514 GRAVITY
AIR OPERATED ALL WIDTHS 12” TO 42”
Air operated stops are used where
automatic line control is required such HAND OPERATED FOOT OPERATED FOOT OPERATED
as assembly work stations, shipping NORMALLY NORMALLY UP
areas, etc. Can be mounted to under- DOWN
P
A side of 190-LR, 138-ACC, 190-ACC, $139.43 $269.15 $332.91
C 190-NSP, 190-ACZ, SSR, 19SR, and
K 20SR conveyors.
A RAISED END ROLLER
G 1-³⁄8 in. Gravity: Raised end roller stop can be mounted at end or any desired location
E • All widths .................................................................. $506.89 along conveyor (some drilling may be required). Steel angle brackets
hold 2-¹⁄8 in. dia. x ¹⁄8 in. wall roller with 7⁄16 in. hex shaft. Bolts to top
1-³⁄8 in. Gravity: flange of conveyor channels.
S • 16 in. to 28 in. wide .................................................. $506.89
T • 16 in. to 28 in. wide .................................................. $530.68
O
P
S ANGLE END STOP
Angle end stop mounts to end of
conveyor for stopping boxes, cartons,
etc. Bolts to top flange of conveyor
channels. Available in all standard
conveyor widths. 13 in. to 25 in. between rail width .......................................... $31.31
27 in. to 39 in. between rail width .......................................... $38.83
1-³⁄8 in., 1.9 in., and 2.0 in. Gravity:
• 10 in. to 25 in. between rail ...................................... $12.18 TERMINATING END STOP
• 27 in. to 39 in. between rail ...................................... $19.61 For 1.9 in. and 2.0 in. dia. gravity conveyors.
2-½ in. and 2 5⁄8 in. Gravity:

• 13 in. to 23 in. between rail ...................................... $24.08 10 in. to 25 in........... $12.18
• 25 in. to 39 in. between rail ...................................... $38.93 27 in. to 39 in. ......... $19.61
• 43 in. to 51 in. between rail ...................................... $48.44
146 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Supports and Stands
Conveyor Supports and Stands

Supports and Stands
FLOOR SUPPORTS
MS and LS type floor supports are available with a wide range of adjustments. Specify top of belt or roller elevation and the conveyor model for support attachment.
One support is required at every bed joint and ends of conveyor. Holes in feet for lagging to floor. Knee braces are recommended above MS-6 and LS-6 support.
LS and MS SUPPORTS
MODEL ADJUSTMENT MODEL ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT WEIGHT PRICE
NO. TOP OF ROLLER NO. TOP OF ROLLER TOP OF ROLLER (LBS.) EACH
WHEEL and 1 3/8” 1.9” and 2” ROLLER 2514 ROLLER
ROLLER
LSL-1 4-13⁄16” to 5-13⁄16” MSL-1 5-¾” to 6-¾” 6-¹⁄16” to 7-¹⁄16” 8 $23.32
LSL-2 5-13⁄16” to 7-9⁄16” MSL-2 6-¾” to 8-½” 7-¹⁄16” to 8-13⁄16” 8 $23.32
LSL-3 7-9⁄16” to 10-13⁄16” MSL-3 8-½” to 11-¹⁄8” 8-13⁄16” to 11-7⁄16” 8 $23.32
LS-1 10-1⁄16” to 11-13⁄16” MS-1 10-¾” to 12-½” 11-¹⁄16” to 12-13⁄16” 8 $23.32
LS-1.2 11-1⁄16” to 12-13⁄16” MS-1.2 11-¾” to 13-½” 12-¹⁄16” to 13-13⁄16” 8 $23.32
LS-1.4 12-1⁄16” to 13-13⁄16” MS-1.4 12-¾” to 14-½” 13-¹⁄16” to 14-13⁄16” 8 $23.32
LS-2 13-1⁄16” to 16-1⁄16” MS-2 13-¾” to 16-¾” 14-¹⁄16” to 17-¹⁄16” 8-½ $24.08
LS-3 15-11⁄16” to 18-11⁄16” MS-3 16-³⁄8” to 19-³⁄8” 16-11⁄16” to 19-11⁄16” 11 $26.46
LS-4 18-11⁄16” to 24-11⁄16” MS-4 19-³⁄8” to 25-³⁄8” 19-11⁄16” to 25-11⁄16” 13-½ $30.55
LS-5 22-11⁄16” to 28-11⁄16” MS-5 23-³⁄8” to 29-³⁄8” 23-11⁄16” to 29-11⁄16” 19-½ $31.88
LS-6 26-11⁄16” to 38-11⁄16” MS-6 27-³⁄8” to 39-³⁄8” 27-11⁄16” to 39-11⁄16” 22-½ $35.12
LS-7 36-11⁄16” to 48-11⁄16” MS-7 37-³⁄8” to 49-³⁄8” 37-11⁄16” 49-11⁄16” 24 $40.16
LS-8 48-11⁄16” to 60-11⁄16” MS-8 49-³⁄8” to 61-³⁄8” 49-11⁄16” to 61-11⁄16” 26-½ $47.68
LS-9 60-11⁄16” to 72-11⁄16” MS-9 61-³⁄8” to 73-³⁄8” 61-11⁄16” to 73-11⁄16” 29-½ $53.30
LS-10 72-11⁄16” to 84-11⁄16” MS-10 73-³⁄8” to 85-³⁄8” 73-11⁄16” to 85-11⁄16” 35-½ $62.24
LS-11 82-11⁄16” to 94-11⁄16” MS-11 83-³⁄8” to 95-³⁄8” 83-11⁄16” to 95-11⁄16” 38-½ $70.14
LS-12 94-11⁄16” to 106-11⁄16” MS-12 95-³⁄8” to 107-³⁄8” 95-11⁄16” to 107-11⁄16” 42 $74.04
POLY-TIER SUPPORTS TRIPOD STAND

Poly-tier supports provide sturdy support Adjustable tripod stands are used with straight or curved sections of
for multi-level conveyor lines. Heights gravity skatewheel and 1-³⁄8 in. dia. roller conveyor. Optional leg angles
available from 36 in. to 120 in. in 6 in. can be supplied to fasten stand to floor.
increments. 1-½ in. I.D. (1.9 O.D.) cross pipe
assembly mounted to 1-¾ in. x 7 ga. steel
support legs. Capacity: 1500 lbs. per cross ADJUSTMENT PRICE
pipe - 4500 lbs. per set of legs. Supplied for HEIGHT (ALL WIDTHS)
overall conveyor widths from 10 in. to 42 in. 12” to 18” $27.22
wide. Knee braces are supplied to provide
18” to 30” $29.22
extra stability to support.
24” to 40” $31.12 S
30” to 52” $33.02 U
P
40” to 72” $46.44 P
2 TIER 3 TIER
60” to 110” $79.66 O
48” $82.42 48” $98.12 R
60” $86.13 60” $101.83 T
ADJUSTABLE ROLLER STAND S
72” $89.84 72” $105.45
Adjustable roller stands are made of heavy gauge pipe with a 1.9
galvanized, ball bearing roller mounted on top. They are used for feeding A
work to a punch press, saw, drill press, brake press, or anywhere some N
PORTABLE CASTERED SUPPORTS D
extra support is required.
Portable castered supports allows straight sections of gravity
skatewheel or 1-³⁄8 in. dia. roller conveyor to be easily moved. Also S
comes in curved section supports. WIDTH HEIGHT PRICE T
12” 18” $47.11 A
HEIGHT TO PRICE 13” N
18” 30” $49.49
TOP OF EACH D
CONVEYOR 24” 40” $51.01 S
12” 18” $48.25
18” TO 28” $161.98 17” 18” 30” $50.25
24” TO 40” $167.50 24” 40” $51.87
30” TO 52” $173.31 12” 18” $49.01
40” TO 72” $183.40 21” 18” 30” $50.82
24” 40” $52.53
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 147

Safety Equipment
Barrier Rail and Guards
Conveyor in Fork Lift Aisle Machinery Electrical Boxes
Bollards Guard Rail Safety Header

S
A
F
E
T
Y
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Track Armor Column Guards Safety Corners
148 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

CO N T RO L S YS T E M S
Benefits and Advantages 150
Full Service Controls 151
Interface Experience 151
Control System Capabilities 152
Controls Design 153
WCS/MHCS Process Flow 154
pages 149-154
Complete Automation Control Experience From a Single Source
Material handling and automation systems involve integrating a wide variety of technologies to meet your specific business objectives. These technologies
must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity.
C
BASTIAN has the experience necessary to bring together the entire system so that each separate piece works in harmony.
O
N
T Technology Experiences
R
O • Conveying systems.
L • RFID integration.
S • RF systems.
• Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS).
S • High speed sorters.
O • Palletizers.
L • Robotics.
U • Carousels (horizontal and vertical).
T • A-frame dispensing systems.
I • Bowl feeders.
O • Automated guided vehicles (AGVs).
N • Tilt tray/cross belt systems.
S • Packaging equipment.
• Fluid loading/unloading.
• Laser scanners, RFID, vision systems.
• Weighing and cubing systems.
• Manifesting systems.
• Printers and label applicators.
• Vision systems.
• Energy reduction management.
BASTIAN’S Competitive Advantage
Turnkey Controls Installation Total Operational Visibility

BASTIAN serves as a single point of contact for your automation Human Machine Interface (HMI) technologies provide operational
project to ensure fast, efficient installation of your project, allowing visibility to track and diagnose product routing, helping to ensure
you the benefit of improved operations ahead of your competition. operational success in your facility enterprise wide.
Full Service Controls Design Flexibility

BASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your Our design process includes factors for future growth and reconfigurations.
controls projects. We work directly with you up front ensuring the Our modular design architectures place the controls at the conveyor,
right services at the right time to make your projects successful. making future reconfigurations quick and easy.
Interface Experience Broad Industry Experience

BASTIAN has proven experience interfacing to many different BASTIAN has a wide breadth of systems experience across many indus-
systems utilizing a wide variety of operational features and tries. Through our experience, we bring the best technologies to bear for
interface protocols. your controls projects.
Open, Non-Proprietory Equipment Customized Solutions

Our controls utilize commercially available components and Our controls engineers start every project with a functional
programming architectures. We specify only the most reliable cost specification process that customizes our controls platforms and
effective components. programs to your applications
150 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Full Service Controls
BASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your control projects. We work directly with you up front to provide the right services at the
right time. To make your projects successful, we will customize our resources based on your objectives. With the BASTIAN team you can rest assured
that we are fully dedicated to your operational success.
Design:
• Controls project management.
• Control system design.
• Controls drawings.
• Consulting.
• Simulation (AutoMod).
• Functional specification documents.
• Device specification.
• Control panels.
• Runoffs.
• Electrical installation.
• Startup assistance.
• Maintenance manuals.
• UL certified panel build.
• Training/certifications. C
• Failure mode analysis. O
• Validation services. N
T
R
Support O
L
• 24/7 support call center. S
• Remote dial in capabilities.
• Modifications/upgrades. S
• Support contracts/services. O
• Web based video monitoring. L
• Cell phone/PDA supervisory alerts. U
• Operational consulting. T
• Planned maintenance software. I
• Spare parts specifications. O
N
S
Interface Experience
The effective flow of information to and Information/Control Systems:

from your material handling system is Interface Networks/Protocols:
important in the just-in-time, high customer • Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC).
• PC Based Controllers (VLC). • Profibus.
service business environment. BASTIAN’S
• Warehouse Management System (WMS). • DeviceNet.
control system acts as the real-time • RFID integration. • ControlNet.
interface between the floor equipment and • Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP). • SDS.
the upper level information systems. We • Manufacturing Resource Planning Systems (MRP). • Discrete I/O.
have proven experience interfacing to many • Supply Chain Execution (SCE) System. • Ethernet.
different host systems utilizing a wide variety of • TCP/IP.
interface protocols. Operations: • Shared files/tables.
• FTP.
• Smart conveyor counting (AOR/ACR). • Serial.
• High speed sortation.
• Quality control.
• Weight verification.
• Laser and vision scanning.
• Picking/fulfillment .
• Pick-to-Light (PTL) operations.
• Order management.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 151

Control System Capabilities
AOR - Smart Conveyor Vision Systems Energy Management

Automated Order Routing (AOR) interfaces Today’s advanced vision systems can read Built-in energy saving logic and
controls to WMS and host systems that smartly standard Barcodes, 2D barcodes, OCR efficient drives reduce your energy cost year
routes cartons to designated zones. Features for text conversion, and image match for after year by implementing idle time shut down
such as priority routing, zone preferencing, and product recognition. controls and automatic system restart.
divert confirmation provide maximum
operational flexibility.
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S Web Based Video Monitoring Robotic Technologies Automated Dispensers
Offers quality images and streaming video, to Our control systems provide excellent integration High volume dispensing of products utilizing
S keep a close eye on the operation. of robotics in a wide variety of applications from a variety of automation technologies, such as:
O production to automated palletization. A-frames, bowl feeder, etc.
L
U
T
I
O
N
S
Carousel Controls Compliance Labeling High Speed Sortation

With customized controls parameters you can Our systems can implement many different value- Using ExactaSort™, high speed sortation is
optimize carousels performance and inventory added services, from pack and label application to maximized for reliable sorting to multiple
control. Our world-class HMIs make operations easy. kitting and inspections. locations. The software is designed for sortation
on a variety of technologies from pushers to
cross-belt sorters.
Powered Roller Conveyors System Status Field Devices Conveyor Controls (DCC)
Motorized roller conveyors incorporate low volt- Monitoring devices can provide real-time Provides distributed controls to speed
age motorized rollers with built-in accumulation feedback and allow complete visibility to installations, minimize cost, and maximize future
features to provide quiet, safe and easily system status for priority routing, manning levels, flexibility and reconfigurations.
configurable systems. field conditions, etc. Monitoring devices include:
photoeyes, scanners, proximity sensors, and
optical sensors.
152 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Controls Design
Control System Integration:

• Turnkey control solutions. • Statistical process control.
• System evaluation . • Sorters/merges/inline scales.
• Specify system architecture. • RFID integration.
• Application engineering. • Online multimedia training.
• System hardware design. • Controls project management.
• Custom control panel design. • Human machine interface.
• PLC/ VLC/PC software. • WAN and web HMI visibility.
• Distributed conveyor control. • Installation and startup.
• RFID. • Acceptance testing.
• Industrial network devices. • Performance responsibility.
• Erp/wms system interface. • System specific training.
• Real-time WMS interface. • PC-based documentation.
• Data acquisition and monitoring.
Human Machine Interface

PLC Development Process: (HMIs):
C
• Specify PLC system. • Throughput statistics.
O
• PLC hardware design. • Event statistics.
N
• CAD PLC drawings. • Scanner statistics.
T
• Custom control panel design. • Specific alarm conditions.
R
• Distributed control systems. • Remote video view.
O
• Powered roller controls. • Highly configurable.
L
• Control panel fabrication. • Adjustable scan rate/device.
S
• PLC software development. • Maintenance scheduling.
• Installation and startup. • Diagnostic fault history.
D
• Acceptance and validation. • Automatic system alerts.
E
• Maintenance training. • Integrated diagnostics.
S
• Remote web/WAN monitoring.
I
• Predictive maintenance.
G
• Barcode read rates.
N
• System specific training.
• Online help system.
• Online multimedia training.
Industrial Network Devices: • Embedded planned maintenance.
• DeviceNet.
• INTERBUS-S.
• PROFIBUS.
• AS-i actuator sensor interface. Functionality:
• Customer specified network.
• High speed control. • Remote web viewing.
• Industry standards. • Automatic pager alert.
• Pc connectivity. • Remote system monitoring.
• Open architecture. • CAD drawing viewer.
• Web cam.
• Automatic e-mail alert.
• Internet system monitoring.
PC-Based Control Systems:

• Specify PC-based system.
• PC-based hardware design.
• WMS.
• Cost effective modular design.
• CAD system drawings.
• Distributed control systems.
• Powered roller controls.
• PC software development.
• Custom PC software.
• Statistical process control.
• Installation and startup.
• Acceptance and validation.
• Maintenance training.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 153

WCS/MHCS
Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow

M
H
C
S
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
Operations Automation
A
N Manufacturing, receiving, Conveyor, inline scales,
D putaway, picking, shipping, AS/RS, sorters, carousels, bowl
packing, etc. feeders, robotics, etc.
I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
E
X
P
E
R
I
E
N
C
E
154 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

PRODUCT GUIDE
H I G H L I G H T S O F B A S T I A N ’ S C A PA B I L I T I E S
Conveyors 156
Racks, Shelving, Storage 157
To t e s , B i n s , C o n t a i n e r s 157
Mezzanines, Modular Offices, Stairways 157
Ergonomic Equipment 158
Tr ucks , Car ts , Casters 158
A u t o m a t e d S t o r a g e , S o r t a t i o n , P i c k i n g Te c h n o l og i e s 159
Software and Controls 159

System Integration 160
pages 155-160
Conveyors
Belt Accumulation Belt Driven Live Roller Chain Driven Live Roller Drag Chain
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
G
U High Speed Sorter Low Profile/Cleated Plastic Belt Hinged Steel Belt Wash Down
I
D
E
Curves Diverters, Pushers, and Small Item Sorter Non-Synchronous Overhead

Transfers
Gravity Flexible/Expandable Spiral Lifts and Chutes Custom Fabrication Vertical Lift
156 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Racks, Shelving, and Storage
Selective Rack Pallet Rack Live Pallet Flow Rack Push Back Rack
Cantilever Rack Pick Module Gravity Flow Rack Wire Decking
P
Bulk Storage Shelving Modular Storage Cabinet Lockers Safety Cabinet
R
O
D
Totes, Bins, and Containers U
C
T
G
U
I
D
E
Bins and Bin Molded Fiberglass Polyethylene Attached Lid Wire Collaspsible Shipping
Systems Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers
Mezzanine, Modular Offices and Stairways
Mezzanines and Platforms Wire Partitions Ladders and Stairways Safety Rail and Bollards Strip Doors Modular and
Mezzanine Offices
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 157

Ergonomic Equipment
Scissor Lifts Mobile Lift Trailer Tilters Mobile Lifts
Turntables Floor Height Lifts Pallet Level Loaders Palletizers
Balancers and Hoists Intelligent Assist Overhead Rail Special Handling Vacuum Hoists Floor Mats
Devices Devices
P
R
Trucks, Carts, and Casters
O
D
U
C
T
G
U
I
D Utility Carts Steel and Wire Carts Trailers Platform Trucks
E
Pallet Trucks Tilt Trucks Towing Trucks
Hand and Appliance Drum Handling Industrial Casters Power Drive and Power Lift Trucks
Trucks
158 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Automated Storage, Sortation, and Picking Technologies
AS/RS Mini and Unit Load Horizontal Carousel Vertical Storage Monorail System Automated Guided Vehicle
Module (AGV)
High Speed Sortation Small Item Sortation “A” Frame Sortation Tilt Tray Sortation Overhead Scanner
Robotic Palletizing RF Solutions RFID Tag Integration Labeler
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
Pick Module Pick To Display Pick To Display Software Pick To Voice Pick To Light G
(Wireless) U
I
Software and Controls D
E
Warehouse Management Systems Manifest Control Panels Distibuted Controls

(WMS) Software Software
WMS with ERP Interface Custom Controls Screens Pre-Mounted Control Devices
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 159

System Integration
• Engineering studies
• Profiling/slotting analysis
• Facilities layout CAD
Engineering Studies CAD Facility Layout • Ergonomic studies
• Fabricated specials design
• Simulations and animation
• Human machine interfaces
• Turnkey system installation
• Prototype systems
Simulations Profiling Analysis
• Performance testing
• Controls design
• Project management
Entertainment Media
Distribution • Custom controls software
• Functional specifications
P
R
O
D
U
C
T “BASTIAN provides
excellent customer service,
G and excellent response
U time. They do what they
I say they are going to do.”
D
E Distribution Center Facilities - Rolls Royce Director of
Business Development
Tier One
Automotive Supplier
“BASTIAN is an ideal
integrator who provides the
‘whole package’ from design
engineering to
implementation of material
handling solutions.”
- CVS Pharmacy Manager of

Process and Methods
Manufacturing Facilities
160 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

APPENDIX
Placing An Order 162
Te r m s a n d C o n d i t i o n s 162
Fr i eg h t Te r m s 163
Glossary 164
Index 173
Represented Manufacturers 176
pa ges 161-180
Order Placement
By Web Pricing
Go to http://www.bmhcorp.com All prices in the BASTIAN catalog reflect buyer’s net cost in U.S.
currency. The prices do not include freight, applicable federal, state,
and local taxes, charges, and duties, special crating requirements, or
By Phone installation fees. Buyer shall pay all such costs, taxes, charges, and
duties. BASTIAN offers quantity discounts on most items. Call for
Call BASTIAN toll free at 1-800-264-9610
more information. Prices, colors, and specifications are subject to
change without notice.
By Fax
(317) 575-8596 - Indianapolis, IN Opening an Account
(260) 489-4129 - Fort Wayne, IN
(812) 858-7308 - Evansville, IN It is simple to establish an account with BASTIAN. Please call us or
(314) 432-2227 - St. Louis, MO contact us via our web site. BASTIAN can generally open an account
(248) 473-9497 - Detroit, MI within the same day.
(616) 235-3779 - Grand Rapids, MI
(859) 271-9466 - Lexington, KY
(502) 266-9499 - Louisville, KY Payment Terms
(909) 542-0215 - Los Angeles, CA In general, open account terms of net 15 are extended to customers with
(513) 459-0132 - Cincinnati, OH satisfactory credit history. Customers may be required to submit their
Dunn and Bradstreet number, three trade references, and the name of
By Mail their bank. While BASTIAN establishes open account status, customers
O may expedite an order by including payment with the order. BASTIAN
Please mail orders to: accepts Mastercard, Visa, and American Express.
R Bastian Material Handling
D 9820 Association Court
E Indianapolis, IN 46280
R Terms and Conditions
When ordering by web, mail or fax, please be sure to include the
I following information: All orders are governed by our Terms and Conditions located on our
N • Purchase order number. website at http://www.bmhcorp.com.
F • Name of authorized purchaser.
O • Ship to address if different than bill to address.
R • Complete phone number, including area code.
M • If it is your company’s policy to issue a confirming order
A following telephone orders, be certain the order is clearly
T marked as confirming.
I • Catalog description of items being ordered: quantity size,
O color, model number, page number of catalog item etc.
N
162 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Terms and Conditions
Shipping Demo Unit Policy

Products highlighted in GREEN are available for 24 hour shipment. The Some items in our catalog are available for on-site demonstration. If a
24 hour shipping schedule from the shipping point requires the order to be demo unit is available, the customer is responsible for freight one way.
received at Bastian Material Handling before 12 pm EST. Orders received Demo units may be used on a trial basis for a period of two weeks. If the
after noon count as the next day’s orders and are scheduled accordingly. unit has not been returned after two weeks, the customer may be invoiced
All other products will ship from the designated shipping point within in full. The customer is responsible for any damage incurred to the demo
6 weeks, unless they are a special order (see color chart below). Unless units while being used on sight.
otherwise specified by the buyer, goods will be shipped via carriers of our
choice with shipping and handling charges designated as collect. Any extra
charges for services requested by the buyer, (i.e. special routing, inside Product Testing
delivery, pre-delivery notification or appointment deliveries, etc.) must be BASTIAN requires product samples for testing at the factory to confirm
paid by the buyer. Supplies at BASTIAN are limited. Call BASTIAN for your application on complete systems.
precise shipping times when ordering items advertised as in stock.
24 hour shipping period

Sizes
The sizes shown in this catalog are not always complete lists. Many other
lengths, widths, and options are often available. Systems can be designed
to suit your specific needs.
Damaged Shipments
The buyer or receiving department should INSPECT ALL ITEMS for
shipping damages BEFORE ACCEPTING DELIVERY. If damage has Conveyor Weight
occurred, buyer or receiving department should NOTE THE EXTENT OF
Conveyor weights are not shown in this catalog. Please call BASTIAN for O
DAMAGE IN WRITING ON THE FREIGHT BILL and call BASTIAN
specific shipping weights and further crating information. R
immediately. If damage is severe, photographs should be taken and/or
D
the shipment should be refused. If damage is concealed, BASTIAN
E
must be notified immediately! Buyer shall, at BASTIAN’s option
return any damaged products to BASTIAN or to the carrier pursuant to
Load Capacities R
BASTIAN’s instructions. Load capacities are often limited by horsepower, frame width, section length,
and conveying speed. The capacities given meet standard specifications. Any I
N
modifications could alter the load capacity. Please call BASTIAN for specific
F
Return Policy load capacity ratings for your particular conveyor needs.
O
Since 1952, our growth and reputation have been based on customer R
trust and satisfaction. If a return is necessary, you must receive prior M
authorization from BASTIAN whereby we will issue you a Return Goods A
Authorization (RGA) number. All products must be returned within 30 T
days. The return of custom orders and orders shipped direct from the I
manufacturer are subject to the prior approval and return goods policy O
of the manufacturer (which often includes restock charges). Buyer must N
contact BASTIAN’s sales department for confirmation and shipping
instructions prior to the return of any products. All returns must be
shipped prepaid, in re-saleable condition, and are subject to inspection for
damage or misuse prior to issuance of a credit or refund. Apart from the
manufacturer’s RGA policy, all products not returned within 30 days of
receipt will be subject to restocking charges.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 163

Glossary
Accumulation Conveyor: Powered roller conveyor used for the queuing of to staff each warehouse department calculated between average work load and
materials prior to sortation. A gap is created between cartons in order to maximum (peak). Designed to compromise between under and over staffing.
eliminate product damage caused by line pressure.
Ball Transfer: The ball transfer table is used when products are required to be
Advanced Shipment Notice (ASN): An electronically communicated detailed manually rotated or correctly positioned, such as a work station or other similar
description of the content of a shipment that has been dispatched to the recipient operation that requires quick, easy handling of a product. It is also used when
of the ASN. more than two conveyor lines converge and packages must be transferred from
one line to another.
A-frame: High speed dispenser for small items.
Barcode: An automatic identification technology that encodes information into an
Aisle Space Percentage (ASP): Defined as the proportion of facility space array of adjacent varying width parallel rectangular bars and spaces.
devoted to aisles.
Batch Picking: (a) A technique used to group orders to maximize order
Algorithm: Sequence of instructions with a finite number of steps, to complete a selection efficiency, by totaling all orders for the same item and picking them all
given problem or task. during one visit to the pick face. (b) Batch picking consists of an order picker pick-
ing all the units of one item needed to satisfy multiple customer orders.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A non-governmental group re-
sponsible for the development of the standard character set of OCR, standard bar- Baud: Unit of signal frequency in signals per second. Not synonymous with bits
code symbology specifications (Code 39, code bar, and Interleaved 2 of 5 Code), per second since signals can represent more than one bit. Baud equals bits per
and other standard relating to government and industry. second only when the signal represents a single bit.
Amortization: (a) As applied to a capitalized asset, the distribution of the initial Bay: A cubic space with limits normally defined by functional or physical
cost by periodic charges to operations as in depreciation. Most properly applies constraints, for example: (a) structural bay, the space defined by four columns, (b)
to assets with indefinite life. (b) The reduction of a debt by either periodic or storage bay, the space defined by the size of a block of material stored within it.
irregular payments. (c) A plan to pay off a financial obligation according to some
prearranged program. (d) the time period used to depreciate and pay for an asset Bed Length: Length of bed sections only that are required to make up a
on the “books”. Often referred to as “write off.” conveyor, excluding pulleys, etc. that may be assembled at the ends.
Analog Control: Control signals that are processed through analog means. Belt Conveyor: A circular fabric, rubber, plastic, leather or metal belt operated
Analog control can be electronic, hydraulic, or pneumatic. A data transfer method over a suitable drive, tail end and bend terminals and over belt idlers or a slider
that uses continuously variable physical quantities for transmitting voice and data bed for handling materials, packages, or objects placed directly upon the belt. The
signals over conventional telephone lines. Analog transmission speed is limited by top and return runs may be utilized for handling materials. Belt conveyors can
the bandwidth of the human voice. operate on level surfaces, on an incline, or decline with limits on the slope of either
unless restraint is provided.
Artificial Intelligence: (AI) The ability of a machine system such as the
Exacta™ software to perceive anticipated or unanticipated new conditions, decide Benchmark: A standard of measurement with enough characteristics common
what actions must be performed under the conditions, and plan the actions accordingly. to the individual units of a population to facilitate economical comparison of
attributes for units selected from a sample. Benchmarks may be used for job
Aspect Ratio: In a barcode symbol, the ratio of bar height to symbol length. evaluation, performance rating, establishing operational standards, standard data
development, cost estimating, and other purposes.
Attainable Cubic Feet (ACF): The product of net storage space (sq. ft.) multiplied
by the net stacking height(s) permitted by safety regulations and restrictions and Between Rail Width (BR): Referred to as the distance between the conveyor
floor load limitations with available material handling equipment and storage aids. frame rails on a roller bed, live roller, or gravity type conveyor. Also referred to as
“BF” or between frame.
Assembly Language: Computer language composed of brief expressions
in mnemonic codes that are later translated into machine level language for Bill of Lading (BOL): Defined as the receipt given by a carrier or his agent for
execution by the computer. goods received for shipment or the acknowledgement of the receipt of goods for
movement by a carrier and the contract for that particular movement.
Auto discrimination: A feature present in some scanners allowing the device
to distinguish, from a predetermined set of symbols, which particular code is Binary: Characteristics of having only two states such as current on and current
being read. off. The binary number system uses only ones and zeros.
Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV): These vehicles are equipped with Black Box Testing: Also known as functional testing. Used to determine program
electromagnetic, optical, dead reckoning, or other systems for guidance and conformation to specification.
employ various types of collision avoidance systems. AGVs can have
reprogramming capabilities for path selection and positioning. Broken Case: Term used to describe an item whose order quantity is less
than the master carton quantity; therefore, requiring the carton to be opened
Automated Order Picking Machines: Specialized automated order or broken.
picking machines have been developed by a number of manufactures for specific
application in high volume small parts order picking operations. These systems Bulk Floor Storage: Storage mode where pallet loads of materials are floor
have typically been applied in the pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and personal care stacked. Primarily used for reserve storage of multiple pallet quantities for the
products industries. Automated order picking machines are optimized for high same SKU, normally three to four pallets high, by one to six pallets deep. Height
speed order picking of small packaged items which are consistent in terms of the may depend on SKU characteristics.
size and strength of the package. Typical items picked by such systems include
T packaged health and beauty aids, packages automotive parts such as spark plugs, Bulk Storage: Generally when pallets of product are placed directly on
points, etc., pharmaceutical items such as pills and medications, and cosmetics. the floor of the warehouse. Painted lines on the floor and a fixed storage
E location ID hanging from the ceiling identify the physical location. Bulk storage
R Automatic Lubricator: A device used to automatically lubricate the chain, is used to store larger quantities of a product for replenishment or cross-docking.
M trolley wheels, or other carousel or conveyor components as they pass. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases
I and partial cases.
Automated Storage and Retrieval System (AS/RS): A combination of
N equipment and controls that handles, stores, and retrieves materials with Bus: A LAN topology in which all the nodes are connected to a single cable. All
O precision accuracy and speed under a defined degree of automation. nodes are considered equal and receive transmissions on the medium.
L Systems vary from relatively simple, manually controlled order picking machines
operating in small storage structures to giant, computer-controlled storage and Call Eye: A photo eye positioned to indicate that a full load (or layer) is
O retrieval systems totally integrated into the manufacturing and distribution process. accumulated for delivery to a palletizer.
G
Y Automatic Data Collection (ADC): The term used to describe direct entry of Cantilever Rack: A rack consisting of arms cantilevered from column(s). A
data into a computer system, programmable logic controller (PLC), or other cantilever rack is most useful when there is a need for a full clear shelf that can be
microprocessor-controlled device without using a keyboard. loaded form the front without obstructing uprights.
Automatic Sortation: The electronic recognition of cartons by size or code Capacity: (a) The maximum load in pounds, or the maximum load in pounds at
enabling these to be sorted into groups. Automation: (a) a system or method in a given load center, that a truck can safely transport and/or stack to a specified
which many or all of the operations of production, movement and inspection of height. (b) The number of pieces, volume or weight of material that can be handled
parts and materials are automatically controlled or performed by self operating, by a conveyor in a unit of time when operating at a given speed.
electronic devices, etc. (b) automatically controlled operations of an apparatus,
process, or system. Capacity Rated: The rated or design capacity of the conveying or load carrying
equipment as stated by vendor.
Average Peak Staffing: A method of arriving at the number of people needed
164 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Glossary
Carousel: Carousels carry a number of storage baskets suspended at the top and character for symbol linking, and spare function characters for expansion or
bottom by a powered track system. The baskets are moved around the carousel unique applications. A character consists of three bars and three spaces, with
unit under operator or computer control and order picking takes place from the each bar or space contain one to four elements.
basket which is stopped at an operator station.
Coefficient of Friction: A numerical expression of the ratio between the force
Carousel Dwell Time: The time an operator is waiting for the carousel of contact existing between two surfaces and the resistant force tending to
to position. oppose the motion of one with respect to the other. The coefficient of friction is
used in determining the power necessary to drive a machine, to determine the
Carousel Storage: A carousel storage zone uses one or more carousels to store slope of angles used in hoppers, bins, chutes, and bunkers, or to determine the
product. Carousels are typically used to store product that is relatively small maximum angle of incline for a conveyor.
with a high frequency of activity. ASAP® Exacta™ will automatically move
the carousels, so the location requiring picking and/or stocking is nearest the Common Carrier: A carrier engages in the business of transporting goods and /or
operator. Light towers displays in the carousel zones indicate the quantity and persons for compensation without discrimination.
carousel location to pick from or stock. A sort bar over the pick or put away
containers direct the operator in distributing the picks or stock operations. Computer-Aided Design (CAD): The use of an interactive terminal
workstation, usually with graphics capability, to automate the design of
Carrier: A device of various types attached to or hung from trolleys to support products. CAD includes functions like drafting and parts fitting.
a load.
Computer-Aided Manufacturing (CAM): Working from a product design
Carton Flow Rack: Flow through storage consisting of multiple lanes and likely to exist in a CAD database, CAM encompasses the computer based
levels of gravity carton flow conveyor. All replenishment operations take place technologies that physically produce the product, including part program
at the rear (charge) end, and order selection operations are performed at the preparation, process planning, tool design, process analysis, and part processing
opposite (pick face) end. The high concentration of individual items allows for more by numerically controlled machines.
efficient picking operations.
Computer Numerical Control (CNC): A numerical control system with
Carton Flow Storage: Storage area for cartons with forward sloping shelves. As a dedicated mini or micro computer which performs the functions of data
a quantity is picked, the remaining product at the location slides forward. May processing and control.
be used to store large quantities or cases of product. Configurable picking and
stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. Contact Readers: A scanner that must physically touch the barcode to read it.
Catwalk: An elevated service platform or walkway constructed to permit Control Panel: An assembly of electrical components (magnetic or static) which
access to equipment, controls or other devices not frequently used. The catwalk governs the flow of power to or from a motor in response to signals from a master
generally is designed to support only itself and the weight of personel required switch, push button station, or remote control.
for access to the aforementioned items.
Control System: A group of hardware and software components whose primary
Cell: A cell is the lowest level of the location identification system. A cell function is the collection and analysis of feedback from a given set of functions,
contains product with the same lot number for a date received. One or more cells for the purpose of controlling those functions. Control may be implemented by
comprise a shelf. Cells can be configured on a shelf from left to right, front to back, monitoring and/or systematically modifying parameters or policies used in those
or both orientations. functions, or by preparing control reports that initiate useful action with respect to
significant deviations and exceptions.
Center of Gravity: The point in a rigid body where the entire mass of the body
could be concentrated and produce the same gravity resultant as for the body Conveyor: A horizontal, inclined or vertical device for moving or transporting
itself. bulk materials, packages, or objects in a path predetermined by the design of the
device and having points of loading and discharge fixed, or selective.
Change of Elevation: Vertical distance between the upper horizontal track of a
vertical curve to the corresponding point on the lower horizontal track. Conveyor Width: (a) In unit handling, the dimension inside to inside of frame
rails. (b) In belt conveyors for bulk materials, the width of the belt.
Charged Coupled Device Scanner (CCD Scanner): This device operates by
flooding the barcode with light using a CCD array to sense the barcode. CCD Counterbalanced Truck: Fork lift truck using rear mounted batteries and/or
scanners are available in both contact and non-contact versions. weights for maintaining balance. The truck is equipped with load engaging means
wherein all the load during normal transporting is external to the polygon formed
Chute: A trough through which bulk materials or objects are directed and by wheel contacts. Conventional or counterbalanced fork lift trucks carry the
lowered by gravity. The trough may be open or enclosed, straight or curved. pallet straight out in front of the machine on permanently aligned forks. These
trucks must turn at right angles in order to place the material in storage. They
Circulation Loop: Material, packages, or objects that remain in or on a conveyor require wide aisles (10 to 14 feet) and substantial floor capacity. They are
by virtue of not being discharged or removed from it. available with both electric and internal combustion power.
Client/Server Computing: A type of processing in which a client requests Critical Path: Sequence of jobs or activities in a network analysis project such
a service or information from a server that performs the service and/or returns that the total duration equals the sum of the duration of the individual jobs in the
the requested information to the client. In networking, refers to a network in activity along a critical path (i.e. if the time to complete one or more jobs in the
which several PC-type systems (clients) are connected to one or more powerful, critical path increases, the total production time increases).
central computers (servers). The servers act as central storehouses, serving files,
information, and applications as requested by clients. The clients do most of Critical Path Method (CPM): A network planning technique used for planning
the processing and the server is mainly responsible for storing information and and controlling elements in a project. By showing each of these elements and
passing it to the client machines when they request it. In databases, client/server associated lead time, the critical path can be determined. The critical path T
refers to a model in which a client system runs a database management system identifies those elements that actually control the lead time of the project. CPM
situated on a server (back end). uses vector diagrams and is easily run on a computer. E
R
Closed Circuit Conveyor: An arrangement of conveyors capable of moving Cube: (a) The product of length x width x depth. (b) The total area inside a truck M
material through all portions of a circuit, and returning the undistributed portion trailer. The length times the width times the height of the trailer is the cube space. I
to the starting point. (c) The true storage capacity of a building.
N
Cluster Picking: A group of orders (cluster) processed at a workstation located Cube Utilization: The ratio of occupied space to total cubic space available, O
in the pick modules or carousel pick areas. The total SKU demand for a cluster is usually expressed as a percentage. L x W x H. L
picked and immediately placed into each order carton within the cluster.
Distributed Processing: A system in which each computer or node in the O
Code 18: A barcode containing a full 18-character ASCII set. Special network performs its own processing and manages some of its data while the G
features include bar and space character parity for character integrity, a function network facilitates communications between the nodes. Y
character for symbol linking, and spare function characters for expansion or unique
applications. A character consists of three bars and three spaces, with each bar or Decoder: As part of a barcode reading system, the electronic package that
space containing one to four elements. receives the signals from the scanner, performs the algorithm to interpret the
signals into meaningful data, and provides the interface to other devices.
Code 39 (3 of 9): A barcode that encodes 43 data characters (0 through 9,
A through Z, six symbols, and a space). Each character is represented by nine Direct Labor: (a) Work which is readily chargeable to or identifiable with a
elements (five bars and four spaces), three of the elements are wide and six specific product. (b) Work performed on a product or service that advances the
elements are narrow. Nominal Barcode density is 9.4 characters per inch (cpi) product or service towards completion or objectives.
(high density) with other densities of 8.3, 4.7, 3.0, and 1.7 cpi.
Direct Thermal Printing: A non impact printing technique consisting of square dots
Code 128: A barcode containing a full 128-character ASCII set. Special that are selectively heated and cooled to form an image on heat sensitive media.
features include bar and space character parity for character integrity, a function
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 165

Glossary
Distribution: The broad range of activities concerned with efficient movement Firmware: Alterable programs in semi permanent storage, e.g. some type of
of finished products from the end of the production line to the consumer; in read-only or flash re-programmable memory.
some cases it may include the movement of raw materials from the source of
supply to the beginning of the production line. These activities include freight Fixed Beam Scanner: A barcode scanner that uses a stationary laser beam and
transportation, warehousing, material handling, protective packaging, inventory relies upon the relative motion of the item to be read as it passes before the reader.
control, plant and warehouse site selection, order processing, market and sales
forecasting, customer service, and attendant management information systems; in Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS): An arrangement of machine tools that
some cases it may include buying activities. is capable of standing alone, interconnected by a work piece transport system,
and controlled by a central computer. Often costs consists of an AGV or conveyor
Distribution Center: Intermediate warehouse(s) where products from delivering work pieces (machine tool pallets) and tools to machines.
different sources are assembled for shipment and distribution to specific
customer locations. Floor Space Utilization: The ratio of occupied floor space to total floor space
available, usually as a percentage.
Diverter: Mechanically actuated device used in conjunction with a conveyor
system to divert cartons or totes to individual conveyor lines leading to various Flow Analysis: The detailed examination of the progressive travel of either
destination locations. people or material from place to place and/or from operation to operation.
The examination consists of questioning the reason for the travel and includes
Dock Leveler: An adjustable rectangular platform of approximately determining how the progressive travel, or the operation, may be changed or
highway truck width built into the dock edge used to compensate for the difference modified to achieve the utmost economics in both time and material, all other
between varying truck bed heights and delivery platforms of a facility. things being equal.
Dock to Stock Time: The elapsed time measured for an inbound item from trailer Flow Diagram: A representation of the location of activities or operations and
docking to product put away. the flow of materials between activities on a pictorial layout of a process. Usually
accompanied by a flow process chart.
Download: The transfer of a file or information from one network node to
another. Generally refers to transferring a file from a “big” node such as a Flow Rack: (a) A tiered structure with multiple storage compartments with
computer, to a “small” node such as a terminal server or printer. conveyors as the load supporting members. (b) Gravity storage or live storage
non-powered conveyor lanes pitched at a slight incline so that two or more loads
Downtime: A period of time during which an operation is halted due to the lack of can be stored in one lane with gravity providing the means of movement within
materials, a machinery breakdown, or the like. that lane. Flow racks are designed for loads to flow to the unloading position.
As one pallet or load is removed from the front of the rack, another load moves
Drive-In Rack: A rack consisting of upright frames, rails, and ties permitting a forward to fill the empty space. Movement is at a controlled rate by means of
vehicle to enter the structure from one side only to pickup or deposit pallets on live rail, gravity wheel, or roller conveyors. Flow racks permit efficient stock
continuous rails. The structure dictates first-in, last-out storage. rotation with high density storage. Several benefits may be obtained in flow rack
applications. First, flow racks allow high-density storage, eliminating many aisles
Drive-Through Racks: Are similar to drive-in racks in that they allow the and thus providing maximum use of available space. Second, inventory control is
fork truck and pallet to enter the rack structure and place the pallet on rails. simplified for either FIFO or LIFO systems.
However, the drive through rack is not obstructed at the end by bracing, but gets its
rigidity from its own overhead bracing or by tying into the overhead structure. Fork Lift Truck: (a) Material handling vehicle designed to move loads by means
FIFO movement is possible with drive through racks whereas LIFO movement of steel forks inserted under a load. (b) A high lift self loading truck, equipped with
must usually be acceptable with drive through racks. load carriage and forks for transporting and tiering loads.
Eighty/Twenty (80/20) Rule: The theory that a large proportion of warehouse Frequency Distribution: A specification of the way in which frequencies of
activity will be generated by a small proportion of the SKU’s. members of a population are distributed according to the their values.
Electronic Business (e-business): The conduct of business on the Internet, not Gate: A section of conveyor equipped with a hinge mechanism to provide an
only buying and selling, but also servicing customers and collaborating with opening for a walkway, etc.
business partners. A more general interpretation includes internal business
procedures using a company’s Intranet. Gateway: A device for interconnecting two or more dissimilar networks.
Electronic Commerce (e-commerce): The buying and selling of goods and Gravity Conveyor: Roller or wheel conveyor over which objects are advanced
services on the Internet. manually by gravity.
End Effector: Part of articulating or gantry robot palletizer which holds cases for Guard Rail: Members paralleling the path of a conveyor and limiting the objects
delivery to the load. or carriers to movement in a defined path.
End-of-Aisle Picking Systems: High density mechanized bin ready parts Group Technology (GT): A technique for grouping parts to gain design and
systems such as miniload or carousel units provide dense storage and operational advantages. In robotics, group technology is used to ensure that
maximize the use of available storage height. These systems are particularly different parts are of the same part family when planning part processing for a
useful when high transaction rates and large inventory levels result in work cell, or to design widely usable fixtures for part families. Part grouping may
unacceptably high travel times for man to part order picking methods. By be based on geometric shapes, operation processes or both.
delivering the part to the order picker, operator travel time is eliminated.
These systems are also effective in situations requiring additional packaging, Hand Held Scanner: A scanner held and operated by a human, enabling the
checking, or processing which would be impractical to provide on a mobile scanner to be brought to the symbol. Most popular hand held scanners are the laser
T order picking unit. scanner and the wand.
E Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP): The current evolution of Hand Pallet Truck: A truck designed to lift loads off the floor high enough to
R manufacturing resources planning (MRP and MRPII) systems. Such systems move them from one location to another. Positioning of the truck is by hand. The
M will link together all of a company’s operations including human resources, lifting surface can be a platform or forks. The platform unit is used for handling
I financials, manufacturing, and distribution as well as connect the organization to its skids and the fork type unit for handling pallets.
customers and suppliers.
N Honeycombing: (a) The practice of removing merchandise in pallet-load
O Ergonomics: (a) Design of working conditions to better accommodate the quantities where the space is not exhausted in an orderly fashion. This results
L human body’s capabilities and limitations. (Synonym: human factors). (b) The in inefficiencies due to the fact that the received merchandise may not be
study of work tasks with emphasis on reducing to a practical minimum the efficiently stored in the space which is created by the honeycomb. (b) The
O physiological cost of doing the work. storing or withdrawing of supplies in a manner which results in vacant space
G that is not usable for storage of other items. (c) Creation of unoccupied space
Y Ethernet: The most popular LAN technology used today. The IEEE standard 80.3 resulting from withdrawal of unit loads. This is one of the major hidden costs
defines the rules for configuring an Ethernet network. It is a baseband network that in warehousing.
runs over thin coax, thick coax, twisted pair or fiber optic cable.
Horizontal Barcode: A barcode or symbol presented in such a manner that its
Family Grouping: A method of storing the same, or similar products in a overall length dimension is parallel to the horizon. The bars are presented in an
common area. array which look like a picket fence.
Fault Tolerant: A type of computer that contains duplicates of some or all of its Hub: A central wiring device that repeats or regenerates data signals sent over the
parts to protect against system interruptions induced by part failure. network. More sophisticated hubs can provide bridging, routing, communications,
and internet functions.
Firewall: A firewall allows users within a company’s intranet to access the public
Internet through firewall servers that have the ability to screen messages in both Idle Time: Time during which a worker or a piece of equipment is not working.
directions so that company security is maintained.
166 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Glossary
Indexing: Controlled spacing or feeding.
Manufacturing Cell: A collection of machines, grouped together for processing
Indirect Labor: Labor which does not add to the value of a product but which of a family of parts.
must be performed to support its manufacture. May not be readily identifiable
with a specific product or service. Man-Up Turret Truck: A fork truck functionally similar to a turret truck but
equipped with an operator platform which rises with the forks, permitting
Infant Mortality Period: Electronic components are most likely to fail when they order picking.
are first used. This phenomenon, referred to as infant mortality, applies to PCs and
other electronic components. After electronic components have been used for a Material Control: Benefits in terms of material flow and information flow
period of time, typically a couple of days, they are unlikely to fail. received from a warehouse management system integrated to a material
handling system.
Input/Output (I/O): (a) Describes all activities used to move data in and out
of a processor. It is also the peripheral that receives data from the processor, or Material Handling: The movement, storage, control, and protection of
transmits data to the processor. (b) The location of I/O activities in a storage materials and products throughout the process of their manufacture, distribution,
retrieval system. consumption and disposal.
Inside Dimensions (ID): Represents the total of all storage area facilities plus Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF): Defined as the average time between two
support facilities. failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time. A measurement utilized
in determining system availability.
Inspection: A process to ensure incoming merchandise meets required
standards (Synonym: quality control). Methods Analysis: That parts of methods engineering normally involving an
examination and analysis of an operation or a work-cycle broken down
Interleaved Barcode: A barcode in which characters are paired together into its constituent parts for the purpose of improvement, elimination of
using bars to represent the first character and spaces to represent the second. i.e. unnecessary steps, and/or establishing and recording in detail a proposed
interleaved 2 of 5. method of performance.
Internal Rate-of-Return (IRR): The rate of return which takes into account Minimum Pressure Accumulating Conveyor: A type of conveyor designed to
only what a project or investment earns, and disregards earnings on cash flows minimize build-up of pressure between adjacent packages or cartons.
reinvested in other projects.
Modem: A peripheral that converts the digital language of the PC to a series of
Intranet: An Intranet is a private computer network that is contained within an high and low pitched tones for transmission over standard (analog) telephone
enterprise. The main purpose of an Intranet is to share company information and lines.
computing resources among employees.
Moving Beam Scanner: A non contact barcode reader that dynamically
Inventory Control: In a complete inventory management system, it includes searches for code marks by sweeping a moving optical beam (usually a laser
stock levels, stock locations, reorder points, balance-on-hand, item physical beam) through a field of view. This type of scanner is used when barcodes are
description, rotation, etc. moving at high speed when hand held scanners are impractical. This type of
scanner eliminates the need for a human operator.
Inventory Shrinkage Ratio (ISR): Measures loss of material due to pilferage,
error in record keeping, error in material shipment to customer and misplacement Multiplexer: Also known as a port concentrator, a multiplexer is a piece of data
of inventory in storage. communication equipment that allows several different connected devices to
transmit data to or receive data from a single master communication port.
Inventory Turnover Ratio: Measures the return obtained from inventory
investments and provides an indication of the movement of materials. Usually Narrow Aisle Truck (NA Truck): A self loading truck primarily intended
expressed as the ratio of annual sales to average inventory investment on hand. for right angle stacking in aisles narrower than those normally required by
counter balanced trucks of the same capacity. Narrow aisle type equipment
K. D. Cartons: Cartons received and stored in a flattened or knocked down (KD) is represented by three basic categories of vehicle, the straddle, reach, and
condition to allow maximum utilization of storage space. side loading trucks. In straddle trucks, the load is carried between the front
outrigger wheels to minimize the need for counterbalancing.
Kitting: The process of grouping or packaging together different items/SKUs to
create a special, single item. Also know as conversions. Network: An interconnected system of computers that can communicate with
each other and share files, data and resources.
Laser Scanner: An barcode reading device using low energy laser light beam as
its source of illumination. Node: Any intelligent device connected to the network. This includes terminal
servers, host computers, and any other devices (such as printers and terminals)
Layout: (a) A floor plan showing assignment of gross space for storage that are directly connected to the network. A node can be thought of as any device
operations and supporting functions. (b) A graphical representation to scale of a that has a hardware address.
facility, usually two dimensions, but sometimes in three.
Non-Contact Readers: A scanner that does not have to physically touch the
Legacy System: Existing systems and technology in which an organization has barcode to read it. Non-contact readers are generally more expensive than
considerable investment and which may be entrenched in the organization. Some contact readers.
systems have been in place for many years; some are considered old or inadequate
technology; many are host-based with terminal emulation. Object-Oriented Software (OOS): Software built using libraries of
reusable, configurable software modules. Objects are software modules with strictly
Level of Automation: The degree to which a process has been made automatic. defined inputs and outputs which are easy to modify. The result is better software T
Relevant to the level of automation are questions of automatic failure recovery, the that is easier to understand and takes less time to write.
variety of situations which will be automatically handled, and the conditions under E
which manual intervention or action by human beings is required. Obsolescence: The condition of being out of date. A loss of value occasioned by R
new developments which place the older property at a competitive advantage. A M
Light Directed Picking (LDP): See Pick-to-Light system. factor in depreciation. I
Light Emitting Diode (LED): A semiconductor that produces light at Occupational Safety and Health Agency (OSHA): Establishes standards for N
wavelength determined by its chemical composition. the light source often a vast number of safety and health requirements. Administers and enforces the O
found in light pens. compliance with these rules and regulations. L
Line Item: (a) A unique item of inventory synonyms - part number, SKU (b) A Open Database Connectivity (ODBC): A standard that allows databases O
separate item of supply on a transaction document. created by various database management programs to be accessed using a G
common interface independent of the database file format. By relying on ODBC, Y
Line Speed: Expressed in bps, the maximum rate at which data can reliably be one can write an application that uses the same code to read records from
transmitted over a line using given hardware. various database types. Internally, ODBC drivers use a form of SQL to carry out
database operations.
Location Analysis: The details of the placement of workstations, buffers,
material handling equipment, and so on, are worked out. Location analysis Open Systems: Applications that were once the domain of a particular
may also be applied to location of workpieces, accesses, and tools within a hardware vendor, that can now be provided by other vendors.
workstation. Typical factors to be considered are: transport time or costs, workstation
dimensions, transporter reach, fixed costs, and capacity limits. Operations Analysis: A study of an operation or series of operations involving
people, equipment, and processes for the purpose of investigating the effectiveness
Logistics: The tracking and movement of raw materials to finished products and of specific operations or groups so that improvements can be developed which will
consumption throughout the supply chain. raise productivity, reduce costs, improve quality, reduce accident hazards, and attain
other desired objectives.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 167

Glossary
Operator Transaction Time: The time an operator spends processing a transaction. Pickup and Delivery (P and D) Station: A location at which a load entering
or leaving storage is supported in a manner suitable for handling by the S/R
Optical Character Recognition (OCR): A technology that allows dots or machine (synonyms - pickup and discharge station, transfer station, I/O station,
pixels comprising characters in a bitmapped image to be converted into ASCII text. feed/discharge station).
Order Batch: An accumulation of orders released for order picking. Piece: Is a unit that must be physically picked. If a box of 10,000 bolts is to be
picked, that is only one piece, but if the box is to be opened and two bolts picked
Order Picking: (a) Selection and gathering of items which a customer is buying from it, then two pieces are to be picked.
in a single lot at one time. (b) The selection of less-than-unit-load quantities of
material for individual orders. Point of Sale Data Entry Systems (POS): A system in which actual
transactions are recorded by terminals operating on-line to a central computer,
Order Picking Document (OPD): Synonymous with pick list. such as supermarket registers. These systems frequently employ optical scanning
as a means of capturing data.
Order Picking Truck: (a) A fork lift type machine on which the driver rides up
and down on a mast in an open front cab. The vehicle is specifically designed Pool Shipment: Goods ordered for two or more customers and/or destinations
for order picking and is not suitable for pallet storage/retrieval. (b) A manually loaded into a single common carrier unit (as truck or rail car).
loaded industrial truck equipped with both a load platform, and an operator control
platform movable as a unit on a mast. Portability: The ability of an ERP system to run various operating systems,
databases, and networks without requiring any major adjustments or sacrificing
Order Picking and Stacking Truck: a self loading industrial truck, primarily any functionality.
intended for right-angle stacking and order picking, equipped with an operator
control platform that moves vertically on the mast with the load engaging means. Portable Data Entry Terminal (PDET): A microprocessor-based hand held
terminal capable of capturing data by taking the data capture device to the
Overall Length (OAL): The dimension outside of pulley to outside of pulley product as opposed to taking the product to the data capture device. PDETs can
including belting, or lagging, of any conveyor lengthwise. either be batch oriented or real-time. In the batch scenario, the data is captured
remotely and later transmitted to a computer. In the real-time scenario, the data
Overall Width (OAW): The dimension outside to outside of frame rails. captured is immediately transmitted to the computer through a radio frequency
(RF) or microwave (MW) link. Features of the PDET’s include data entry keys, the
Packing: The placing of numerous small cartons comprising different lines into attachment of scanning peripherals, program memory, data memory, the number of
an outer case to protect them during subsequent handling. characters displayed, the method of display, and data transmission techniques.
Pallet Flow Rack: Flow-through selection fixturing similar to carton flow rack, Present Worth Value: (a) The equivalent value at the present, based on time value
but designed to handle unit loads (pallets) on gravity flow conveyor. of money. (b) The monetary sum which is equivalent to a future sum(s) when
interest is compounded at a given rate. (c) The discounted value of future sums.
Pallet Flow Storage: Storage area for pallets with forward sloping shelves. As
a quantity is picked, the remaining product at the location slides forward. May Primary Location: The slot from which merchandise is selected to fill orders.
be used to store large quantities or pallets of product. Configurable picking and
stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. Primary Accumulation: The length of conveyor required to store a full pallet load
in a multi line palletizing system.
Pallet Identification: Computer generated pressure sensitive generic barcoded ID
label applied to a pallet of material for tracking purposes. Print quality: The measure of compliance of a barcode symbol to the
requirements of dimensional tolerance, edge roughness, spots, voids, reflectance,
Pallet Rack: Steel storage fixturing used for storage of palletized stock. quiet zone, and encodation.
Pallet Storage: Pallet storage may be used to store whole pallets of product. Product Inspection: A step by step review of the product for ergonomics,
Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases functionality and integration into the existing system.
and partial cases.
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC): A solid state device which has
Pallet Storage Rack: A structure composed of two or more upright frames, been designated as a direct replacement for relays and hard wired solid-state
beams, and connectors, for the purpose of supporting palletized materials in electronics. The logic can be altered without wiring modifications. Its
storage. Among the common methods of assembly are welded, bolted or clipped. features include: operation in hostile industrial environments without fans or air
conditioning, electrical filtering, programmed with a simple ladder diagram
Payback Period: (a) Regarding an investment, the number of years (or months) language, easily reprogrammed with a portable panel if requirements change,
required for the related profit or savings in operating cost to equal the amount controller is reusable if equipment is no longer required, indicator lights
of said investment. (b) The period of time at which a machine, facility, or other provided at major diagnostic points to simplify troubleshooting.
investment has produced sufficient net revenue to recover its investment costs.
Productivity: (a) The ratio of output to total inputs. (b) The ratio of actual
Performance Specifications: The specification of various important parameters production to standard production, applicable to either an individual worker
or capabilities in the design and operation. Performance is defined in terms of: or a group of workers. (c) A standard method of measuring the efficiency of a
the quality of behavior, the degree to which a specified result is achieved, and a warehouse by assessing the amount of work and rate of work attained individually
quantitative index of behavior or achievement, such as speed, power, or accuracy. and collectively by the workforce.
Pick Aisle: A pick aisle is an aisle in which an order selector can pick orders. Product Update: A revision to the software or user manual designed to correct an
T error or improve product performance, or an equivalent solution to work around
Pick Cart: A pick cart is usually a manually propelled order picking device the error or problem.
E designed to hold small packages and tote boxes.
R Product Walkthrough: Program author leads a group through a manual or
M Pick Face: A physical opening from which product is picked to fill orders simulated execution of the program.
I (Synonym: pick slot).
Protocol: A defined means of establishing criteria for receiving and transmitting
N Pick Line (Selection Line): An arrangement of SKUs in some ordering system to data through communication channels.
O facilitate selection to satisfy orders.
L Proximity Sensor: A device which senses that an object is only a short distance
Pick Module: Rack supported order selection fixturing consisting of multiple (e.g. a few inches or feet) away, and/or measures how far away it is. Proximity
O levels of shelving and/or carton flow rack and/or pallet flow rack, and powered sensors typically work on the principals of triangulation of reflected light, elapsed
G conveyor system. time, elapsed time for reflected sound, intensity-induced eddy currents, magnetic
Y fields, back pressure from air jets, and others.
Pick Slot: A location in the warehouse where merchandise is available for order
selection (synonym - picking face). Proximity Switch: A special limit switch actuated by the magnetic effect of a
ferrous object moving near its operating head.
Pick Time: The amount of time required by an order picker to select merchandise,
place it into a picking container, mark a picking container, and mark a picking list. Pull Cord Switch: A switch (or switches in a long conveyor) mounted along a
conveyor stringer and manually actuated by a cord running the full length of the
Picking Rate: This is usually expressed in terms of number of cases or number of conveyor. The switch (or switches) may be actuated from any point along the
lines picked by one order selector per hour. conveyor length as an emergency stop.
Pick-to-Light System (PTLS): A system where computer controlled lights Pusher Bar: A device used to move a row and/or a layer into the next area of a
directs an operator step by step to accomplish picking or putting tasks. palletizer.
168 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Glossary
Queue: A line formed by loads or items while waiting for processing. A line aisle each consisting of a pair of horizontal beams on which pallets may be placed
formed by loads or items while waiting for processing. A line formed by loads or one deep. These beams are connected to the front and rear columns of a vertical
items while waiting for processing. truss. Every pallet face is exposed to the aisle providing 100% selectivity.
Quick Response: The business strategy of shortening cycle time between barcode Selectivity: Ease of accessibility of merchandise. The number of “facings” or
scanning at the checkout counter by electronically transmitting sales data back immediately accessible storage slots. Selectivity is sometimes expressed as the
from the retailer to the supplier. percentage of the total storage slots which are immediately accessible.
Quiet Zone: A clear space, containing no dark marks, that precedes the start Sequential Picking: The process of order selecting the exact quantity for a single
character of a barcode symbol and follows that stop characters. Sometimes called individual customer order when the picker visits an SKU.
the clear area.
Serpentine Pick: A travel path used by an order selector that takes him past every
Radio Frequency (RF): Utilized in automated identification systems. Radio picking slot in the warehouse, to fill one order.
frequency waves convey information. Transmitters use the waves to convert
electrical data to radio frequency signals, which in turn broadcast to receivers. Server: A computer and/or program that accepts, controls and executes requests
The receivers convert the signals to electrical data that can be understood by other for processing or data access from other computers and/or client programs,
hardware such as a computer, thus providing up to the second information. services such as resource allocation and sharing, file printing, and file downloading.
Random Sample: A sample selected in such a way that each element of the Shelving: Used for economical storage of small hand stackable items which are
population being samples has an equal chance of being selected. not suited to mechanized handling and storage due to their handling characteristics,
activity, or quantity.
Real Time: Continuous computer communications with a device while an
operation is performed. Shipping: (a) Actions necessary to deliver material to a carrier for movement to
a consignee. (b) The function of recording, reporting, and sending merchandise to
Real Time Processing: The immediate and continuous processing of information a consumer.
gathered from a data collection method (milliseconds).
Shipping Area: An area used to assemble and prepare material for loading in a
Recirculation Loop: Material, packages, or objects that remain in or on a truck, railcar, etc.
conveyor by virtue of not being discharged or removed from it.
Shipping Dock: An area reserved for the loading of delivery vehicles.
Receiving: (a) The function of accepting, recording, and reporting merchandise
into a facility. (b) The receipt of inbound supplies; includes planning, handling, and Shrinkage: An inventory adjustment required due to pilferage, over or under
document processing incident thereto. shipment, or receiving error.
Receiving Area: Area used for checking, inspecting, and preparing incoming Simulation: The process of test-driving a system and warehouse prior to
material (both new procurement and returns), prior to its delivery to storage areas. installation. This is normally done on a computer, using a mathematical model of
an existing or planned operation.
Receiving Dock: An area reserved for the unloading of delivery vehicles.
Single Deep Storage: Loads stored one deep on each side of the aisle.
Redundancy: The ability to continue operations when a primary system fails by
relying on a backup system. Slotting: The process of determining which products to store in which locations.
Reengineering: The fundamental rethinking and radical design of business Software Problem: Defective software distribution media, and/or software
processes to achieve dramatic improvements in critical, contemporary measures of function which is not in conformance with the user manual or other documentation
performance, such as cost, quality, service, and speed. Instituting an overall change provided with the supported software.
in the way companies are structured and run.
Sorting Conveyor: A conveyor which receives mixed unit loads and
Reflectance: The ratio of the amount of light of a specified wavelength or series discharges them to segregated spaces or conveyors in response to an automatic
of wavelengths reflected from a test surface to the amount of light reflected from a dispatch control.
barium oxide or magnesium oxide standard under similar illumination conditions.
Source Code: Programming statements and instructions that are written by a
Replenishment: The function of transferring stock from a reserve storage area, or programmer. Source code is what a programmer writes, but it is not directly
directly from shipping, to a primary picking location which has become empty. executable by the computer. It must be converted into machine language
by compilers, assemblers or interpreters. In some cases, source code can be
Returns: Merchandise returned for credit by customer. machine generated by conversion programs that convert the source code of
one programming language or dialect into the source code of another language
Reusable Container: A container intended for multiple cycles of use. or dialect.
Router: A network device that usually links to geographically separated LANs Specification Change Request (SCR): Changes to an originally accepted
and forwards to each LAN only those messages intended for that network. This Functional Design Document are instituted through an SCR form which must be
balances traffic and improves performance. More sophisticated routers can link approved by the customer.
LANs based on different protocols.
Staging Areas: Areas between different warehouse operations where goods are
Row: The walkway (aisle) between racks or a single carousel. Storage locations temporarily stored awaiting processing by the next operation.
may be on one or both sides. A row is comprised of one or more bays. A zone may T
be configured to contain one or more rows. Start/Stop Character or Pattern: A special barcode character that
provides the scanner with start and stop reading instructions as well as scanning E
Safety Stock: Quantity of an inventory item carried in stores or stock as a direction indicator. The start character is normally at the left-hand end of a R
hedge against stockout resulting from above average or unexpected demand horizontally oriented symbol. The stop character is normally at the right-hand M
during procurement lead time. Synonyms: minimum or protective inventory, end of a horizontally oriented symbol. I
buffer inventory, cushion, or reserve.
Stocking: Placing merchandise into storage and/or picking slots. Synonyms: N
Scanner: A laser device used to read and transmit information encoded in barcode putaway, replenishment. O
labels. L
Stock Keeping Unit (SKU): Represents one unique inventory item. Example: one
Seasonal: Daily, weekly, or monthly sales data showing a more or less repetitive style of shirt, in six colors and five sizes, would be 30 different SKUs. O
pattern. G
Storage Location: A physical storage location is the zone, row, bay, shelf, and Y
Seasonality: Storage and shipment of material from a warehouse caused by cell where a product is stored. A storage location stores product with the same lot
seasonal surges in customer demands. number. Product may be stored in multiple storage locations.
Secondary Accumulation: The length of conveyor required to store product being Straddle Truck: Fork lift truck with front mounted outriggers which straddles the
produced from the time a full load is completed to the time when the load can be load being handled. Also a large material handling vehicle which straddles the load
delivered to the palletizer in a multi line palletizing system. and lifts it from above.
Secondary Location: Back-up or reserve storage, or secondary location for order Structured Query Language (SQL): A query language developed by IBM that
selection. relies on simple English language statements to perform database queries. SQL
allows databases from different manufacturers and on different types of
Selective Rack(s): Commonly referred to as pallet racks running parallel to the computers to be queried using a standard syntax.
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 169

Glossary
Supply Chain Management: The use of information technology to give Vertical Barcode: A code pattern presented in such orientation that the axis of the
automated intelligence to a network of vendors, suppliers, manufacturers, symbol from start to stop is perpendicular to the horizon, the individual bars are in
distributors, retailers, and a host of other trading partners. The goal is for an array appearing as rungs of a ladder.
each player in the supply chain to conduct business with the latest and best
information from everyone else in the chain, guiding supply and demand into Voice Recognition: A process by which a computer or control mechanism can
a more perfect balance. Effective management of the supply chain enables a accept data input by spoken command with no intermediate key entry.
company to move product from the point of origin to that of consumption in the
least amount of time at the smallest cost. Wand: A hand held scanning device used as a contact barcode reader. It is also
referred to as a light pen. It is shaped like an oversize pen and an operator must
Symbol: A combination of barcode characters including start/stop characters, quiet guide it across the Barcode.
zones, data characters, and check characters required by a particular symbology, that
forms a complete, scannable entity. Warehouse: A building for the storage of merchandise or commodities.
Symbol Length: The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zone on the Warehouse Management System (WMS): Software that integrates
two ends of a barcode symbol. mechanical and human activities with an information system to effectively
manage warehouse business processes and direct warehouse activities.
System Acceptance: The earlier of: (i) the date on which the system These systems automate receiving, put away, picking, and shipping in
demonstration has been satisfactorily completed; or (ii) 30 days from the date warehouses and can prompt workers to do inventory cycle counts. Most support
on which the end-user has placed the system in beneficial use, including but not radio frequency communications, allowing real-time data transfer between the
limited to using the system for production purposes. system and warehouse personnel.
System Configuration: An iterative design process consisting of the Wedge Reader: A device which transmits scanner barcode data to the CRT
evaluation of the factors affecting products and production tasks, selection of a display just as if it had come from a keyboard.
design concept based on these factors, and evaluation of the performance of the
selected concept. Following the results of the evaluation, a system can be refined Wide Area Network (WAN): A network using common carrier transmission
and re-evaluated, or discarded. services for transmission of data over a larger geographical area.
System Integrator: Companies that connect computers, hardware, Work Measurement: A generic term used to refer to the setting of a time
instrumentation, and equipment to share data or applications with other standard by recognized industrial engineering technique, such as time study,
components in the same or other functional areas. System integrators often provide standard data, work sampling, or predetermined motion time systems.
engineering services and hardware sales as well.
Work Sampling: An application of random sampling techniques to the study of
Technical Support: The time spent by the customer support personnel on the work activities so that the proportions of time devoted to different elements of
telephone with the support contact, and time spent by the customer support personnel work can be estimated with a given degree of statistical validity.
in researching, simulating, testing, documenting, etc. the problem or question.
Workstation: An established location in which something or someone stands or
Thermal Transfer Printing: This technology involves printing on face stock is assigned to stand or remain. This space includes that area necessary for the
which is not heat sensitive; instead, a dry wax or resin based ribbon is used. The operation, material being processed or worked on, and the auxiliary equipment
ribbon travels through the print path on top of the label. As it passes under the print necessary to perform the assigned function.
head, the heat melts the ink from the ribbon and transfers it to the label material.
X Dimension: The nominal width dimension of the narrow bars and spaces in a
Throughput: (a) The amount of merchandise shipped through a system or barcode symbol.
warehouse in a given time. This is referred to in terms of cases, lines, or tons of
product. (b) The rate of movement of material through a system. Z Dimension: The achieved width of the narrow elements, calculated as the
average of the average narrow bar width and the average narrow space width.
Time Study: A work measurement technique consisting of careful time
measurement of the task with a time measuring instrument, adjusted for any Zero Pressure Conveyor: A type of conveyor designed to have zero build-up of
observed variance from normal effort or pace to allow adequate time for such items pressure between adjacent packages or cartons.
as foreign elements, unavoidable or machine delays, rest to overcome fatigue, and
personal needs. Learning or progress effects may also be considered. If the task is Zone: An order picker’s dedicated work area.
of sufficient length, it is normally broken down into short, relatively homogeneous
work elements, each of which is treated separately as well as in combination with
the rest.
Topology: The arrangement of the nodes and connecting hardware that comprise a
network. Types include the ring, bus, star, and tree.
Tote Box: A small durable container usually used for order picking and/or
shipping of small items.
Transfer Mechanism: Any mechanism that transfers objects onto or off of a

conveyor line or from one conveyor to another.
Turret Truck: A class of material handling vehicles in which the forks are
T attached to a device permitting their rotation to service either side of the storage
aisle. Turret trucks can swing their forks through 180 degrees and can load pallets
E from either side of the machine. These units vary in their aisle requirements and
R in their flexibility but generally operate in aisle widths of 50 to 84 inches and with
M clearances only slightly larger than the size of the pallet itself.
I
Two Way Container: A container whose configuration permits retrieving or
N discharging from opposite direction along the same horizontal axis.
O
L Uninterruptible Power Supply-Standby Type (UPS): During normal
operation, the UPS routes raw utility AC power directly to the computer while
O trickle-charging the battery. When the incoming utility voltage drops below a
G certain value (typically 10VAC), a detection circuit actuates a transfer switch to
Y connect to the battery power via a DC-to-AC inverter. This switch over causes a
momentary loss of power of typically 5 milliseconds.
Unitization: Securing material to a pallet by strapping, wrapping, or other means

to provide a secure load for handling by a fork truck.
Universal Commercial Code (UCC): A standard barcode symbol in the U.S.
Universal Product Code (UPC): The standard barcode symbol for retail food
packaging in the United States.
170 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Glossary
3PL Third Party Logistics Dia. Diameter

24/7 24 Hours/Day, 7 Days/Week DLL Dynamic Link Library
ADC Automatic Data Collection DOF Depth of Field
AGV Automated Guided Vehicle DRP Distribution Requirements Planning
AGVs Automated Guided Vehicle System DTS Dock to Stock
ANSI American National Standards Institute EDI Electronic Data Interchange
AOI Angle of Incline EOA End of Aisle Picking Systems
APS Advanced Planning and Scheduling. EOAT End of Arm Tool
AS/RS Automated Storage and Retrieval System EOQ Economic Order Quantity
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange EPC Electronic Product Code
ASN Advanced Shipment Notice ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
ASP Aisle Space Percentage FIFO First-In, First-Out
ASP Application Service Provider FMCG Fast Moving Consumer Goods
B2B Business to Business FOB Freight On Board
B2C Business to Consumer FPM Feet Per Minute
BOL Bill of Lading FSD Functional Specifications Document
BOM Bill of Material ft. Foot
BPS Bits Per Second FTP File Transfer Protocol
BR Between Rail Width Ga. Gauge
CAD Computer Aided Design Galv. Galvanized
CAM Computer Aided Manufacturing GUI Graphical User Interface
CBT Computer Based Training H Height
CCD Charged Coupled Device Hd. Hard
CCS Conveyor Control System HP Horsepower
CDLR Chain Driven Live Roller HTML HyperText Markup Language
CFPM Case Feet Per Minute HTTP HyperText Transport Protocol
CG Center of Gravity Hz Hertz
CIM Computer Integrated Manufacturing I/O Input/Output
CNA Change Notice Approval ID Identification Number
CNC Computer Numerical Control ID Inner Diameter
COFC Container on Flatcar ID Inside Dimensions A
COGS Cost of Goods Sold IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers B
B
COM Component Object Model IIE Institute of Industrial Engineers R
CPG Consumer Packaged Goods IIS Internet Information Services E
V
CPM Critical Path Method in. Inch I
A
CPM Cases Per Minute IP Internet Protocol
T
CPU Central Processing Unit IR Inside Radius I
O
CR Curve Radius IRR Internal Rate of Return
N
CRP Capacity Requirements Planning IS Information Systems S
Ctrs. Centers ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network

Cu. Yd. Cubic Yard ISO International Organization for Standardization
D Depth or Deep ISP Internet Service Provider
DB Database ISR Inventory Shrinkage Ratio
DB Decibel IT Information Technology
DC Distribution Center ITA In-The-Aisle
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 171

Glossary
JIT Just In Time RFDC Radio Frequency Data Collection

L Length or Long RFID Radio Frequency Identification
LBP Low Back Pressure (Conveyor) RTLS Real-Time Locator System
L.H. Left Hand S/R Storage/Retrieval Device
LAN Local Area Network SCR Specification Change Request
Lb(s) Pound(s) SIC Standard Industry Classification
LED Light Emitting Diode SKU Stock Keeping Unit
LIFO Last-In, First-Out SSL Secure Sockets Layer
LTL Less-Than-Truckload Std. Standard
MAU Multiple Access Unit TCO Total Cost of Ownership
Max. Maximum TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
MES Manufacturing Execution System TMS Transportation Management System.
MHE Material(s) Handling Equipment TOB Top of Belt
MHI Material Handling Institute TOR Top of Roller
Min. Minimum UCC Universal Commercial Code
MPS Master Production Schedule UI User Interface
MRO Maintenance/Repair/Operating U/M Units of Measure
MRP Manufacturing Resources Planning UPC Universal Product Code
MTBF Mean Time Between Failure UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
NA Narrow Aisle V Volt
NIC Network Interface Card VLC Visual Logic Controller
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health VNA Very Narrow Aisle
No. or # Number VPN Virtual Private Network
NPV Net Present Value VRC Vertical Reciprocating Conveyor
OAH Overall Height W Width or Wide
OAL Overall Length WAN Wide Area Network
OAW Overall Width WIP Work-In-Process
OCR Optical Character Recognition Wk Week
OD Outer Diameter WMCS Warehouse Management and Control System
ODBC Open Database Connectivity WMS Warehouse Management System
A
B OR Outside Radius Wt. Weight
B
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Agency WWW WorldWide Web
R
E PC Personal Computer XML Extensible Markup Language
V
Ph Phase Zp Zero pressure
I
A PLC Programmable Logic Controller
T
I POS Point-of-Sale Data Entry Systems
O Psi Pounds per Square Inch
N
S PTL Pick-to-Light
PTLS Pick-to-Light System
R Radius
R.H. Right Hand
RAM Random Access Memory
RF Radio Frequency
172 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Model Numbers ProSort SC 104 C
PSB 84
138-ACC 51 QuickSort 110 Case Studies 6-10
19-SR 123 RB 32 Casters 143
19-SRC 124 RBI 33 Ceiling Hangers 143
19-SRS 125 S40/S100 117 Checkweigher 117
190-ACC 52 SB 26 Chain Driven Live Roller 65-70
190-ACZ 53 SBI 27 Chain Transfer 141
190-LR 45 Series 200 76 Circulating Lift 43
190-LRC 46 Series 300 76 Cleated Belt Pusher 111
190-LRS 47 Series 400 133 Cleated Conveyor 88-91
190-LRSS 47 SL 94 Cleated Elevator 87
190-NSP 48 SSR 120 Cleated Incline 85
190-NSPC 49 SSRC 121 Client List 1
190-NSPEZ 55 SSRS 122 Clutch Brake Conveyor 60
190-NSPEZC 56 STS 38 Clutch Brake Drive 144
190-PREZ 64 SV 36 Combiners 114
199-CRR 65 SW 119 Containers 157
199-CRRC 66 Taco Curve 30 Controls 99
20-CR 67 TA 25 Control Systems 149-154
20-CRC 68 TH 31 Conveyor Descriptions 18
2200 Series 78 TL 28 Conveyor Precaution Areas 21
25-CREZD 58 TS 93 Conveyor Rails 143
25-CRR 69 TS 1500/140 29 Conveyor Supports and Stands 147
25-CRRCT 70 TW 34 Cross Belt Sorter 108
25-LREZ 57 ViperSort 111 Crowders 21, 98
25-SR 126 Zipper 114 Custom Fabrication 100-102
3200 Series 79
3rd Party Logistics 8
4061 91 A D
4096/4096R 30 Decibel Levels 21
Accumulating Conveyor 50-64
6200 Series 80 Demo Unit Policy 163
Accumulating Horizontal Power 61
7200 Series 81 Diverters 140
AC Variable Speed Drive 144
7300 Series 81 Drag Chain Pallet Conveyor 72-73
After Sales Support 24
ABEZ 54 Drag Flight Conveyor 88
Air Pressure Switch 144
ART 107
Angled Conveyor 91
BestFlex 200 127
Angled Roller Belting 133 E
BestFlex Roller 128
Angled Roller Conveyor 107
BestFlex Powered Roller 129 Electrical Accessories 143-144
Automated Electrified Monorail 74
C-250 75 Electrified Monorail 74
Automated Order Routing 118
CBR 60 Emergency Stop Switch 144
Automated Storage 159
CCAC 61 Enclosed Track 75
Automotive Conveyors 96-99
CCEZ 62 Engineering Studies 14
Automotive Seat Pallets 96
CM 39 Exacta® Sort™ Software 118
CVC 41 Extendable Conveyor 130
DB 42 B Extruded Alloy Conveyors 78-80
DC-60 72
DCEZ-60 59 Ball Transfer Table 141
Expressway 114 Barrier Rail and Guards 148 F
Gapper 113 Belt Conveyor 25-31
Intellisort 700 105 Belt Curve 29-30 Fiber Glass Spiral Chute 39
PC 90 Belting 132-136 Flat Belt Driven 45, 53-54, 57
PLEZD 83 Belt Over Roller 32-34 Flat Tray Sorter 109
ProSort 400 103 Bi-Directional Accumulation Table 82 Flat Wire Belting 132
ProSort 45 142 Blue Steel Conveyor 95 Flexible Gravity Roller 128
ProSort 50/50 142 Brake Drives 144 Flexible Gravity Skatewheel 127
ProSort 60 142 Flexible Power Roller 129
Food Grade Belting 135
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 173

Foot Switch 143 Live Roller Curve Conveyor 46 Pallet Handling 71-73
Friction Roller Conveyors 97 Live Roller Spur Conveyor 47 Pallet Stackers and Pallet Destackers 96
Full Service Controls 151 Low Profile Conveyor 78-81 Part Runout Conveyors 98
Low Profile Belting 136 Payment Terms 162
PC-Based Control Systems 153
G Photo Eyes 144
M Picking Technologies 159
Gapping Conveyor 113
Gates 145 Magnetic Conveyor 88 Pitch Hinged Steel Conveyor 89
General Purpose Belting 134-136 Maintenance and Service Contracts 24 Pivoting Bow Arm Sorter 142
Glossary 164-172 MatTop® Plastic Belting 133 Pivoting Divert Sorter 142
Gravity Conveyor 18, 119-126 Medium Duty 50-55, 65-68 Plastic Belting 133
Roller Curve 124 Medium Duty Curve 56 Plastic Belt Conveyor 61, 84
Roller Spur 122, 125 Medium Duty Spool 55 Plastic Belt Pallet Accumulator 83
Skatewheel 119 Medium Speed Sortation 103, 106 Plastic Slat Belt Spiral Lift 36
Guard Rails 145 Merges 114 PLC Development Process 153
Metal Belting 132 Pneumatic Plow 140
Metal Rollers 138 Portable Parts Conveyor 90
H Mezzanines 157 Power Cord and Plug 143
Heavy Duty Conveyor 56-58, 69-70, 177 MHCS/WCS 13 Powered Accumulation Conveyor 18
Heavy Duty Belting 135 MicroSpan® Chain 133 Powered Incline Conveyor 19
Heavy Duty CDLR 99 MicroSpan® Transfer 140 Powered Roller Accumulation 63
Heavy Duty Drag Chain Conveyor 73 Minilink 86 Powered Transfer 140
Heavy Duty Slider Bed 28 Minimum Pressure Accumulation 51-53 Powered Transportation Conveyor 18
High Speed Cross Belt Sorter 108 Mission Statement 1 Power Feeders 19
High Speed Pusher 142 Modular Design Conveyors 85 Power Roller Conveyor 129
High Speed Sliding Shoe Sorter 106 Modular Offices 157 Precautions 21
High Speed Sortation 105 Modular Plastic Belt Conveyor 82-87 Precision Bearing Rollers 138
High Speed Tilt Tray Sorter 112 Modular Plastic Belting 82-87 Pricing Thumb Rules 21
Hinge Metal Belting 132 Motorized Drive Roller Conveyor 63-64 Product Guide 155-160
Horizontal Belt Gapping Conveyor 113 Motorized Rollers 137 Product Testing 163
Horizontal Belt Sortation 104 Multi-Stage Right Angle Pusher 142 Proximity Switch 144
Horizontal Offset Conveyor 85 Pushers 142
Human Machine Interface 153 PVC Belting 134
N
Non-Synchronous Conveyor 93, 97 R
I Noseovers 19
In-Line Scales 117 Racks 157
Incline Belting 134 Remote Control Rod 143
O Request For Quote Form 23
Indexing Accumulation Lift 43
Induction/Output 21 O-Ring Transfer 141 Return Policy 163
Industrial Network Devices 153 Office Locations 1 Reversing Drum Switch 143
Industry Experience 1, 6-10 Omni Directional Scanner 116 RFID Tag Integration 4
Industry Reference Guide 22 Opening an Account 162 Roller, Expandable 128
Installation and After Sales Support 24 Optional Equipment 146 Roller Bed Conveyor 32-33
Installation Cost Estimates 24 Order Placement 162 Roller Bed Incline 33
Installation Services 24 Over/Under Conveyors 99 Roller Coverings 139
Instrument Panel Pallets 96 Overhead 74-77 Roller Top Chain Conveyors 97
Integrated Systems 11-16 Overhead/Inverted Monorail Systems 74 Rubber Block Chain 43
Interface Experience 151 Overhead Chain Conveyor 75-77 Rubber Chain Continuous Vertical Lift 43
Overhead Scanners 116
L S
Light Duty Pusher 142 Safety Equipment 148

P Scanners 116
Limit Switch 144
Line Scanner 116 Package Handling Lift 42 Seat Delivery System - Pallet Conveyor
Lineshaft Driven 48-49 Package Stops 146 with Lift 96
Shelving 157
174 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

Shipping 163 V
Shoe Sortation 103-105
Singulator 115 V-Belt Driven 46-47, 51
Skatewheel 119, 127 Vertical Case Lift 40
Slat Conveyor 94 Vertical Continuous Lift 41-44
Slider Bed 25-28
Slider Bed Incline 27 W
Slip Torque 92
Small Item Sortation 110 Warehouse Control System (WCS) 154
Software and Controls 159 Wash Down Conveyor 81
Sortation 103-118, 159 WCS 154
Sortation Control Systems 21 Wedge Elevator 86
Sorters 21 Wide Belt Spiral Lift 35
Specialty Conveyors 100, 101 Wire Mesh Belt Conveyor 34
Specialty Lifts 98 Woven Wire Belting 132
Spiral Chute 38, 39
Spiral Lift 35-37
Spiral Stack 37 Z
Split Belt Small Item Sortation 110
Stainless Steel Tabletop Conveyor 82 Zero Pressure Accumulation 20, 50,
Stairways 157 54-62
Slider Bed 25-28 Zero Pressure Powered Roller 64
Stands 147 Zero Pressure Powered Roller Curve 64
Start Switch 143
Storage 157
Supports 147
System Project Cost Breakdown 21
Systems Integrator 12-16
System Integration 160
System Slider Bed 26
T
TableTop® Plastic Belting 133
Tapered Roller Curve 70
Terms and Conditions 162
Tilt Tray Sortation 112
Tire and Wheel Conveyor 96
Tire Stacker/Destacker 96
Topper Lift 87
Totes 157
Tote Slide 38
Transfers 101, 140-141
Turn Tables 101
Transportation 8
Trash Belt 31
U
Urethane Belting 134
1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 175

Turnkey System Solutions
176 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 177

178 1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com

1-800-264-9610 www.bmhcorp.com 179

180
AmbaFlex is a quality manufacturer and leading
supplier of spiral conveyors for vertical
ASAP Automation is dedicated to creating advanced conveying applications. The unique, space
information systems for the automation of supply saving design is available in many model types
chain logistics. The innovative software products and sizes, handles high throughput / heavy
developed help companies throughout the world loads, simple to integrate, quiet operation,
better compete in their individual markets and efficient, reliable, and competitively price.
implement their strategic business goals.
www.ambaflex.com
www.asapauto.com
We design and manufacture high-quality, Blue Arc specializes in the design and
truck loading and unloading conveyors. If you assembly of unique and specialty
need a gravity, power, expandable, rigid or equipment for the material handling
telescopic conveyor, we have a solution. The industry. The company’s niche is creating
BestReach® Telescopic Boom and drive-in items not readily available in the industry.
rigid loaders extend automated loading all the Blue Arc answers the need for specially
way into the nose of your trailer. designed and fabricated equipment.
www.bestconveyors.com www.bluearc.biz
“Promote and provide business solutions

for data management by offering high
value systems, products and services, to
mark, capture, compute and
communicate (M&3C™) information
anywhere and anytime, to generate a
high ROI for our Customers”
www.datalogic.com
With the market’s only comprehensive look at fully

integrated logistics operations across the full supply
chain, DC Velocity has emerged as the best brand
in the field. To see the proof, visit:
www.dcvelocity.com/theproof 181
WE MAKE THE WORLD MOVE
Interroll is one of the worlds leading suppliers of
components, subsystems, and modules for material
handling conveyor technology.
www.interroll.com
Intralox is a leading innovator of conveyor solutions

for case handling and material handling
applications, using modular plastic belting
technology to help businesses worldwide increase ITOH DENKI is the world leader in the design
productivity, prepare for future packaging designs and manufacturing of motorized
and reduce retrofitting costs. conveyor rollers and drums.
www.intralox.com www.itohdenki.com
Jorgensen Conveyors is a leading designer and

manufacturer of chip conveyors and coolant filtration
systems for CNC metalcutting machine tool
applications. Products include hinged steel belt, drag
flight and magnetic chip conveyors. Jorgensen also
provides conveyor equipment for other scrap and
unit handling applications in the
metalworking industries.
www.jorgensenconveyors.com
Lauyans & Company, Inc. designs,

manufactures, and installs Gregory Adams
Chainveyor – an economical and efficient
overhead conveyor solution to many
material handling requirements.
182 www.gregoryadams.com
PORTEC Belt Power Curves, Spiral Belt Curves and
Spiral Chutes are tough and reliable for the most
First in narrow belt linear sorting
demanding conveying applications, including
combining high speed conveying with
warehousing, parcel handling, factories,
pop up roller diverters in versitle
food handling and airports.
configurations to meet customer needs
for a wide vareiety of product types.
www.portecgroup.com/portec
www.quantumconveyor.com
SORTING SYSTEMS
Sandvik offers a wide-range of

singulation and sortation equipment to
meet the ever-increasing demands of
today’s distribution centers.
www.sandvik.com
Shuttleworth works to create a solution for your

material handling challenge. When you need a The SpanTech family of conveyors offer the most
conveyor that will accumulate, flip, stack, rotate, innovative technology and flexibility
push, divert or index your products between in conveyor design. They are universally modular,
manufacturing processes, we can design and build covering a variety of conveyor applications
it. We continue to revolutionize our industry with with one conveyor design.
“Slip-Torque” technology and conveyor innovations
that are as unique as your product line. www.spantechllc.com
www.shuttleworth.com
Known worldwide as the leader in high performance, Torbeck Industries is a leading designer and
field proven, engineered solutions. Our product line manufacturer of work-platforms, mezzanines,
is vast and our experience is deep. This means we stairs, ladders, and facility barrier
guarantee our performance! safety products
www.tgwusa.com www.torbeckind.com
183
The AEM People
Star Conveyors manufactures the Nerak
Continuous Lifts (VLU’s) in the USA. Automated Electrified Monorails and Inverted
We also manufacture high quality floor conveyors Monorail Systems
for the automotive, warehouse, packaging
and manufacturing industries. www.translift.ch
www.starconveyors.com
Transnorm is a global leader in supplying superior

specialty material handling equipment. YOUR COMPLETE SOURCE FOR CUSTOMIZED
Specializing in power belt curves, spiral chutes and MATERIAL HANDLING SOLUTIONS, SPECIALTY
merge conveyors, our proven designs provide our EQUIPMENT AND AUTOMATED CONTROLS
customers with dependable, cost efficient and high AND INTEGRATION
quality material handling solutions.
WWW.TUFFAUTOMATION.COM
www.transnorm.com
As an integrator of leading material handling technologies, BASTIAN truly values

its relationship with our partners.
184
BASTIAN Company History...
BASTIAN was originally incorporated on October 31, 1952. In the beginning, the
primary lines of material handling equipment consisted of conventional products such
as casters, hand trucks, and carts. The marketing motto was “If It Rolls - We Supply It.”
BASTIAN is a third generation, family-owned company. Since its inception, BASTIAN

has continued to enhance its services heading toward the 21st century. These include;
conceptual design and consulting, 3-dimensional CAD layouts, simulation, multi-media
presentations, detailed equipment specifications, “RF” data communications, system
controls, inventory, order picking and sortation software, project management,
installation, and after-sale support.
Today, BASTIAN continues to provide the finest material handling equipment and
integrated systems expertise to industry all over the United States.
Why Partner With BASTIAN...
• BASTIAN will make your project a complete success and meeting your business objectives.
• BASTIAN provides local installation and integration services with onsite project managers. This ensures that BASTIAN will provide unparalleled local
support during and after system installation.
• Our site superintendents are OSHA safety instructor certified to provide a safe installation in accordance with all federal, local, and specific
company requirements
• We have experience working with some of the most respected and largest industrial companies in the world.
• BASTIAN has a long history of completing projects on time and under budget. We understand that customer driven changes may occur from time to
time and we are extremely flexible and respond quickly in this environment usually at no additional cost.
• BASTIAN is a leading integrator of the industry’s leading material handling manufacturers. As a result, our purchasing power can bring the best equipment,
with strong field support, at the lowest pricing.
• BASTIAN provides a dedicated and experienced project manager and site superintendent for our projects to ensure the installation is well coordinated
with your operations and the building construction.
• BASTIAN has a strong history of financial strength and stability with over 50 years in business, including continued growth over the past decade.
• Our response time from specification to final acceptance is extremely quick thereby allowing you to get the system in and start realizing operational
savings. Our team works with a large network of resources to provide the greatest overall value.
Call Us Today...
INDIANA MISSOURI KENTUCKY OHIO

INDIANAPOLIS ST. LOUIS LOUISVILLE CINCINNATI
888.575.9992 800.569.6762 800.627.2194 888.398.0382
MICHIGAN LEXINGTON FLORIDA
FORT WAYNE
DETROIT 859.271.3120 BOCA RATON
260.489.0226
800.399.6974 561.392.4550
CALIFORNIA
EVANSVILLE INDIA
GRAND RAPIDS LOS ANGELES
812.858.7206 BANGALORE
616.235.3775 800.524.3173
0091.80.51152300
Bastian Material Handling
9820 Association Court, Indianapolis, IN, 46280 • 1.800.264.9610
© Bastian Material Handling, LLC. All rights reserved.

ConveyingSolutions PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ConveyingSolutions PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ConveyingSolutions PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is Bastian's mission?

What is Bastian's mission?

What industries does Bastian serve?

What industries does Bastian serve?

BA S T I A N CO N V E Y I N G S O LU T I O N S

Typical Systems and Applications

BASTIAN Material Handling is dedicated to helping customers compete in their markets

Engineering tomorrow’s solutions today...

Partial Client List

Broad Industry Experience

Industries Served: Operations:

Bastian Ofﬁce Locations

INDIANA MISSOURI KENTUCKY OHIO

Low Profile 78-81

Conveyor Information 17-24 Custom Fabrication 100-102

Rollers 137-138 Integrated Systems

Roller Coverings 139

Diverters, Pushers, and Transfers 140

Control Solutions 149-154

Terms and Conditions 162

RFID Tag Integration

Food, Baker y, Grocer y 6

3rd Party Logistics 8

Catalog and E-Commerce 9

• Cross docking • RFID

Food, Bakery, Grocery

• Cooling tunnels • Robotics

• Case handling • Case packers

• Work in progress buffers • Tire handling

• Trains, buses, airlines • Parts distribution

3rd Party Logistics

• Order sequencing • Transaction based ASP model

Catalog and E-Commerce

• Order fulfillment • High speed automated picking

• Kit building • Progressive assembly

• FDA and 21 CFR validation • Lot and serial number tracking

• High speed sortation • In-line weight verification

Slider Bed Belt Conveyor

Roller Bed Belt Conveyor

Live Roller Conveyor

Skatewheel Gravity Conveyor

Roller Gravity Conveyor

Loading the Conveyor

Unloading the Conveyor

Product Weight Figure B: Unloading

• POWER TRANSMISSION INTERFACES - includes • AREAS UNDER COUNTERWEIGHTS - enclosures or

Crowders (includes electrical and mechanical installation) Low complexity $50,000

BASTIAN Conveying Solutions Request for Quote

8 TYPE OF PRODUCT HANDLED 16 WILL CONVEYORS BE REVERSIBLE? Yes No

13 WILL CONVEYOR BE STOPPED

21 IS GUARD RAIL NEEDED FOR THE APPLICATION?

GENERAL CONVEYOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION

* PLEASE PROVIDE A SKETCH OR CAD FILE

Maintenance and Service Contracts

Material Handling Solutions 13

Integrated System Simulation 15

Integrated System Process 16

Key Beneﬁts of BASTIAN Integrated Systems

Cut Your Operational Costs